OF THE 
 
 U N I V L US ITY 
 Of ILLINOIS 
 
 910.4 
 
 P62.pEv 
 
 v.l 
 
Return this book on or before the 
 Latest Date stamped below. A 
 charge is made on ali overdue 
 books. 
 
 U. of I. Library 
 
MAGELLAN’S VOYAGE 
 AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 Volume I 
 
Of this work only j >yo 
 copies were published . 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2017 with funding from 
 
 University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates 
 
 https://archive.org/details/magellansvoyagea01 piga_0 
 
Fernào de Magalhàes 
 
 \From painting in Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar , Madrid ] 
 
Magellan’s Voyage 
 Around the World 
 
 BY 
 
 ANTONIO PIGAFETTA 
 
 The original text of the Ambrosian MS., with English 
 translation, notes, bibliography, and index 
 
 JAMES ALEXANDER ROBERTSON 
 
 With portrait , and facsimiles of the original 
 maps and plates 
 
 VOLUME I 
 
 Cleveland, U. S. A. 
 
 The Arthur H. Clark Company 
 1906 
 
3\OA 
 
 "■PCSLpE»- 
 
 V I 
 
 COPYRIGHT I906 
 THE ARTHUR H. CLARK COMPANY 
 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 
 
zn CTe 
 
 qio,4- 
 
 V* I 
 
 These volumes are dedicated to 
 EDWARD GAYLORD BOURNE 
 
 v to whom all students of 
 
 fO 
 
 Spanish colonial history are greatly indebted. 
 
 a 
 
 r- 
 
 y 
 
 V 
 
 d 
 
 75 
 
 cP 
 
 £D 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 
 ?" 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 u 
 
 109737 
 
t 
 
CONTENTS OF VOLUME I 
 
 Editor's Preface 13 
 
 Pigafetta’s Primo viaggio intorno al mondo 
 (“First voyage around the world"): 
 
 Italian text with English translation . 20 
 
 Notes 199 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS TO VOLUME I 
 
 Portrait of Fernào de Magalhàes; photo- 
 graphic facsimile reproduction from paint- 
 ing in Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar, Ma- 
 drid Frontispiece 
 
 Signature of Fernào de Magalhàes [Fernando 
 de Magallayns] ; photographic facsimile 
 from original MS. in Archivo general de 
 
 Indias, Sevilla 25 
 
 Pigafetta’s Chart of the Straits of Magellan. 82 
 
 Pigafetta’s Charts of the Unfortunate Isles and 
 
 the Ladrones 88 
 
 Pigafetta’s Chart of the islands of Samar, etc. 98 
 Pigafetta’s Chart of the islands of Bohol, etc. 108 
 Pigafetta’s Chart of Cebù, Mactan and Bohol. 132 
 Map showing discoveries of Magalhàes; photo- 
 graphic facsimile from Mappamundo (Goa, 
 1571) of Fernào Vas Dourado, a MS. hydro- 
 graphical atlas preserved in Archivo Na- 
 cional da Torre do Tombo, Lisbon . . 196, 197 
 

PREFACE 
 
 Of all the accounts of the first circumnavigation, 
 by far the most important is that of the Venetian, 
 Antonio Pigafetta, who accompanied Fernào Ma- 
 galhàes, the greatest navigator, perhaps, of the mod- 
 ern age, on the expedition that disclosed secrets that 
 had been so long hidden from man. Pigafetta’s 
 account is not only the most valuable and authentic 
 of the few contemporary and early relations of the 
 famous voyage, but is also the only source of inform- 
 ation for many details of that voyage. Probably no 
 other historical document is more universally 
 accepted by students as the final authority regarding 
 the actual events with which it deals. 
 
 Pigafetta’s account is herewith presented for the 
 first time in complete form. The value and interest 
 of the relation are evident by its various manuscript 
 versions, and were recognized by its publication in 
 condensed form in both French and Italian during 
 the first quarter-century after the return of the 
 “Victoria” to Spain, and in English as early as 1555. 
 These publications, however, are very unsatisfactory, 
 for much of great value to the modern historical 
 student has been hurriedly slurred over, or entirely 
 omitted. At the dawn of the nineteenth century, 
 Dr. Carlo Amoretti, prefect of the Biblioteca 
 Ambrosiana, at Milan, Italy, recognizing to a slight 
 degree the value of the original manuscript which 
 he discovered among the treasures entrusted to his 
 
1 4 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 care, published the relation in both Italian and 
 French, but committed the sin of editing the pre- 
 cious document, almost beyond recognition in places. 
 In the latter half of the same century, Lord Stanley 
 of Alderley translated and edited the relation for the 
 Hakluyt Society; but, unfortunately, in his trans- 
 lation he omitted passages of importance to 
 ethnologists, and in addition, relied for his text, not 
 on the original Italian, but in part on the older of 
 the two French manuscripts of the Bibliothèque 
 Nationale, Paris, and in part on Amoretti’s garbled 
 publication. Consequently, Stanley’s, as well as 
 Amoretti’s edition, is unsatisfactory to students who 
 prize accuracy. The text of the Italian manuscript, 
 edited by Andrea da Mosto (part v, voi. iii, of 
 Raccolta di documenti e studi , published by the 
 Italian government - Rome, 1894 -in honor of the 
 fourth centenary of the discovery of America) has 
 proved, all things considered, the most useful edition 
 of Pigafetta’s relation hitherto given to the public. 
 Its usefulness is limited, however, as it is available 
 to only Italian readers. Mosto’s transcript, although 
 in general tolerably faithful, contains a few errors 
 and some serious blemishes from the standpoint of 
 historical accuracy, such as the spelling out of all 
 abbreviations, the rendering of the frequently 
 occurring Spanish abbreviation “q” (for “que”) by 
 the Italian “che,” and the arbitrary insertion of 
 punctuation not in the original. 
 
 The present edition first gives the English reader 
 access to a translation of the true text of Pigafetta, 
 edited and extensively annotated. This, together 
 with the original Italian of Pigafetta, places before 
 the student abundant material, both for a study of 
 
One] 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 l S 
 
 the relation itself and of the wonderful voyage. The 
 transcript of the Italian manuscript (the oldest and 
 most complete of the four existing manuscripts) 
 which is conserved in the Biblioteca Ambrosiana, 
 Milan, was made personally by the editor, who 
 enjoyed in that library full privileges for the work 
 of transcription and reference. In the printing, 
 great care has been taken to represent correctly 
 the many peculiar characters and abbreviations 
 occurring in the old Italian, and for this purpose 
 many special characters have been designed and type 
 specially cast. The peculiarities of the manuscript 
 have been carefully preserved, even to the spacing, 
 except that paragraphs in the original have a hang- 
 ing indention, and the punctuation at the end of 
 paragraphs is usually a dash or a series of dashes and 
 dots. 
 
 Throughout the document, the Italian text has 
 been collated with the text of the earlier of the two 
 French manuscripts of the Bibliothèque Nationale, 
 Paris, and with the Eden version, as published by 
 Arber, and all the variant readings are incorporated 
 in the notes. The annotations have been made very 
 extensive, and include not only a large amount of 
 original matter gathered from the best sources, 
 but also the most valuable comments of the 
 various editors of former editions of the relation. 
 Mosto’s edition, mentioned above, has been of 
 especial assistance in elucidating many matters. The 
 bibliography is as complete as possible at the present 
 time; in its preparation, the editor has had the ad- 
 vantage of personal assistance from librarians of 
 many great libraries, public and private, both in 
 Europe and America, where rare Pigafetta manu- 
 
1 6 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 scripts or books are conserved. He would call 
 especial attention to the fact that more complete and 
 definite details are presented of the four existing 
 manuscripts than has yet appeared anywhere, 
 especially of the Nancy Manuscript. An exhaus- 
 tive analytical index has been added, which has been 
 carefully prepared to meet the requirements of mod- 
 ern historical research. Pigafetta’s numerous charts 
 were photographed especially for this work from the 
 original manuscript: of other illustrations only 
 those of distinct historical value have been admitted. 
 
 Pigafetta’s account, as here published, was pre- 
 pared for issue in Blair and Robertson’s The Philip- 
 pine Islands : 1493-1898. The decision of the pub- 
 lishers a few months since to limit the edition of The 
 Philippine Islands : 1 493-1898 to about one-half 
 the edition originally announced, and the fact that 
 more than half of the sets issued are permanently 
 located in the large European and other foreign 
 libraries, has led many scholars, and some librarians, 
 to urge the editors and publishers to make this work 
 more widely accessible to students. In response to 
 this demand the present small separate edition is 
 published. 
 
 In the preparation and editing of this manuscript, 
 the thanks of the editor are due to Rev. Antonio 
 Ceriani, prefect of the Biblioteca Ambrosiana, 
 Milan, Italy, for his courtesy in allowing the free 
 use of the manuscript and library; to the officials of 
 the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris, for permission to 
 examine and transcribe Pigafetta manuscripts; to 
 Mr. T. FitzRoy Fenwick, Thirlestaine House, Chel- 
 tenham, England, for definite information concern- 
 ing the Nancy MS. of Pigafetta’s relation which was 
 
One] 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 l 7 
 
 owned by his grandfather, Sir Thomas Phillipps; to 
 Mr. Edward E. Ayer, of Chicago, for the use of his 
 edition of Mosto’s work; and to various others men- 
 tioned in the annotations. The editor is under a deep 
 sense of obligation to Signore Andrea da Mosto, for 
 the use of his excellent annotations and bibliographi- 
 cal notices which have been drawn upon freely. In 
 the compilation of the bibliography, the most hearty 
 cooperation has been experienced from the follow- 
 ing: Mr. Herbert Putnam, and officials, of the 
 Library of Congress, for the loan of books and 
 bibliographical material; Mr. George Parker Win- 
 ship, of the John Carter Brown Library, Providence, 
 who has kindly examined and compared the Colines 
 and Italian (1536) edition of Pigafetta’s relation, 
 supplied titles, and otherwise rendered valuable aid; 
 Mr. Victor Hugo Paltsits of Lenox Library, New 
 York City, who has generously supplied titles, and 
 examined bibliographies and collections; Miss 
 Clara A. Smith, librarian of the Ayer (private) 
 Library, Chicago, who has cordially loaned books 
 and supplied titles; the officials and staff of the libra- 
 ries of the Wisconsin Historical Society and of the 
 University of Wisconsin, Madison, for the free use 
 of library facilities; and from Mr. Thomas J. 
 Kiernan, of Harvard University Library, Mr. Hor- 
 ace G. Wadlin, of Boston Public Library, Mr. 
 Samuel A. Green, Librarian of the Massachusetts 
 Historical Society; Prof. Addison Van Name, of 
 Yale University Library; Mr. H. M. Lydenberg, of 
 Astor Library, New York City; and Mr. Robert H. 
 Kelley, Librarian of the New York Historical So- 
 ciety. Many friends and well-wishers, too numerous 
 to mention, have also merited many thanks. Especial 
 
1 8 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 thanks are due to Miss Emma Helen Blair, the 
 present editor’s colleague in The Philippine Islands : 
 1493-1898 , whose quiet and unselfish helpfulness 
 and generosity of spirit have proved the greatest in- 
 spiration in this work. 
 
 Madison , Wisconsin , October, 1905. 
 
 J. A. R. 
 
MAGELLAN’S VOYAGE 
 AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 Volume I 
 
[PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO] 
 
 Antonio pigafeta patricio vicentino et Caualier de 
 Rhodi aL JlL mo . et Exell mo . S. philipo de villers 
 lisleadam Jnclito grà mai/t° de Rhoddj /ignior /uo 
 ob/eruanti//imo. 
 
 Perche fono molti curio/i IlL mo et exell mo . Signor 
 che non /blamente /e contentano de / apere et Inten- 
 dere li grandi et admirabillj co/e che dio me a con- 
 cedo de vedere et patire nela infra/cripta mia longa 
 et pericolo/a nauigatiòe. Ma anchora vogliono /a- 
 pere li mezi et modi et vie che ho tenuto ad andarui, 
 non pre/tando q e lla Jntegra fede aL exito /e prima 
 nò anno bonna Certeza deL initio pertanto / apera 
 V. Jll a - s a . che ritrouandomi neL anno de La natiuita 
 deL nro /aluatore m°.v c .xix in /pagnia in la corte 
 deL sereni//imo Re de romani con el R do mons or ‘ 
 frane 0 chieregato alhora protho ap co . et oratore de 
 La s ta . memoria de papa Leone x°. che per / ua vertu 
 dapoi he acce/o aL epis t0 . di aprutino et principato 
 de teramo. Hauendo yo hauuto grà noti/ia p molti 
 libri letti et per diuer/e per/onne che praticauano 
 con sua s a . de le grande et / tupende co/e deL mare 
 
 20 
 
[FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD] 
 
 Antonio Pigafeta, 1 patrician of Venezia and 
 knight of Rhodi [i.e., Rhodes], 2 to the most illus- 
 trious and excellent Lord, Philipo de Villers Lis- 
 leadam, 3 renowned grand master of Rhoddi, his most 
 honored lord. 4 
 
 Inasmuch as, most illustrious and excellent Lord, 
 there are many curious persons who not only take 
 pleasure in knowing and hearing the great and won- 
 derful things which God has permitted me to see and 
 suffer during my long and dangerous voyage, hereto 
 appended, but who also wish to know the means and 
 manners and paths that I have taken in making that 
 voyage [ literally : “ in going thither”]; and who 
 do not lend that entire faith to the end unless they 
 have a perfect assurance of the beginning: therefore, 
 your most illustrious Lordship must know that, find- 
 ing myself, in the year of the nativity of our Savior 
 MCCCCCXIX in Spagnia, in the court of the most 
 serene king of the Romans, 5 with the reverend Mon- 
 signor, Francesco Chieregato, then apostolic proton- 
 otary and nuncio of Pope Leo X of holy memory 
 (and who has since become bishop of Aprutino and 
 prince of Teramo), 6 and having learned many things 
 from many books that I had read, as well as from 
 various persons, 7 who discussed the great and mar- 
 velous things of the Ocean Sea with his Lordship, 
 
 21 
 
22 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 occeanno deliberay con bonna grada deLa magesta 
 Cezaria et deL prefacto S. mio far experientia di me 
 et andare a vedere q e lle co /e che pote//ero dare al- 
 guna / ati/f atioe a me mede/mo et pote//ero partu- 
 rirmi q a lche nome apre/’/o la po/terita hauendo In- 
 te/o q alora fi era preparata vna armata in la cita 
 de Siuiglia che era de cinq3 naue per andare a /co- 
 prire la Speceria nele y/olle de maluco de la q a lle era 
 capitanio generalle ferando de magaglianes gentil- 
 homo portugu e/e et era com re de s t0 . Jacobo de la 
 /pada piu volte co molte / ue laude haueua peregrato 
 in diuer/e guize lo mare occeanno. Mi parti co 
 molte letere di fauore dela cita de bar/alonna doue 
 alhora re/ideua sua mage/ta et /op a vna naue pa//ay 
 / ino amalega onde pigliando eL Camino p tera jun/i 
 a / iuiglia et iui e//en do / tato ben circa tre me/i 
 e/petando que La dieta armata se pone/e in hordine 
 p la partita finalmente corno q* de /oto intenderà v 
 ex a s a . con felici//imi au/pitij in comen/iamo la nra 
 nauigatiòe Et pefie ne le/er mio in ytalia Quando 
 andaua a la / antita de papa Clemente q e lla per / ua 
 grada amontero/o ver/o dime se dimo/tro assai be- 
 nigna et humana et di/semi che li / arebe grato li 
 copia//e tute q e lle co/e haueua vi/te et pa//ate nella 
 nauigatiòe Benché yo ne habia hauuta pocha Como 
 dita niente dimeno /egondo el mio debiL potere li ho 
 voluto /ati/fare. Et co/i li oferi/co in que/to mio 
 libreto tute le vigilie fatiq3 et peregrinatiòe mie pre- 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 23 
 
 I determined, by the good favor of his Caesarean 
 Majesty, and of his Lordship abovesaid, to expe- 
 rience and to go to see those things for myself, so 
 that I might be able thereby to satisfy myself some- 
 what, and so that I might be able to gain some re- 
 nown for later posterity . 8 Having heard that a fleet 
 composed of five vessels had been fitted out in the 
 city of Siviglia for the purpose of going to discover 
 the spicery in the islands of Maluco, under command 
 of Captain-general Fernando de Magaglianes , 9 a 
 Portuguese gentleman, comendador of the [Order 
 of] Santo Jacobo de la Spada [/.*., “St. James of the 
 Sword ”], 10 [who] had many times traversed the 
 Ocean Sea in various directions, whence he had ac- 
 quired great praise, I set out from the city of Barsa- 
 lonna, where his Majesty was then residing, bearing 
 many letters in my favor. I went by ship as far as 
 Malega, where, taking the highroad, I went over- 
 land to Siviglia. Having been there about three full 
 months, waiting for the said fleet to be set in order 
 for the departure , 11 finally, as your most excellent 
 Lordship will learn below, we commenced our voy- 
 age under most happy auspices. And inasmuch as 
 when I was in Ytalia and going to see his Holiness, 
 Pope Clement , 12 you by your grace showed yourself 
 very kind and good to me at Monteroso, and told 
 me that you would be greatly pleased if I would 
 write down for you all those things which I had seen 
 and suffered during my voyage; and although I have 
 had little opportunity, yet I have tried to satisfy your 
 desire according to my poor ability; therefore, I 
 offer you, in this little book of mine, all my vigils, 
 hardships, and wanderings, begging you, although 
 
24 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 gandola quando la vacherà dalle a/idue cure Rhodi- 
 anne se degni tran/corerle perii que me poterà e/sere 
 nò pocho remunerato da V Jll. s. a la cui bonna 
 grac a mi donno et recomando. 
 
 Hauendo deliberato il capitanio generalle difare 
 co/i longa nauigatiòe p lo mare occeanno doue /e m- 
 pre formo Jnpetuo/i venti et fortune grandi et nò 
 volendo manife/tare aniuno deli /uoj el viagio che 
 voleua fare agio nò fo//e /marito in pen/are de fare 
 tanto grande et / tupenda co/a corno fece co lo aiuto 
 de ydio li Capitani fui che menaua in / ua còpagnia 
 lo odiauano molto nò fo perche / inon pche era por- 
 tugue/e et e/si / pagnioli. Volendo dar fine a que/to 
 que promi/e co Juramento aLo inperatore D. cario 
 Re de / pagnia agio le naue nele fortune et nela nocte 
 non se separe//eno vna de lalt a . ordeno questo hor- 
 dine et lo dete atuti li piloti et mae/tri de le / ue naui 
 Loqual era lui de note /empre voleua andar inanzi 
 dele altre naui et elle /eguita/eno la /ua con vna 
 facela grande de legnio che la quiamano farol Qual 
 /emp portaua pendete de la popa de la Sua naue 
 que/to /egniale era agio de continuo lo /eguita/eno 
 se faceua vno alt° fuoco con vna lanterna ho co vno 
 pezo de corda de iuncho che la chiama strengue di 
 Sparto molto batuto neL hacqua et poi /e cado al /ole 
 ho vero al fumo ottimo per simil cosa ge re/ponde- 
 /eno agio /ape/se per chesto /egnialle che tute veni- 
 uano in/ieme se faceua duj focq 1 /enza lo farolo 
 vira/seno o voltasenno in altra banda quando eL 
 
Signature of Fernào de Magalhàes 
 
 From originai MS. in Archivo generai de Indias y Servilla~\ 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 2J 
 
 you are busied with continual Rhodian cares, to deign 
 to skim through it, by which I shall be enabled to 
 receive a not slight remuneration from your most 
 illustrious Lordship, to whose good favor I consign 
 and commend myself . 13 
 
 The captain-general having resolved to make so 
 long a voyage through the Ocean Sea, where furious 
 winds and great storms are always reigning, but not 
 desiring to make known to any of his men the voy- 
 age that he was about to make, so that they might 
 not be cast down at the thought of doing so great and 
 extraordinary a deed, as he did accomplish with 
 the aid of God (the captains who accompanied 
 him, hated him exceedingly, I know not why, unless 
 because he was a Portuguese, and they Spaniards), 
 with the desire to conclude what he promised under 
 oath to the emperor, Don Carlo, king of Spagnia, 
 prescribed the following orders and gave them to 
 all the pilots and masters of his ships, so that the 
 ships might not become separated from one another 
 during the storms and night . 14 These were [to the 
 effect] that he would always precede the other ships 
 at night, and they were to follow his ship which 
 would have a large torch of wood, which they call 
 favoli He always carried that farol set at the poop 
 of his ship as a signal so that they might always fol- 
 low him. Another light was made by means of a 
 lantern or by means of a piece of wicking made from 
 a rush and called sparto rope 16 which is well beaten 
 in the water, and then dried in the sun or in the 
 smoke - a most excellent material for such use. They 
 were to answer him so that he might know by that 
 signal whether all of the ships were coming together. 
 
28 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 vento nò era buono et al prepo/ito p andar al nro 
 camino ho qdo voleua far pocho viagio se faceua tre 
 fuochi tole/seno via la bonneta, che he vna parte de 
 uela che se ataca da ba/so dela vela magiore quando 
 fa bon tempo p andar piu la setol via agio /ia piu 
 facile aracogliere la vela magior quando se amayna 
 in pre/sa in vno tempo subito: Si faceua quatro fochi 
 amay/seno tute le vele facendo poi lui vno /egniale 
 di fuoco corno staua fermo Se faceua piu fochi ouero 
 tiraua alguna bò barda fose segniale de tera o de 
 bassi. Poi faceua quatro fuochi quando voleua far 
 alsare le vele in alto agio loro nauega/seno /eguendo 
 /empr p Quela facela de popa Quando voleua 
 far metere la boneta faceua tre fuochi Quando 
 voleua voltar/e in altra parte faceua duj Volendo 
 poi sapere se tute le naue lo seguitavào et veniuào 
 in/ieme faceua vno pche cu/si ogni naue face/se 
 et li re/ponde/e ogni nocte /e faceua tre gardie 
 la p a nel principio de la nocte La /econda Que la 
 chiamano modora neL me/o La t a nel fine tuta la 
 gente dele naue se partiua in tre Coloneli el p° 
 era del cap°. houero del contra maistro mudando /e 
 ogni nocte. Lo secondo deL piloto ho nochiero. Lo 
 t° del mae/tro p tanto lo Cap° genneral Comando 
 che tute le naue obserua/eno Que/ti /egniali et 
 guardie acio se anda/e piu /eg uri. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 29 
 
 If he showed two lights besides that of the farol , they 
 were to veer or take another tack, [doing this] when 
 the wind was not favorable or suitable for us to con- 
 tinue on our way, or when he wished to sail slowly. 
 If he showed three lights, they were to lower away 
 the bonnet-sail, which is a part of the sail that is 
 fastened below the mainsail, when the weather is 
 suitable for making better time. It is lowered so 
 that it may be easier to furl the mainsail when it is 
 struck hastily during a sudden squall . 17 If he 
 showed four lights, they were to strike all the sails ; 18 
 after which he showed a signal by one light, [which 
 meant] that he was standing still. If he showed a 
 greater number of lights, or fired a mortar, it was 
 a signal of land or of shoals . 19 Then he showed 
 four lights when he wished to have the sails set full, 
 so that they might always sail in his wake by the 
 torch on the poop. When he desired to set the 
 bonnet-sail, he showed three lights . 20 When he de- 
 sired to alter his course, he showed two ; 21 and then 
 if he wished to ascertain whether all the ships were 
 following and whether they were coming together, 
 he showed one light, so that each one of the ships 
 might do the same and reply to him. Three watches 
 were set nightly: the first at the beginning of the 
 night; the second, which is called the midnight , 22 
 and the third at the end [of the night]. All of the 
 men in the ships were divided into three parts: the 
 first was the division of the captain or boatswain, 
 those two alternating nightly; the second, of either 
 the pilot or boatswain’s mate; and the third, of the 
 master . 23 Thus did the captain-general order that 
 all the ships observe the above signals and watches, 
 so that their voyage might be more propitious . 24 
 
3 ° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi 
 
 Luni ax J agusto g° de /aneto laurentio Nel anno 
 Ja deto e/sendo la armata fornita de tute le cose 
 necessarie per mare et dogni /orte de gente eramo 
 ducente et trenta/ete homini nela maóna Se feceno 
 p/te per partir/e daL mole de siuiglia et tirando 
 molta artegliaria deteno il trinqueto aL vento et 
 venne abaso del fiume betis al pnte detto gadalcauir 
 passando p vno luocho chiamato gioan dal farax che 
 era già grande habitatiòe de mori per mezo lo q a lle 
 /taua vn ponte che pasaua el dicto fiume p andare a 
 siuiglia dilque li e re/tato fin aL pre/ente nel fondo 
 del acqua due colonne que quando pa//ano le naui 
 ano bi/ognio de homini q / apianno ben lo Locho 
 delle colonne p ciò nò de//eno in e//e et e bi/ognio 
 pa//arle quanto el fiume / ta piu cre//ente et anche p 
 molti altri luochi deL fiume q nò a tanto fondo che 
 ba/te p pa//are le naui cargate et q e lle non / ianno 
 tropo grandi Poi venirono ad un alt° q/e chiama 
 coria pa//ando p molti altri villagij a longo deL 
 fiume tanto q ajon/eno ad vno ca/tello deL duca de 
 medina cidonia il q a lle /e chiama S. lucar che e 
 porto p entrare nel mare occeanno leuante ponente 
 co il capo de /anct vincent che /ta in 37 gradi de 
 latitudine et longui dal deto porto x leghe da Siui- 
 glia fin aq 1 p lo fiume gli /onno 17 ho 20 Leghe dali 
 alquanti giorni vene el capitanio genneralle co li alt 1 
 cap 1 p lo fiume aba//o neli bateli de le naue et iui 
 /te//imo molti giorni per finire la armata de alcune 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 3 I 
 
 On Monday morning, August x, St. Lawrence’s 
 day, in the year abovesaid, the fleet, having been sup- 
 plied with all the things necessary for the sea, 26 (and 
 counting those of every nationality, we were two 
 hundred and thirty-seven men), made ready to leave 
 the harbor of Siviglia. 28 Discharging many pieces 
 of artillery, the ships held their forestaysails to the 
 wind, and descended the river Betis, at present called 
 Gadalcavir, passing by a village called Gioan dal 
 Farax, once a large Moorish settlement. In the 
 midst of it was once a bridge that crossed the said 
 river, and led to Siviglia. Two columns of that 
 bridge have remained even to this day at the bottom 
 of the water, and when ships sail by there, they need 
 men who know the location of the columns thor- 
 oughly, so that the ships may not strike against them. 
 They must also be passed when the river is highest 
 with the tide; as must also many other villages along 
 the river, which has not sufficient depth [of itself] 
 for ships that are laden and which are not very large 
 to pass. Then the ships reached another village 
 called Coria, and passed by many other villages 
 along the river, until they came to a castle of the 
 duke of Medina Cidonia, called San Lucar, which 
 is a port by which to enter the Ocean Sea. 27 It is in 
 an east and west direction with the cape of Sanct 
 Vincent, which lies in 37 degrees of latitude, and x 
 leguas from the said port. 28 From Siviglia to this 
 point [i.e. } San Lucar], it is 17 or 20 leguas by 
 river. 29 Some days after, the captain-general, with 
 his other captains, descended the river in the small 
 boats belonging to their ships. We remained there 
 for a considerable number of days in order to finish 30 
 
3 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 co/e li manchauào et ogni di andauamo in tera ad 
 aldir me//a aduno locho q /e chiama nra dona de 
 baremeda circa S. lucar. Et avanti la partita Lo 
 cap° genneraL voi /e tucti /e confe//a/eno et nò con- 
 /entite ninguna dona veni//e ne Larmata per meglior 
 ri/pecto. 
 
 Marti a xx de /eptembr neL mede/imo anno ne 
 parti//emo da que/to Locho chiamato /an luchar 
 pigliando La via de garbin et a 26 deL dicto me/e 
 ariua//emo a vna Jsola de la grà canaria q /e di/e 
 teneriphe in 28 gradi de Latitudine per pigliar carne 
 acha et legnia /te//imo yui tre giorni et mezo per 
 fornire Larmata de le decte cose poi anda//emo 
 a vno porto de La mede/ma y/ola deto monte ro//o p 
 pegolla tardando dui giorni Sapera vra IlL ma s a . 
 q in que/te y/olle dela grà canaria ge vna infra le 
 altre ne laq a lle nò fi troua pur vna goza de hacqua 
 q na/cha / inon nel mezo di de/cendere vna nebola 
 daL dello et circunda vno grande arbore che e ne 
 la dicta y/ola / tilando dale /ue foglie et ramy molta 
 hacqua et al piede deL dicto arbore e adri//ado in 
 guiza de fontana vna fo//a houe ca/ca tuta la acqua 
 de La q a lle li homini habitanti et animali cosi 
 dome/tici corno / aluatici ogni giorno de que/ta 
 hacqua et nò de alt a habondanti//imamete fi 
 saturano. 
 
 Luni a tre doctobre a meza nocte /e dete le velie 
 aL Camino deL au/tro in golfandone neL mare 
 occeanno pa//ando fra capo verde et le /ue y/olle in 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 3 3 
 
 [providing] the fleet with some things that it needed. 
 Every day we went ashore to hear mass in a village 
 called Nostra Dona de Baremeda [our Lady of 
 Barrameda], near San Lucar. Before the departure, 
 the captain-general wished all the men to confess, 
 and would not allow any 31 woman to sail in the fleet 
 for the best of considerations. 
 
 We left that village, by name San Luchar, on 
 Tuesday, September xx of the same year, and took a 
 southwest course. 32 On the 26th 33 of the said month, 
 we reached an island of the Great Canaria, called 
 Teneriphe, which lies in a latitude of 28 degrees, 
 [landing there] in order to get flesh, water, and 
 wood. 34 We stayed there for three and one-half 
 days in order to furnish the fleet with the said sup- 
 plies. Then we went to a port of the same island 
 called Monte Rosso 35 to get pitch, 36 staying [there] 
 two days. Your most illustrious Lordship must know 
 that there is a particular one of the islands of the 
 Great Canaria, where one can not find a single drop 
 of water which gushes up [from a spring] ; 37 but that 
 at noontide a cloud descends from the sky and en- 
 circles a large tree which grows in the said island, 
 the leaves and branches of which distil a quantity of 
 water. At the foot of the said tree runs a trench 
 which resembles a spring, where all the water falls, 
 and from which the people living there, and the 
 animals, both domestic and wild, fully satisfy them- 
 selves daily with this water and no other. 38 
 
 At midnight of Monday, October three, the sails 
 were trimmed toward the south, 39 and we took to the 
 open Ocean Sea, passing between Cape Verde and 
 its islands in 14 and one-half degrees. Thus for 
 
34 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 14 gradi et mezo et cu//i molti giorni nauiga//imo 
 p La co/ta de la ghinea houero ethiopia nela q a lle 
 he vna montagnia detta /iera leona in 8 gradi de 
 latitudine con venti contrari calme et piogie senza 
 venti fin a la lignea equinotialle piouendo /e/ anta 
 giornj de continuo contra la opignione de li anticq' 
 Jnanzi q ajunge//emo ali legnea a 14 gradi molte 
 gropade de venti inpetuo/i et corenti de acqua ne 
 a/altaronno contra el viagio nò po//endo /pontare 
 Jnan/i et acio q le naue nò pericula//eno. Se 
 calauano tute le velie et de q3/ta /orte andauamo de 
 mare in trauer/o fin q pa//aua la grupada pche 
 veniua molto furiosa. Quando pioueua nò era 
 vento. Quando faceua /olle era bonna/a. veniuano 
 aL bordo de le naue certi pe//i grandi q /e 
 quiamano tiburoni q anno denti teribilli et /e 
 trouano hominj neL mare li mangiano, pigliauamo 
 molti co hami de fero benché nò /onno bonni da 
 mangiare /e non li picoli et anche loro maL bonny. 
 Jn que/te fortune molte volte ne apar/e il corpo 
 /aneto cioè /aneto elmo in lume fra le altre in vna 
 ob/curi//ima nocte de taL /plendore come e vna 
 facella ardente in cima de La magiore gabia et /te 
 circa due hore et piu co noi con/olandone q 
 piangevào quanto que/ta bennedeta luce/e voi /e 
 partire da nuy tanto grandi//imo /plendore dete ne 
 li hocq* no/t‘ q / te/emo piu de mezo carto de hora 
 tuti cieq 1 chiamando mi/ericordia et veramete cre- 
 dendo e//ere morti el mare / ubito /e aquieto. 
 
 Viti molte /orte de vcelli tra le q a lle vna q nò 
 haueua culo, vn altra quando la femina voi far li 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 35 
 
 many days did we sail along the coast of Ghinea, or 
 Ethiopia, where there is a mountain called Siera 
 Leona, which lies in 8 degrees of latitude, with con- 
 trary winds, calms, and rains without wind, until we 
 reached the equinoctial line, having sixty days of 
 continual rain. 40 Contrary to the opinion of the 
 ancients, 41 before we reached the line many furious 
 squalls of wind, and currents of water struck us head 
 on in 14 degrees. As we could not advance, and in 
 order that the ships might not be wrecked, 42 all the 
 sails were struck; and in this manner did we wander 
 hither and yon on the sea, waiting for the tempest to 
 cease, for it was very furious. 43 When it rained there 
 was no wind. When the sun shone, it was calm. Cer- 
 tain large fishes called tiburoni [ i.e ., sharks] came to 
 the side of the ships. They have terrible teeth, and 
 whenever they find men in the sea they devour them. 
 We caught many of them with iron hooks, 44 although 
 they are not good to eat unless they are small, and 
 even then they are not very good. During those 
 storms the holy body, that is to say St. Elmo, ap- 
 peared to us many times, in light - among other times 
 on an exceedingly dark night, 45 with the brightness of 
 a blazing torch, on the maintop, where he stayed for 
 about two hours or more, to our consolation, for we 
 were weeping. When that blessed light was about to 
 leave us, so dazzling was the brightness that it cast 
 into our eyes, that we all remained for more than an 
 eighth of an hour 46 blinded and calling for mercy. 
 And truly when we thought that we were dead men, 
 the sea suddenly grew calm. 47 
 
 I saw many kinds of birds, among them one that 
 had no anus; and another, [which] when the female 
 
3 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 oui li fa soura la / quena deL ma/chio et iui /e 
 creanno nò anno piede et /empre Viueno neL mare, 
 vn altra /orte q viueno deL / tercho de li alt' vcelli et 
 nò de alt 0 Si corno viti molte volte que/to vcello q a L 
 chiamamo Caga//ela corer dietro ad alt' vcelli fin 
 tanto q e lli formo con/trecti mandar fuora eL /tercho 
 / ubito Lo piglia et La//a andare lo vcello anchora 
 viti molti pe//i q volauano et molti alt' congregadi 
 in/ieme q pareuano vna y/ola. 
 
 Pa//ato q haue//emo la linea equinotiale in ver/o 
 el meridianno p de//emo la tramontana et co/i /e 
 nauego tra el me/o Jorno et garbin fino en vna tera 
 che se di/e la tera deL verzin in 23 gradi y 2 aL polo 
 antàtico q e tera deL capo de S to augu/tino q / ta in 8 
 gradi aL mede/imo polo do ue piglia//emo grà 
 refre/cho de gaiine batate pigne molte dolci fruto in 
 vero piu gentiL que / ia carne de anta corno vaca 
 canne dolci et altre co/e infinite q La/cio p non 
 e//e re plixo p vno amo da pe/care 0 vno cortello 
 dauano 3. ho 6. galinne p vno petine vno paro de 
 occati p vno / pequio ho vna forfice tanto pe/ce q 
 hauerebe ba/tato a x homini p vno /onaglio o vna 
 /tringa vno ce/to de batate. q3/te batate formo aL 
 mangiare corno ca/tagnie et longo corno napi et p 
 vno re de danari q e vna carta de Jocare me deteno 
 6. gaiine et pen/auano anchora hauernj inganati 
 Jntra//emo in que /to porto iL giorno de / ancta lucia 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 37 
 
 wishes to lay its eggs, it does so on the back of the 
 male and there they are hatched. The latter bird 
 has no feet, and always lives in the sea. [There is] 
 another kind which live on the ordure of the other 
 birds, and in no other manner; for I often saw this 
 bird, which is called Cagassela, fly behind the other 
 birds, until they are constrained to drop their ordure, 
 which the former seizes immediately and abandons 
 the latter bird. I also saw many flying fish, and 
 many others collected together, so that they resem- 
 bled an island. 48 
 
 After we had passed the equinoctial line going 
 south, we lost the north star, and hence we sailed 
 south south-west 49 until [we reached] a land called 
 the land of Verzin 60 which lies in 2354 degrees of 
 the Antarctic Pole [/.*., south latitude]. It is the 
 land extending from the cape of Santo Augustino, 
 which lies in 8 degrees of the same pole. There we 
 got a plentiful refreshment of fowls, potatoes 
 [ batate ], many sweet pine-apples - in truth the most 
 delicious fruit that can be found - the flesh of the 
 anta * 1 which resembles beef, sugarcane, and innu- 
 merable other things, which I shall not mention in 
 order not to be prolix. For one fishhook or one 
 knife, those people gave 5 or 6 chickens; for one 
 comb, a brace of geese; for one mirror or one pair 
 of scissors, as many fish as would be sufficient for x 
 men; for a bell or one leather lace, one basketful of 
 potatoes [batate]. These potatoes resemble chest- 
 nuts in taste, and are as long as turnips. 62 For a king 
 of diamonds [danari ]* 3 which is a playing card, they 
 gave me 6 64 fowls and thought that they had even 
 cheated me. We entered that port on St. Lucy’s day, 
 
3^ PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 et in q e L di haue//emo eL /olle p Zenit et pati//emo 
 piu caldo. q e L giorno et li alt 1 quàdo haueuào eL 
 /olle p zenit che Quando eramo foto la linea 
 equinotialle. 
 
 Que/ta tera deL verzin e abondantiss 3 et piu 
 grande q /pagnia fran/a et Jtalia tute in/ieme. e 
 deL re de portugalo li populi de que/ta tera nò 
 fonno chri/tiani et nò adorano co/a alguna viueno 
 /ecòdo Lo vzo de La natura et viueno Cento vinti- 
 cinque anny et cèto et quaranta. Vano nudi coffi 
 homini corno femine habitano in certe ca/e longue 
 che le chiamano boij et dormeno in rete de bà ba/o 
 chiamate amache ligade ne le medeme ca/e da vno 
 capo et da Lalt 0 a legni grò f fi fanno foco infra 
 e//i in tera in ogni vno de que/ti boij /tano cento 
 homini co le / ue moglie et figlioli facendo grà ro- 
 more anno barche duno /olo arburo ma/chize 
 quiamate ca noe cauate co menare de pietra que/ti 
 populi adoperào le pietre Como nui el fero p nò 
 hauere /tanno trenta et quaranta homini in vna de 
 que/te. vogano co palle corno da forno et cu//i 
 negri nubi et tosi asimigliano quando vogano aq e lli 
 de la/tigie palude. Sono di/po/ti homini et femine 
 corno noi Mangiano carne humana de Li fui 
 nemici non p bonna ma p vna certa vzan/a Que/ta 
 vzan/a Lo vno con laltro. fu principio vna vequia 
 Laq a lle haueua /olamente vno figliolo q fu amazato 
 dali suoi nemici p iL q pa//ati alguni giorni li fui 
 pigliorono vno de la Compagnia q haueua morto 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 39 
 
 and on that day had the sun on the zenith ; 85 and we 
 were subjected to greater heat on that day and on the 
 other days when we had the sun on the zenith, than 
 when we were under the equinoctial line . 80 
 
 That land of Verzin is wealthier and larger than 
 Spagnia, Fransa, and Italia , 67 put together, and be- 
 longs to the king of Portugalo. The people of that 
 land are not Christians, and have no manner of wor- 
 ship. They live according to the dictates of nature , 88 
 and reach an age of one hundred and twenty-five and 
 one hundred and forty years . 89 They go naked, both 
 men and women. They live in certain long houses 
 which they call boii™ and sleep in cotton hammocks 
 called amache , which are fastened in those houses 
 by each end to large beams. A fire is built on the 
 ground under those hammocks. In each one of those 
 boii , there are one hundred men with their wives 
 and children , 61 and they make a great racket. They 
 have boats called canoes made of one single huge 
 tree , 62 hollowed out by the use of stone hatchets. 
 Those people employ stones as we do iron, as they 
 have no iron. Thirty or forty men occupy one of 
 those boats. They paddle with blades like the 
 shovels of a furnace, and thus, black, naked, and 
 shaven, they resemble, when paddling, the inhabit- 
 ants of the Stygian marsh . 63 Men and women are 
 as well proportioned as we. They eat the human 
 flesh of their enemies, not because it is good, but be- 
 cause it is a certain established custom. That cus- 
 tom, which is mutual, was begun by an old woman , 64 
 who had but one son who was killed by his enemies. 
 In return some days later, that old woman’s friends 
 captured one of the company who had killed het 
 
4 ° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Suo figliolo et Lo conclusero doue /taua que/ta 
 vequia eia vedendo et ricordando/e deL fuo figliolo 
 corno cagnia rabiata li cor /e ado//o et Lo mordete 
 in vna /pala co/tui deli a pocho fugi neli /oi et di//e 
 Como Lo voi/ero mangiare mo/trandoli eL /egnialle 
 de La /pala. qn que/ti pigliarono poi de q e lli li 
 mangiorono et q e lli de que/ti / iche p que/to he 
 venuta tal vzan/a. Non /e mangiano / ubito ma ogni 
 vno taglia vno pezo et lo porta in ca/a metendola al 
 fumo poi ogni 8. Jorni taglia vno pezeto mangian- 
 dolo bruto lado co le altre cose p memoria degli 
 fui nemici Que/to me di//e Johane carnagio piloto 
 q veniua co nuy el q a lle era / tato in que/ta tera qua- 
 tro anny Que/ta gente /e depingeno marauiglio- 
 / amète tuto iL corpo et iL volto con foco in diuer/i a 
 maniere ancho le done fono [sono: doublet in orig- 
 inai MS.~\ to/i et /en/a barba perche /e la pelanno. 
 Se ve/teno de ve/ti tur de piume de papagaio co rode 
 grande aL cullo de Le penne magiore cosa ridicula 
 ca/i tuti li homini eccepto le femine et fanciuli hano 
 tre bufi ne lauro de/oto oue portano pietre rotonde 
 et Longue vno dito et piu et meno de fora pendente, 
 nò fonno del tuto negri ma oliua/tri portano 
 de/coperte le parte vergonio/e iL Suo corpo e /enza 
 peli et coffi homini q a L donne Sempre Vano nudi 
 iL Suo re e chiamato cacich anno infiniti//imi 
 papagali et ne danno 8 ho io p vno / pecho et gati 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 4 1 
 
 son, and brought him to the place of her abode. She 
 seeing him, and remembering her son, ran upon him 
 like an infuriated bitch, and bit him on one shoulder. 
 Shortly afterward he escaped to his own people, 
 whom he told that they had tried to eat him, showing 
 them [in proof] the marks on his shoulder. Whom- 
 ever the latter captured afterward at any time from 
 the former they ate, and the former did the same to 
 the latter, so that such a custom has sprung up in 
 this way. They do not eat the bodies all at once, but 
 every one cuts off a piece, and carries it to his house, 
 where he smokes it. Then every week , 65 he cuts off 
 a small bit, which he eats thus smoked with his other 
 food to remind him of his enemies. The above was 
 told me by the pilot, Johane Carnagio , 66 who came 
 with us, and who had lived in that land for four 
 years. Those people paint the whole body and the 
 face in a wonderful manner with fire in various 
 fashions, as do the women also. The men are [are: 
 doublet in original manuscript ] smooth shaven and 
 have no beard, for they pull it out. They clothe 
 themselves in a dress made of parrot feathers, with 
 large round arrangements at their buttocks made 
 from the largest feathers, and it is a ridiculous sight. 
 Almost all the people, except the women and chil- 
 dren , 67 have three holes pierced in the lower lip, 
 where they carry round stones, one finger or there- 
 abouts in length and hanging down outside. Those 
 people are not entirely black, but of a dark brown 
 color. They keep the privies uncovered, and the 
 body is without hair , 68 while both men and women 
 always go naked. Their king is called cacich [*.?., 
 cacique]. They have an infinite number of parrots, 
 
4 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 maimoni piceli fati corno leoni ma Jalli co/a belis- 
 sima fano panne rotondo biancho de medola de 
 arbore non molto bonno q na/ce fra larbore et La 
 /cor/a et he corno recotta. hanno porci q /op a La 
 / quena teneno eL suo lombelico et veeeli grandi q 
 anno eL becho corno vn cuquiaro /en/a linga ne 
 dauano p vno acceta ho cortello grade vna ho due 
 dele / ue figliole giouane p fchiaue ma /ua mogliere 
 nò darianno p co/a alguna Elle nò farebenno 
 vergonia a suoi mariti p ogni grà co/a come ne /tate 
 referito de giorno nò con/enteno a li Loro mariti 
 ma /olamete de nocte. Esse Lauorano et portano 
 tuto eL magia? suo da li monti in zerli ho vero 
 cane/tri /uL capo ho atacati aL capo pero e//e ndo 
 /empre /eco fui mariti /olamete co vno archo de 
 verzin o de palma negra et vno mazo de freze di 
 canna et que/to fano per che /onno gelo/i le 
 femine portano fui figlioli tacadi aL colo in vna rete 
 de banbazo. La/cio altre co/e p nò e//e re piu longo. 
 Se di/ /e due volte me//a in tera p il que que/ti 
 / tauano co tanto contrictiòe in genoquionj aL/ando 
 le mano giunte q era grandiss 0 piacere vederli Edi- 
 ficareno vna ca/a per nui pen/ando doue//emo / tar 
 /eco algun tempo et taglia rono molto ver/in per 
 darnela a la no/tra partida era / tato for/e duy 
 me/i nò haueua pioue/to in que/ta terra et Quando 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 43 
 
 and gave us 8 or 10 for one mirror; and little mon- 
 keys that look like lions, only [they are] yellow, 
 and very beautiful . 69 They make round white 
 [loaves of] bread from the marrowy substance of 
 trees, which is not very good, and is found between 
 the wood and the bark and resembles buttermilk 
 curds . 70 They have swine which have their navels 
 \lombelico\ on their backs , 71 and large birds with 
 beaks like spoons and no tongues . 72 The men gave 
 us one or two of their young daughters as slaves for 
 one hatchet or one large knife, but they would not 
 give us their wives in exchange for anything at all. 
 The women will not shame their husbands under any 
 considerations whatever, and as was told us, refuse 
 to consent to their husbands by day, but only by 
 night . 73 The women cultivate the fields, and carry 
 all their food from the mountains in panniers or bas- 
 kets on the head or fastened to the head . 74 But they 
 are always accompanied by their husbands, who are 
 armed only with a bow of brazil-wood or of black 
 palm-wood, and a bundle of cane arrows, doing this 
 because they are jealous [of their wives]. The 
 women carry their children hanging in a cotton net 
 from their necks. I omit other particulars, in order 
 not to be tedious. Mass was said twice on shore, 
 during which those people remained on their knees 
 with so great contrition and with clasped hands 
 raised aloft, that it was an exceeding great pleasure 75 
 to behold them. They built us a house as they 
 thought that we were going to stay with them for 
 some time, and at our departure they cut a great 
 quantity of brazil-wood [ verzin ] to give us . 76 It 
 had been about two months since it had rained in 
 
44 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 ajonge/emo aL porto per ca/o piouete p que/to 
 deceuano noi vegnire daL cieLo et hauer monato 
 no/co la piogia que/ti populi facilmente Se 
 conuerterebenno a la fede de Je/u xpò. 
 
 Jmprima co/toro pen/auano li batelli fo / /ero 
 figlioli de le naue et que elle li purturi//eno quando 
 /e butauano fora di naue in mare et /tando co/i aL 
 co/ta do corno he vzan/a credeuano le naue li nu- 
 tri//eno Vna Jouene bella vene vn di nela naue 
 capitania, houe yo / taua non p alt° /enon p trouar 
 alguno recapito /tando co/si et a/pectando buto 
 lo ochio sup a la camera deL mai/t° et viete vno 
 quiodo Longo piu de vn dito il que pigliando co 
 grande gentile//a et galantaria se lo fico aparte 
 aparte de li labri della /ua natura et subito ba//a 
 ba/sa Se partite. Vedendo que/to iL cap 0 , generale 
 et yo. 
 
 Alguni Vocabuli de q 3 /ti populi deL verzin. 
 
 AL miglio. 
 
 Alla farina. 
 
 AL hamo. 
 
 AL cortello 
 Al peóne 
 Alla forfice 
 AL /onaglio 
 Buono piu q bono 
 
 Maiz 
 
 hui 
 
 pinda 
 
 tacse 
 
 chigap 
 
 pirame 
 
 Jtanmaraca 
 
 turn maragathum 
 
 Ste//emo 13. giorni in que/ta tera /eguendo poi 
 il nro camino anda/emo fin a 34 gradi et vno ter/o aL 
 polo antarticho doue troua//emo in vno fiume de 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 45 
 
 that land, and when we reached that port, it hap- 
 pened to rain, whereupon they said that we came 
 from the sky and that we had brought the rain with 
 us. 77 Those people could be converted easily to the 
 faith of Jesus Christ. 
 
 At first those people thought that the small boats 
 were the children of the ships, and that the latter 
 gave birth to them when they were lowered into the 
 sea from the ships, and when they were lying so 
 alongside the ships (as is the custom), they believed 
 that the ships were nursing them. 78 One day a beau- 
 tiful young woman came to the flagship, where I 
 was, for no other purpose than to seek what chance 
 might offer. While there and waiting, she cast her 
 eyes upon the master’s room, and saw a nail longer 
 than one’s finger. Picking it up very delightedly and 
 neatly, she thrust it through the lips of her vagina 
 [ natura ], and bending down low immediately de- 
 parted, the captain-general and I having seen that 
 action. 79 
 
 Some words 
 For Millet 
 for Flour 
 for Fishhook 
 for Knife 
 for Comb 
 for Scissors 
 for Bell 
 Good, better 
 
 people of Verzin 80 
 maiz 
 hui 
 pinda 
 tacse 
 chigap 
 pirame 
 itanmaraca 
 turn maragathum 
 
 of those 
 
 We remained in that land for 13 days. Then 
 proceeding on our way, we went as far as 34 and 
 one-third degrees 81 toward the Antarctic Pole, 
 
4 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 acqua dolce homini q /e chiamano Canibali et man- 
 giano la carne humana vene vno de la /tatura ca/i 
 corno vno gigante nella naue capitania p asigurare 
 li alt 1 suoi haueua vna voce / imille a vno toro 
 in tanto que que/to / tete ne la naue li alt 1 porto ronno 
 via Le /uè robe daL loco doue habitauào dent° nella 
 terra p paura de noi Vedendo que/to /alta//imo 
 in terra cento homini p hauer linga et parlare /echo 
 ho vero p for/a pigliarne alguno fugiteno et 
 fugèdo face uano tanto grà pa//o q noi /aitando no 
 poteuamo avan/are li sui pa//i. in que/to fiume 
 /tanno /ette Jzolle. ne la maior de que/te /e troua 
 pietre precio/e Qui se chiama capo de s ta . maria 
 già /e pen/aua q de qui /e pa/a//e aL mare de Sur 
 cioè mezo di ne may piu altra fu di/couerto ade//o 
 nò he capo / inon fiume et a larga La boca 17 legue. 
 Altre volte in que/to fiume fu mangiado da questi 
 Canibali per tropo fidar/e vno Capitanio Spagniolo 
 q /e chiamaua Johà de solis et /e santa homini q 
 andauano a di/courire terra corno nui. 
 
 Po /eguendo eL mede/imo camino t/o eL polo 
 antarticho aco/to de terra veni//imo adare in due 
 J/olle pienni de occati et loui marini veramente 
 non /e porla narare iL grà numero de que/ti occati 
 in vna hora carga//imo le cinque naue Que/ti 
 occati /enno negri et anno tute le penne aduno modo 
 co/si neL corpo corno nelle ale. nò volano et viueno 
 de pe/se eranno tanti graffi q non bi/ogniaua pe- 
 larli ma /cor tiglarli anno lo beco corno vno coruo 
 Que/ti loui marini formo de diuer/i colori et gro//i 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 47 
 
 where we found people at a freshwater river, called 
 Canibali [i.e.y cannibals], who eat human flesh. One 
 of them, in stature almost a giant, came to the flag- 
 ship in order to assure [the safety of] the others his 
 friends. 82 He had a voice like a bull. While he 
 was in the ship, the others carried away their pos- 
 sessions from the place where they were living into 
 the interior, for fear of us. Seeing that, we landed 
 one hundred men in order to have speech and con- 
 verse with them, or to capture one of them by force. 
 They fled, and in fleeing they took so large a step 
 that we although running could not gain on their 
 steps. There are seven islands in that river, in the 
 largest of which precious gems are found. That 
 place is called the cape of Santa Maria, and it was 
 formerly thought that one passed thence to the sea 
 of Sur, that is to say the South Sea, but nothing fur- 
 ther was ever discovered. Now the name is not 
 [given to] a cape, but [to] a river, with a mouth 17 
 leguas in width. 83 A Spanish captain, called Johan 
 de Solis and sixty men, who were going to discover 
 lands like us, |were formerly eaten at that river by 
 those cannibals because of too great confidence. 84 
 
 Then proceeding on the same course toward the 
 Antarctic Pole, coasting along the land, we came 
 to anchor at two islands full of geese and sea- 
 wolves. 85 Truly, the great number of those geese 
 cannot be reckoned; in one hour we loaded the five 
 ships [with them]. Those geese are black and have 
 all their feathers alike both on body and wings. 
 They do not fly, and live on fish. They were so fat 
 that it was not necessary to pluck them but to skin 
 them. Their beak is like that of a crow. Those sea- 
 wolves are of various colors, and as large as a calf, 
 
4 8 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 corno viteli et eL capo corno loro co le orechie picole 
 et tòde et denti grandi nò anno gambe /e non piedi 
 tacade aL corpo / imille a le nre mani co onguie 
 picolle et fra li diti anno q e lla pele. le och’e /are- 
 benno fe roci//ime /e pote//eno corere nodano et 
 viueno de pe/cie Qui hebenno li naue grandi//ima 
 fortuna p il que ne apar/eno molte volte li tre corpi 
 /aneti gioe s to . elmo s to . nicolo et s ta chiara et /ubito 
 /e//aua la fortuna. 
 
 Partendone de q 1 ariua//emo fin a 49 gradi et mezo 
 aL antarticho e/sendo linuerno le naui introrono in 
 vno bon porto p inuernar/e quiui /te/emo dui 
 me/i /enza vedere p/onna alguna. Vndi a linproui/o 
 vede//emo vno homo de /tatura de gigante q /taua 
 nudo nella riua deL porto baiando cantando et 
 butando/e poluere Soura la te/ta. JL capitanio 
 gnale mando vno deli nri a lui acio face//e li mede- 
 /imi acti in /egno de pace et fati lo conduce in vna 
 Jzolleta dinanzi aL cap° gnalle Quando fo nella 
 /ua et nra pre/entia molto /e marauiglio et faceua 
 /egni co vno dito alzato credendo veni//emo daL 
 dello Que/to erra tanto grande q li dauamo a La 
 cintura et ben di/po/to haueua La faza grande et 
 depinta intorno de ro//o et Jntorno li ochi de Jallo 
 co dui cori depinti in mezo de le galte. li pocq 1 capili 
 q haueua erano tinti de biancho. era ve/tito de 
 pelle de animale co/i de Sotilmente in/ieme el 
 qualle animalle a eL capo et orechie grande corno 
 vna mula iL colo et iL corpo corno vno camello, le 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 49 
 
 with a head like that of a calf, ears small and round, 
 and large teeth. They have no legs but only feet 
 with small nails attached to the body, which re- 
 semble our hands, and between their fingers the 
 same kind of skin as the geese. They would be very 
 fierce if they could run. They swim, and live on 
 fish. At that place the ships suffered a very great 
 storm, during which the three holy bodies appeared 
 to us many times, that is to say, St. Elmo, St. Nicho- 
 las, and St. Clara, whereupon the storm quickly 
 ceased. 
 
 Leaving that place, we finally reached 49 and 
 one-half degrees toward the Antarctic Pole. As it 
 was winter, the ships entered a safe port to winter. 86 
 We passed two months in that place without seeing 
 anyone. One day we suddenly saw a naked man of 
 giant stature on the shore of the port, dancing, 87 sing- 
 ing, and throwing dust on his head. The captain- 
 general sent one of our men to the giant so that he 
 might perform the same actions as a sign of peace. 
 Having done that, the man led the giant to an islet 
 into the pr esence of the captain-general. When the 
 giant was in the captain-general’s and our presence, 
 he marveled greatly, 88 and made signs with one 
 finger raised upward, believing that we had come 
 from the sky. He was so tall that we reached only 
 to his waist, and he was well proportioned. His face 
 was large and painted red all over, while about his 
 eyes he was painted yellow; and he had two hearts 
 painted on the middle of his cheeks. His scanty 
 hair was painted white. 89 He was dressed in the 
 skins of animals skilfully sewn together. That 
 animal has a head and ears as large as those of a 
 
5 ° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 gambe de ceruo et La coda de caualo et nitri//e corno 
 lui ge ne /onno a/aysimi in que/ta tera haueua a 
 li piedi albarghe de le mede/me pelle q copreno li 
 piedi a vzo de /carpe et nella mano vno archo curto 
 et gro//o. La corda alquando piu gro//a di q e lle 
 deL lauto fata de le budelle deL medemo animale 
 cò vno mazo de frece de canna non molto longue 
 inpenade corno le no/tre p fore potè de pietra de 
 fuoca biancha et negra amodo de freze turque/que 
 facendole cò vn alt a pietra. Lo cap 0 genneralle li fece 
 dare da mangiare et bere et fra le altre co/e q li 
 mo/trete li mo/tro vno /pequio grande de azalle. 
 quando eL vide /ua figura grandamente /e /pauento 
 et /alto in drieto et buto tre o quat 0 de li no/t 1 homini 
 p terra da poy li dete Suonagli vno /pequio vno 
 petine et certi pater no/t 1 et mando lo in tera cò 4 
 homini armati Vno / uo compagnio q may voi /e 
 venire a le naue quando eL vite venire co/tui cò li 
 no/t 1 cor /e doue / tauano li alt 1 Se mi//eno in fila 
 tuti nudi ariuando li no/t 1 a e//i comen/orono 
 abaiare et cantare leuando vno dito aL dello et 
 mo/trandoli poluere bianca de radice de erba po/ta 
 in pigniate de tera q la mangia//eno pche non 
 haueuano altra co/a li no/t 1 li feceno /egnio 
 doue//eno vegnire a le naui et que li ajuterebenno 
 portare le / ue robe p il que Que/ti homini subito 
 pigliorono Solamente li fui archi et le /ue femine 
 cargate corno asine porto rono il tuto. que/te nò 
 forino tanti grandi ma molto piu gro//e quando le 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 5 1 
 
 mule, a neck and body like those of a camel, the 
 legs of a deer, and the tail of a horse, like which it 
 neighs, and that land has very many of them. 90 His 
 feet were shod with the same kind of skins which 
 covered his feet in the manner of shoes. 91 In his 
 hand he carried a short, heavy bow, with a cord 
 somewhat thicker than those of the lute, 92 and made 
 from the intestines of the same animal, and a bundle 
 of rather short cane arrows feathered like ours, and 
 with points of white and black flint stones in the 
 manner of Turkish arrows, instead of iron. Those 
 points were fashioned by means of another stone. 93 
 The captain-general had the giant given something 
 to eat and drink, and among other things which were 
 shown to him was a large steel mirror. When he 
 saw his face, he was greatly terrified, and jumped 
 back throwing three or four 94 of our men to the 
 ground. After that he was given some bells, a 
 mirror, a comb, and certain Pater Nosters. The 
 captain-general sent him ashore with 4 armed men. 
 When one of his companions, who would never come 
 to the ships, saw him coming with our men, he ran 
 to the place where the others were, who came [down 
 to the shore] all naked one after the other. When 
 our men reached them, they began to dance and to 
 sing, lifting one finger to the sky. They showed our 
 men some white powder made from the roots of an 
 herb, which they kept in earthen pots, and which they 
 ate because they had nothing else. Our men made 
 signs inviting them to the ships, and that they would 
 help them carry their possessions. Thereupon, those 
 men quickly took only their bows, while their women 
 laden like asses carried everything. The latter are 
 
5 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 vede/ /imo grandamète /te//emo /tupefati anno le 
 tete longue mozo brazo. fonno depinte et ve/tite 
 corno loro mariti / inon dinanzi a la natura anno vna 
 pele//ina q la copre menavano quat 0 de q5/ti ani- 
 mali picoli ligadi co ligami amodo de caueza. 
 Que/ta gente quanto voleno pigliare de que/ti ani- 
 male ligano vno de que/ti picoli a vno /pino poi 
 veneno li grandi p Jocare co li picoli et e//i /tando 
 a/con/i li amazano co Le freze. li no /t 1 ne candu /- 
 /ero a le naui dizidoto tra homini et femine et foreno 
 repartiti de due parte deL porto agio piglia//eno de 
 li dicti animalj. 
 
 Deli a 6. Jorni fu vi/to vno gigante depinto et 
 ve/tito de la medi/ima /orta de alguni q faceuano 
 legnia haueua in mano vno archo et freze aco- 
 /tando/e a li no/t 1 p'ma /e tocaua eL capo eL volto 
 et eL corpo et iL / imile faceua ali no/t 1 et dapoy 
 leuaua li mani aL dello. Quando eL cap 0 gnale Lo 
 /epe. Lo mando atore co Lo/quifo et menolo in q e lla 
 Jzola che era neL porto doue haueuano facta vna 
 ca/a p li fabri et p meter li alcune co/e de le naue. 
 co/tui era piu grande et meglio di/po/ti de li alt 1 et 
 tanto trata bile et gratio/o. /aitando balaua et 
 quando balaua ogni volta cazaua li piedi Soto tera 
 vno palmo. Stete molti giorni co nui tanto q e L 
 bati/a//emo chiamandolo Johannj cos chiaro 
 prenuntiaua Je/u pater no/ter aue maria et Jouani 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 53 
 
 not so tall as the men but are very much fatter. 
 When we saw them we were greatly surprised. 
 Their breasts are one-half braza long, and they are 
 painted and clothed like their husbands, except that 
 before their privies [ natura ] they have a small skin 
 which covers them. They led four of those young 
 animals, fastened with thongs like a halter. When 
 those people wish to catch some of those animals, 
 they tie one of these young ones to a thornbush. 
 Thereupon, the large ones come to play with the 
 little ones; and those people kill them with their 
 arrows from their place of concealment. Our men 
 led eighteen of those people, counting men and 
 women, to the ships, and they were distributed on 
 the two sides of the port so that they might catch 
 some of the said animals. 
 
 Six days after the above, a giant painted 05 and 
 clothed in the same manner was seen by some [of 
 our men] who were cutting wood. He had a bow 
 and arrows in his hand. When our men approached 
 him, he first touched his head, face , 96 and body, and 
 then did the same to our men, afterward lifting his 
 hands toward the sky. When the captain-general 
 was informed of it, he ordered him to be brought in 
 the small boat. He was taken to that island in the 
 port where our men had built a house for the smiths 97 
 and for the storage of some things from the ships. 
 That man was even taller and better built than the 
 others and as tractable and amiable. Jumping up 
 and down, he danced, and when he danced, at every 
 leap, his feet sank a palmo into the earth. He re- 
 mained with us for a considerable number of days, 
 so long that we baptized him, calling him Johanni. 
 
54 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 corno nui /e non co voce groci/yima. poi eL cap 0 
 gnale li dono vna camiza vna cami/ota de panno 
 brague//e di pano vn bonet vn / pequio vno peóne 
 /onagli et altre co/e et mandolo da li sui ge li andò 
 molto aiegro et còtento eL giorno /eguente co/tui 
 porto vno de quelli animali grandi aL cap° gnale p 
 il que li dete molte co/e acio ne porta//e de li alt 1 
 ma piu noL vede/emo pen/a/emo li Suoi lo 
 haue//ero amazato p hauer conuer/ato co nuy. 
 
 Pa//ati 15 giorni vede//emo quat° de que/ti gi- 
 ganti /enza le / ue arme p che le aueuano a/co//e in 
 certi /pini poi li dui che piglia//emo ne li in/egniaro 
 ogni vno era depinto diferentiatamente JL cap° 
 genneralle retenne duy li piu Joueni et piu di/po/ti 
 co grande a/tutia p condurli in /pagnia Se alt a mente 
 haue//e facto facilmente hauerebenno morto alguni 
 de nui. La stutia q vzo in retenerli fo que/ta ge 
 dete molti cortelli forfice / peq 1 /onagli et chri/talino 
 hauendo que/ti dui li mani pienne de le detti co/e iL 
 cap° gnale fece portare dui para de feri q /e meteno 
 a li piedi mo/trando de donnarli et elli p e//e re 
 fero li piaceuào molto ma non / apeuano Como 
 portarli et li rincre/ceua la/sarli nò haueuano oue 
 meter q e lle merce; et be/ogniauali tenerli co le mani 
 la pelle q haueuào intorno li alt 1 duy voleuano 
 ajutarli ma iL cap° nò vol/e vedendo q li rincre/ci- 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 55 
 
 He uttered [the words] “ Jesu” “ Pater Noster ,” 
 “ Ave Maria ” and “ Jovani” \i.e., John 7 as dis- 
 tinctly as we, but with an exceedingly loud voice. 
 Then the captain-general gave him a shirt, a woolen 
 ierkin [ camisota de panno ], cloth breeches, a cap, a 
 mirror, a comb, bells, and other things, and sent him 
 away like his companions. He left us very joyous 
 and happy. The following day he brought one of 
 those large animals to the captain-general, in return 
 for which many things were given to him, so that 
 he might bring some more to us; but we did not see 
 him again. We thought that his companions had 
 killed him because he had conversed with us. 
 
 A fortnight later we saw four of those giants with- 
 out their arms for they had hidden them in certain 
 bushes as the two whom we captured showed us. 
 Each one was painted differently. The captain-gen- 
 eral kept two of them - the youngest and best pro- 
 portioned - by means of a very cunning trick, in 
 order to take them to Spagnia . 98 Had he used any 
 other means [than those he employed], they could 
 easily have killed some of us . 99 The trick that he 
 employed in keeping them was as follows. He gave 
 them many knives, scissors, mirrors, bells, and glass 
 beads; and those two having their hands filled with 
 the said articles, the captain-general had two pairs 
 of iron manacles brought, such as are fastened on 
 the feet . 100 He made motions that he would give 
 them to the giants, whereat they were very pleased 
 since those manacles were of iron, but they did not 
 know how to carry them. They were grieved at 
 leaving them behind, but they had no place to put 
 those gifts; for they had to hold the skin wrapped 
 
5 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 ua la/siare q e lli feri li fece /egnio li farebe ali piedi 
 et queli portarebenno via e//i ri/po/ero cò la te/ta de 
 fi Subito aduno mede/imo tempo li fece metere a 
 tucti dui et quando linquiauào co lo fero q trauer/a 
 dubitauano ma /igurandoli iL cap° pur / teteno fermi 
 a vedendo/e poi de lingano Sbufauano corno tori 
 quiamando fortemente setebos q li ajuta //e agli alt 1 
 dui apena pote/imo ligarli li mani li manda//emo a 
 terra cò noue homine agio guida//eno li no/t 1 doue 
 /taua La moglie de vno de q e lli haueuano pr e/i 
 perche fortemète cò /egni la lamentaua agio ella 
 intende//emo. Andando vno /e de/ligo li mani et 
 cor /e via cò tanta velocita q li nri lo per/eno de 
 vi/ta andò doue /taua La /ua brigata et nò trouo vno 
 de li /oi q era rima/to cò le femine p che era andato 
 a la caza / ubito lo andò atrouare et contoli tuto 
 eL fatto Lalt° tanto /e /for/aua p de/ligar/e q li 
 no/t 1 lo ferirono vn pocho /op a la te/ta et sbufando 
 conduce li nfi doue / tauào le loro donne, gioan 
 cauagio piloto capo de que/ti nò voi /e tore la donna 
 q e lla /era ma dormite yui p che se faceua nocte li 
 alt 1 duy veneno et vedendo co/tui ferito se dubitauào 
 et nò di/ero niente alhora ma ne lalba parloro a 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 57 
 
 about them with their hands . 101 The other two giants 
 wished to help them, but the captain refused. See- 
 ing that they were loth to leave those manacles be- 
 hind, the captain made them a sign that he would 
 put them on their feet, and that they could carry 
 them away. They nodded assent with the head. 
 Immediately, the captain had the manacles put on 
 both of them at the same time. When our men were 
 driving home the cross bolt, the giants began to sus- 
 pect something, but the captain assuring them, how- 
 ever, they stood still. When they saw later that they 
 were tricked, they raged like bulls, calling loudly 
 for Setebos 102 to aid them. With difficulty could we 
 bind the hands of the other two, whom we sent ashore 
 with nine of our men, in order that the giants might 
 guide them to the place where the wife of one of the 
 two whom we had captured 103 was; for the latter 
 expressed his great grief at leaving her by signs so 
 that we understood [that he meant] her. While they 
 were on their way, one of the giants freed his hands, 
 and took to his heels with such swiftness that our 
 men lost sight of him. He went to the place where 
 his associates were, but he did not find [there] 
 one of his companions, who had remained behind 
 with the women, and who had gone hunting. He 
 immediately went in search of the latter, and told 
 him all that had happened . 104 The other giant en- 
 deavored so hard to free himself from his bonds, that 
 our men struck him, wounding him slightly on the 
 head, whereat he raging led them to where the 
 women were. Gioan Cavagio, the pilot and com- 
 mander of those men, refused to bring back the 
 woman 105 that night, but determined to sleep there, 
 
5 8 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 le donne / ubito fugiteno via et coreuào piu li picoli 
 q li grandi lassando tute le sue robe dui /e tra//eno 
 da parte tira do ali nfi frece. lalt° menaua via q e lli 
 foi animaleti p cazare et co/i còba tendo vno de q c lli 
 pa//o la co//a co vna freza a vno deli nfi il q a lle 
 /ubito mori quando vi/teno que/to /ubito cor/eno 
 via li nri haueuano /quiopeti et baie/tre et may 
 nò li poterono ferire quando que/ti combateuào 
 may / tauano fermi ma /aitando de qua et della. li 
 no/t‘ /e pelirono Lo morto et bra/arono tute le robe q 
 haueuano la//ata Certamente que/ti giganti 
 Coreno piu Cauali et Sonno gelo/i//imi de loro 
 mogliere. 
 
 Quando que/ta gente /e sente malie aL / tomacho 
 in loco de purgar/e se meteo nela golla dui palmi 
 et piu duna firza et gomitano coloro tde mi/quiade 
 co /angue pq mangiano certi cardi Quando li 
 dole eL capo Se danno neL fronte vna tagiatura neL 
 trauer/o et cu//i nele brace ne le gambe et in eia /- 
 cuno locho deL corpo cauando//e molta / angue, 
 vno de q e lli hauiuào pre fi q / taua nela nra naue 
 diceua corno q e L /angue no voleua /tare iui et p q e llo 
 li daua pa//ione anno li capeli tagliati cò la quie- 
 rega amodo de frati ma piu longui cò vno cordonne 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 59 
 
 for night was approaching. The other two giants 
 came, and seeing their companion wounded, hesi- 
 tated , 106 but said nothing then. But with the dawn, 
 they spoke 107 to the women, [whereupon] they imme- 
 diately ran away (and the smaller ones ran faster 
 than the taller), leaving all their possessions behind 
 them. Two of them turned aside to shoot their ar- 
 rows at our men. The other was leading away those 
 small animals of theirs in order to hunt . 108 Thus 
 fighting, one of them pierced the thigh of one of 
 our men with an arrow, and the latter died imme- 
 diately. When the giants saw that, they ran away 
 quickly. Our men had muskets and crossbows, but 
 they could never hit any of the giants, [for] when 
 the latter fought, they never stood still, but leaped 
 hither and thither. Our men buried their dead com- 
 panion, and burned all the possessions left behind 
 by the giants. Of a truth those giants run swifter 
 than horses and are exceedingly jealous of their 
 wives. 
 
 When those people feel sick at the stomach, in- 
 stead of purging themselves , 109 they thrust an arrow 
 down their throat for two palmos or more 110 and 
 vomit [substance of a] green color mixed with blood, 
 for they eat a certain kind of thistle. When they 
 have a headache, they cut themselves across the fore- 
 head; and they do the same on the arms or on the 
 legs and in any part of the body, letting a quantity 
 of blood. One of those whom we had captured, and 
 whom we kept in our ship, said that the blood re- 
 fused to stay there [/.<?., in the place of the pain], 
 and consequently causes them suffering. They wear 
 their hair cut with the tonsure, like friars, but it is 
 
6o 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 di bambaso intorno lo capo neL q a lle ficano le freze 
 quando vano ala caza ligano eL Suo membro dentro 
 deL corpo p lo grandi/simo fredo. Quando more 
 vno de que/ti apareno x ho dudice demon j baiando 
 molto aiegri in torno deL morto tucti depinti ne 
 vedeno vno /oura altri asay piu grande gridando et 
 facendo piu grà fe/ta cosi corno eL demonio li apare 
 de pinto de q e lla Sorte /e depingeno quiamano eL 
 demonio magior /etebos ali alt 1 cheleulle anchora 
 co/tui ne di/ /e co /egni hauere vi/to li demonj con 
 dui corni in te/ta et peli longui q copriuano li piedi 
 getare focho p La boca et p iL culo JL cap° gnale 
 nomino que/ti populi patagoni tutti /e ve/ tino de la 
 pelle de q e llo animale già deto no anno case /e non 
 trabacque de la pelle deL mede/imo animale et co 
 q e lli vano mo di qua mo di la corno fanno li cingani 
 viueno de carne cruda et de vna radice dolce q la 
 quiamào chapae ogni vno de li dui q piglia//emo 
 mangiaua vna /porta de bi/coto et beueua in vna 
 fiata mezo /echio de hacqua et mangiauào li /orgi 
 /enza /corti carli. 
 
 Ste//emo in que/to porto el q a L chiama//emo 
 porto de s to . Julianno cirqua de cinque mesi doue 
 acadetenno molte co/e. A^io q vra IlL ma . s a ne /apia 
 algune fu q /ubito entrati neL porto li capitani de le 
 altre quat 0 naue ordinorono vno tradimèto p ama- 
 zare iL cap° genneralle et que/ti erano eL vehadore 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 6 I 
 
 left longer ; 111 and they have a cotton cord wrapped 
 about the head, to which they fasten their arrows 
 when they go hunting. They bind their privies close 
 to their bodies because of the exceeding great cold . 112 
 When one of those people die, x or twelve demons 
 all painted appear to them and dance very joyfully 
 about the corpse. They notice that one of those 
 demons is much taller than the others, and he cries 
 out and rejoices more . 113 They paint themselves 
 exactly in the same manner as the demon appears to 
 them painted. They call the larger demon Setebos , 114 
 and the others Cheleulle. That giant also told us 
 by signs that he had seen the demons with two horns 
 on their heads, and long hair which hung to the 
 feet belching forth fire from mouth and buttocks. 
 The captain-general called those people Patagoni . 115 
 They all clothe themselves in the skins of that animal 
 above mentioned; and they have no houses except 
 those made from the skin of the same animal, and 
 they wander hither and thither with those houses 
 just as the Cingani 116 do. They live on raw flesh and 
 on a sweet root which they call chapae . 117 Each of 
 the two whom we captured ate a basketful of biscuit, 
 and drank one-half pailful of water at a gulp. They 
 also ate rats without skinning them. 
 
 In that port which we called the port of Santo 
 Julianno, we remained about five months . 118 Many 
 things happened there. In order that your most 
 illustrious Lordship may know some of them, it hap- 
 pened that as soon as we had entered the port, the 
 captains of the other four ships plotted treason in 
 order that they might kill the captain-general. 
 Those conspirators consisted of the overseer of the 
 
62 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 de Larmata q /e chiamaua Johan de cartegena eL 
 the/orero alouise de mendo/a eL contadore anthonio 
 cocha et ga/par de cazada et /quartato eL veador de 
 li homini fo amazato lo the/or 3 apognialade e/endo 
 de/coperto Lo tradimento de li alquantj giornj 
 ga/par de ca/ada p voler fare vno alt° tradimèto fo 
 /bandito co vno prete in que/ta tera patagonia. eL 
 Cap° generale nò voi /e far lo amazare perche Lo 
 imperator don cario lo haueua facto cap° Vna 
 naue chiamata /aneto Jacobo p andare a de/courire 
 la co/ta Se per/e tucti li homini Si / aluarono p 
 miracolo nò bagniando//e apenna dui de que/ti 
 venirono ali naui et ne di/cero el tuto p il que eL 
 cap° gnale ge mando alguni homini co / acq 1 pienny 
 de bi/coto p dui me/i ne fu for/a portarli eL viuere 
 p che ogni giorno trouauano q a lque co/a de la naue 
 eL viagio ad andare era longuo 24 legue q formo 
 cento millia la via a/pri//ima et pienna de /pini 
 /tauano 4 giorni in viagio le nocte dormiuano in 
 machioni nò trouauano hacqua da beuere /e non 
 giagio il que ne era grandisima fatiga. Jn que/to 
 porto era a/ay//ime cape Longue q le chiamano 
 missiglioni haueuano perle neL mezo ma picole 
 q non le poteuano mangiare ancho /e trouaua 
 Jn/en/o /truzi volpe pa//are et conigli piu picoli 
 a//ay de li no/tri Qui in cima deL piu alto monte 
 driza//emo vna croce in / igno de que/ta terra, q 
 erra deL re de /pagnia et chiama//emo que/to monte 
 monte de x°. 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 63 
 
 fleet, one Johan de Cartagena, the treasurer, Alouise 
 de Mendosa, the accountant, Anthonio Cocha, and 
 Gaspar de Cazada. The overseer of the men having 
 been quartered, the treasurer was killed by dagger 
 blows, for the treason was discovered. Some days 
 after that, Gaspar de Casada, was banished with a 
 priest in that land of Patagonia. The captain-gen- 
 eral did not wish to have him killed, because the 
 emperor, Don Carlo, had appointed him captain. 119 
 A ship called “ Sancto Jacobo ” was wrecked in an 
 expedition made to explore the coast. All the men 
 were saved as by a miracle, not even getting wet. 
 Two of them came to the ships after suffering great 
 hardships, and reported the whole occurrence to us. 
 Consequently, the captain-general sent some men 
 with bags full of biscuits [sufficient to last] for two 
 months. It was necessary for us to carry them the 
 food, for daily pieces of the ship [that was wrecked] 
 were found. The way thither was long, [being] 24 
 leguas, 120 or one hundred millas, and the path was 
 very rough an S full of thorns. The men were 4 days 
 on the road, sleeping at night in the bushes. They 
 found no drinking water, but only ice, which caused 
 them the greatest hardship. 121 There were very 
 many long shellfish which are called missiglioni 122 
 in that port [of Santo Julianno]. They have pearls, 
 although small ones in the middle, but could not be 
 eaten. Incense, ostriches, 123 foxes, sparrows, and 
 rabbits much smaller than ours were also found. We 
 ^erected a cross on the top of the highest summit there, 
 as a sign in that land that it belonged to the king 
 of Spagnia; and we called that summit Monte de 
 Christo [i.e. } Mount of Christ]. 
 
64 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Partendone de qui in 51 grado mancho vno ter fo 
 al antartico troua/emo vno fìome de hacqua dolce 
 nel q a lle le naui quasi p/enno p li venti teri bili 
 ma dio et li* corpi /aneti le ajutarono Jn Que/to 
 fiume tarda//emo circa duy me/i p fornirne de hac- 
 qua legnia et pe/cie longho vno bra/o et piu co 
 /quame. era molto bonno ma pocho et inan/i /e 
 parti//emo de qui eL cap° genneralle et tuti nuy Se 
 confe//asemo et Comunica/semo Como veri chri /- 
 danni. 
 
 Poi andando a cinquanta dui gradi aL mede/imo 
 polo troua//emo neL giorno delle vndici millia 
 vergine vno /treto eL capo deL q a lle chiamào capo 
 dele vndici millia vergine p grandi/simo miracolo 
 Que/to /treto e longo cento et diece legue q /onno 
 440 millia et largo piu et mancho de meza legua q 
 va a referire in vno alt° mare chiamato mar pacificho 
 circundato da mòtagnie alti//ime caricate de neue 
 nò li poteuamo tro uare fondo /inon con lo proi/e in 
 tera in 25 et 30 braza et /e non era eL capitanio 
 gennerale nò trouauamo Que/to /trecto perch tuti 
 pen/auamo et diceuamo corno era /erato tuto intor- 
 no. ma iL capitano gnale q / apeua de douer 
 fare la /ua nauigatiòe p vno /treto molto a/co/o corno 
 vite nela the/oraria deL re de portugaL in vna carta 
 fata p q e lla exelenti//imo huomo martin de boemia 
 Mando due naui S to . anthonio et la conceptiòe q 
 co//i le quiamauano auedere q era neL capo de la 
 baia noi co le altre due naue la capitania Se 
 chiamaua trinitade Laltra la victoria /te//emo ad 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 65 
 
 Leaving that place, we found, in 51 degrees less 
 one-third 124 degree, toward the Antarctic Pole, a 
 river of fresh water. There the ships almost per- 
 ished because of the furious winds; but God and the 
 holy bodies 125 aided them. We stayed about two 
 months in that river in order to supply the ships with 
 water, wood, and fish, [the latter being] one braccio 
 in length and more, and covered with scales. They 
 were very good although small. 126 Before leaving 
 that river, the captain-general and all of us confessed 
 and received communion as true Christians. 127 
 
 Then going to fifty-two degrees toward the same 
 pole, 128 we found a strait on the day of the [feast of 
 the] 129 eleven thousand virgins [/.*., October 21], 
 whose head is called Capo de le Undici Millia Ver- 
 gine [*.*., cape of the Eleven Thousand Virgins] 
 because of that very great miracle. That strait is 
 one hundred and ten leguas or 440 millas long, and 
 it is one-half legua broad, more or less. 130 It leads 
 to another sea called the Pacific Sea, and is sur- 
 rounded by very lofty mountains laden with snow. 
 There it was impossible to find bottom [for anchor- 
 ing], but [it was necessary to fasten] the moorings 131 
 on land 25 or 30 brazas away. Had it not been for 
 the captain-general, we would not have found that 
 strait, for we all thought and said that it was closed 
 on all sides. But the captain-general who knew 
 where to sail to find a well-hidden strait, which he 
 saw depicted on a map in the treasury of the king 
 of Portugal, which was made by that excellent man, 
 Martin de Boemia, sent two ships, the “ Santo An- 
 thonio ” and the “ Conceptione ” (for thus they were 
 called), to discover what was inside the cape de la 
 
66 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 a/pectarle dent° ne la baya La nocte ne souravenne 
 vna grande fortuna q duro fino al alt° mezo Jorno p 
 il que ne fu forza leuare lanchore et la/siare andare 
 de qua et dela per la baia a le altre due naui li 
 era trauer/ia et nò poteuào caualcare vno capo q 
 faceua la baya qua/i in fine p voler venir a noi fi que 
 li era for/a adare in /eco pur aco/tando/e aL fine de 
 La baya pen/ando de e//e re per/i viteno vna boca 
 picola q no [pa/aua: crossed out in original MS.] 
 pariua boca ma vno Cantone et corno abandonadi /e 
 cazaronno dentro fi que perforza di/co per/eno el 
 /treto et vedendo q nò era cantone ma vno f treto de 
 tera andarono piu inanzi et trouoro no vna baya. 
 poi andando piu oltra trouorono vno alt° /tretto et 
 vnalt a baya piu grande q le due p’me molto aiegri 
 subito voltoro Jndrieto p dirlo aL capitanio gnale 
 noi pen/auamo fo//eno per/e prima p La fortuna 
 grande. Lalt a perche eranno pa//ati dui giorni et nò 
 aparauào et ancho per certi fumi q faceuano duy deli 
 fui mandati in tera p aui/arne et co/i /tando /u/pe/i 
 vedemo venire due naui co le velie pienne et co le bà 
 dere /piegate ver/o de noi. e//e ndo co/i vicine su- 
 bito /caricorono molte bom barde et gridi poy tuti 
 in/ieme rengratiando ydio et la vergine maria anda 
 /emo acercare piu inanzi. 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 67 
 
 Baia [Le., of the Bay ]. 132 We, with the other two 
 ships, [namely], the flagship, called “Trinitade,” 
 and the other the “ Victoria,” stayed inside the bay 
 to await them . 133 A great storm struck us that night, 
 which lasted until the middle of next day, which 
 necessitated our lifting anchor, and letting ourselves 
 drift hither and thither about the bay. The other 
 two ships suffered a headwind and could not double 
 a cape 134 formed by the bay almost at its end, as they 
 were trying to return to join us; so that they thought 
 that they would have to run aground. But on ap- 
 proaching the end of the bay, and thinking that they 
 were lost, they saw a small opening which did not 
 [exceed: crossed out in original MS .] appear to be 
 an opening, but a sharp turn [ cantone \ . 135 Like des- 
 perate men they hauled into it, and thus they dis- 
 covered the strait by chance. Seeing that it was not 
 a sharp turn, but a strait with land, they proceeded 
 farther, and found a bay . 136 And then farther on 
 they found another strait and another bay larger than 
 the first two . 137 Very joyful they immediately turned 
 back to inform the captain-general. We thought 
 that they had been wrecked, first, by reason of the 
 violent storm, and second, because two days had 
 passed and they had not appeared, and also because 
 of certain [signals with] smoke made by two of their 
 men who had been sent ashore to advise us . 138 And 
 so, while in suspense, we saw the two ships with sails 
 full and banners flying to the wind, coming toward 
 us. When they neared us in this manner, they sud- 
 denly discharged a number of mortars, and burst 
 into cheers . 139 Then all together thanking God and 
 the Virgin Mary, we went to seek [the strait] far- 
 ther on. 
 
68 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Essendo entrati in que/to / treto troua//emo due 
 bocque vna aL Siroco laltra aL garbino iL capitanio 
 gnale mando la naue /aneto anthonio insieme co la 
 concitione p vedere /e q e lla boca q era t/o /irocho 
 haueua exito neL mare pacifico la naue /aneto 
 anthonio noL voi /e a/pectare la conceptiòe p q 
 voleua fugire p retornare in Spagnia corno fece 
 iL piloto de que/ta naue Se chiamaua /tefan gomes 
 Loq a lle hodiaua molto lo Cap° gennerale pq inanzi 
 Se face//e que/ta armata co/tui era andato da Lo 
 imperato? p far/e dare algune carauele p di/courire 
 terra ma p la venuta deL Cap° gennerale /ua 
 mage/ta nò le li dete p que/to /e acordo co certi 
 / pagniolli et nella nocte /eguente pigliarono lo cap° 
 de la /ua naue el q a lle era germano deL cap° gnale et 
 haueua nome aluaro de me/chita Lo ferirono et 
 Lo me//eno in feri et co/i lo condu//ero in spagnia 
 in que/to naue. era lalt° gigante q haueuamo prezo 
 ma quanto entro neL caldo morse. La Conceptiòe 
 p nò potere /eguire que/ta La a/pectaua andando 
 fugi p lo mede/imo [porto: crossed out in originai 
 diqua et dela s to . ant° a la nocte torno indrieto et /e 
 MS .] /trecto nuy eramo andati a de/courire lalt a 
 bocha ver/o eL garbin trouando pur ogni hora eL 
 mede/imo [porto: crossed out in originai MS .] 
 /treto ariua//emo a vno fiume q e L chiama//emo eL 
 fiume delle /ardine pche apre//o de que/to ne eranno 
 molte et co/i quiuy tarda//emo quatro Jorni p 
 a/pectare le due naue in que/ti giorni màda/emo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 69 
 
 After entering that strait, we found two openings, 
 one to the southeast, and the other to the southwest . 140 
 The captain-general sent the ship “ Sancto An- 
 thonio ” together with the “ Concitione ” to ascer- 
 tain whether that opening which was toward the 
 southeast had an exit into the Pacific Sea. The ship 
 “ Sancto Anthonio ” would not await the “ Concep- 
 tione,” because it intended to flee and return to 
 Spagnia - which it did. The pilot of that ship was 
 one Stefan Gomes , 141 and he hated the captain-gen- 
 eral exceedingly, because before that fleet was fitted 
 out, the emperor had ordered that he be given some 
 caravels with which to discover lands, but his Maj- 
 esty did not give them to him because of the coming 
 of the captain-general. On that account he con- 
 spired with certain Spaniards, and next night they 
 captured the captain of their ship, a cousin 142 of the 
 captain-general, one Alvaro de Meschita, whom they 
 wounded and put in irons, and in this condition took 
 to Spagnia. The other giant whom we had captured 
 was in that ship, but he died when the heat came on. 
 The “ Conceptione,” as it could not follow that ship, 
 waited for it, sailing about hither and thither. The 
 “ Sancto Anthonio ” turned back at night and fled 
 along the same [port: crossed out in original MS.~\ 
 strait . 143 We had gone to explore the other opening 
 toward the southwest. Finding, however, the same 
 [port: crossed out in original MS.~\ strait continu- 
 ously, we came upon a river /which we called the 
 river of Sardine [ i.e ., Sardines], because there were 
 many sardines near it . 144 So we stayed there for four 
 days in order to await the two ships. During that 
 period we sent a well-equipped boat to explore the 
 
7° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 vno batello ben fornito p de/coprire eL capo de lalt° 
 mare venne in termi ne de tre Jorni et di//ero corno 
 haueuano [haueuano: doublet in originai MS.'] 
 veduto eL capo et eL mare ampio eL capitanio gen- 
 nerale lagrimo p allegreza et nomino q e L capo Capo 
 dezeado perche laueuano Ja grà tempo di/iderato. 
 Torna/emo indrieto p sercar le due naue et nò 
 troua//emo / ino la conceptiòe et domandandoli doue 
 era lalt a . ri/po/e Johan /eranno q era cap° et piloto 
 de que/ta et ancho de q e lla q /e per/e q nò / apeua et 
 q may nò Laueua veduta dapoy que ella entro ne la 
 boca la Cerca//emo p tuto lo /treto fin in q e lla boca 
 doue ella fugite. il cap° gennerale mando indrieto 
 la naue victoria fina aL principio deL /treto auedere 
 /e ella era iui et non trouandola met e//e vna bandera 
 in cima de alguno mòticello co vna letera in vna pi- 
 gniatella ficada in tera apre//o la bandera acio 
 vedendola troua//eno la Ira et /apa//eno lo viagio q 
 faceuamo p che cu//i era dato le ordine fra noi 
 Quando /e /mariuamo le naue vna de lalt a . /e mi//e 
 due bandere co le Ire luna avno mòticello nela prima 
 baya lalt a in vna Jzoleta nella terza baya doue eranno 
 molti Loui marini et vcceli grandi. JL cap° gnale 
 le/peto co lalt a naue apre//o eL fiume Jsleo et fece 
 metere vna croce in vna Jzoleta zirca de que/to 
 fiume eL q a lle era fra alte montagnie caricate de 
 neue et de/cendeneL mare apre//o Lo fiume de le 
 /ardine. Se nò trouauamo que/to /treto eL cap°. 
 gnale haueua deliberato andare fino a /etanta cinqS 
 gradi aL polo artàticho [sic] doue in taL altura aL 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 7 1 
 
 cape of the other sea. The men returned within 
 three days, and reported that they had seen the cape 
 and the open sea. The captain-general wept for joy, 
 and called that cape, Cape Dezeado [i.*., Desire ], 145 
 for we had been desiring it for a long time. We 
 turned back to look for the two ships , 146 but we found 
 only the “ Conceptione.” Upon asking them where 
 the other one was, Johan Seranno , 147 who was cap- 
 tain and pilot of the former ship (and also of that 
 ship that had been wrecked) replied that he did not 
 know, and that he had never seen it after it had en- 
 tered the opening. We sought it in all parts of the 
 strait, as far as that opening whence it had fled, and 
 the captain-general sent the ship “ Victoria ” back 
 to the entrance of the strait to ascertain whether the 
 ship was there. Orders were given them, if they 
 did not find it, to plant a banner on the summit of 
 some small hill with a letter in an earthen pot buried 
 in the earth near the banner, so that if the banner 
 were seen the letter might be found, and the ship 
 might learn the course that we were sailing. For 
 this was the arrangement made between us in case 
 that we went astray one from the other . 148 Two ban- 
 ners were planted with their letters - one on a little 
 eminence in the first bay, and the other in an islet in 
 the third bay 149 where there were many sea-wolves 
 and large birds. The captain-general waited for the 
 ship with his other ship near he river of Isleo , 150 and 
 he had a cross set up in an islet near that river, which 
 flowed between high mountains covered with 
 snow and emptied into the sea near the river of 
 Sardine. Had we not discovered that strait, the 
 captain-general had determined to go as far as sev- 
 
7 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 tempo de la e/tate no ge e nocte et /e glie ne he poche 
 et co//i neL inuerno Jorno. agio q vra IlL ma . s a iL 
 creda quando eramo in que/to / trecto le nocte 
 eranno /olamète de tre hore et era neL me/e doctobr 
 La terra de que/to /trecto ama mancha era voltata 
 aL / iroco et era ba//a chiama//emo aque/to /treto eL 
 /treto patagoni cho T Lo q a L /e troua ogni meza 
 lega Seguri//imi porti hacque exelenti//ime Legnia 
 / inon di cedro pe/chie /ardine mi//iglioni et appio 
 erba dolce ma gene anche de amare na/ce atorno 
 le fontane del q a lle mangia//imo a//ay Jorni p nò 
 hauer alt° credo nò /ia aL mondo el piu bello et 
 meglior /treto corno eque/to. Jn que/to mar oc- 
 ceanno Se vede vna molto delecteuoL caza de pe/ci 
 formo tre /orte de pe//i Longui vno brazo et piu q 
 /e chiamano doradi, albacore et bonniti, li q a lli 
 /e quitano pe/ci q volanno chiamattj colondrini 
 Longui vno palmo et piu et formo obtini aL man- 
 giare. Quando q e lle tre /orte trouào alguni de que/ti 
 volanti Subito li volanti / altanno fora de laequa et 
 volano fin q anno le alle bagniate piu de vno trar de 
 baie/tra in tanto q que/ti volano li alt 1 li corenno 
 indrieto /octa hacqua a La /ua ombra nò /onno cu//i 
 pre/to ca/cati ne laequa q que/ti /ubito li piglianno 
 et mangiano co/a in vero beli//ima de vedere. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 73 
 
 enty-five degrees toward the Antarctic Pole. There 
 in that latitude, during the summer season, there is 
 no night, or if there is any night it is but short, and 
 so in the winter with the day. In order that your 
 most illustrious Lordship may believe it, when we 
 were in that strait, the nights were only three hours 
 long, and it was then the month of October . 151 The 
 land on the left-hand side of that strait turned 
 toward the southeast 152 and was low. We called 
 that strait the strait of Patagonia. One finds the 
 safest of ports every half legua in it , 153 water, the 
 finest of wood (but not of cedar), fish, sardines, and 
 missiglioni, while smallage , 154 a sweet herb (although 
 there is also some that is bitter) grows around the 
 springs. We ate of it for many days as we had noth- 
 ing else. I believe that there is not a more beautiful 
 or better strait in the world than that one . 155 In 
 that Ocean Sea one sees a very amusing fish hunt. 
 The fish [that hunt] are of three sorts, and are one 
 braza and more in length, and are called dorado, 
 albicore, and bonito . 156 Those fish follow the flying 
 fish called colondrini , 157 which are one palmo and 
 more 158 in length and very good to eat. When the 
 above three kinds [of fish] find any of those flying 
 fish, the latter immediately leap from the water and 
 fly as long as their wings are wet - more than a cross- 
 bow’s flight. While they are flying, the others run 
 along back of them under the water following the 
 shadow of the flying fish. The latter have no sooner 
 fallen into the water than the others immediately 
 seize and eat them. It is in fine a very amusing thing 
 to watch. 
 
PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 Vocabuli de li 
 AL capo 
 aL ochio. 
 
 AL nazo 
 Alle cillie 
 ALe palpebre 
 Ali bussi deL nazo 
 ALa boca 
 Ali Labri 
 Ali denti 
 ALa linga 
 AL mento 
 A li pelli 
 AL volto 
 Ala golo 
 ALa copa 
 ALe /palle 
 AL gomedo 
 ALa man 
 ALa palma de 
 Laman 
 AL dito 
 Ale orechie 
 Soto eL brogo 
 Ala mamela 
 AL peto 
 AL corpo 
 AL menbro 
 Ali te/ticuli 
 Ala natura de le 
 donne 
 
 AL vzar co e//e 
 ALe co//e 
 AL genochio 
 
 giganti pataghoni 
 her. 
 other, 
 or 
 
 occhecheL 
 
 SechechieL 
 
 oresche 
 
 xiam 
 
 Schiahame 
 
 phor. 
 
 SchiaL 
 
 Sechen 
 
 archiz 
 
 cogecheL 
 
 ohumez 
 
 Schialeschin 
 
 pelles. 
 
 CoteL 
 
 chene 
 
 Caimeghin 
 
 Cori 
 
 Sane 
 
 Salischin 
 
 othen 
 
 ochij 
 
 gecheL 
 
 /achet 
 
 Sacancas 
 
 Jsse 
 Jo hoi 
 chiane 
 tepin 
 
One] first VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 75 
 
 Words of 
 For Head 
 for Eye 
 for Nose 
 for Eyebrows 
 for Eyelids 
 for Nostrils 
 for Mouth 
 for Lips 
 for Teeth 
 for Tongue 
 for Chin 
 for Hair 
 for Face 
 for Throat 
 for Occiput 
 for Shoulders 
 for Elbow 
 for Hand 
 for Palm of the hand 
 for Finger 
 for Ears 
 Armpit 
 for Teat 
 for Bosom « 
 for Body 
 for Penis 
 for Testicles 
 for Vagina 160 
 for Communication 
 with women 
 for Thighs 
 for Knee 
 
 Patagonian giants 
 her 
 other 
 or 
 
 occhechel 
 
 sechechiel 
 
 oresche 
 
 xiam 
 
 schiahame 
 
 phor 
 
 schial 
 
 sechen 
 
 archiz 
 
 cogechel 
 
 ohumez 
 
 schialeschin 159 
 
 pelles 
 
 cotel 
 
 chene 
 
 caimeghin 
 
 cori 
 
 sane 
 
 salischin 
 
 othen 
 
 ochij 
 
 gechel 
 
 sachet 
 
 sacancas 
 
 isse 
 
 jo hoi 
 
 chiane 
 
 tepin 
 
7^ PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 AL chulo 
 
 Schiaguen 
 
 Ale culate 
 
 hoij 
 
 AL brazo 
 
 maz 
 
 AL polso 
 
 holion 
 
 A le gambe 
 
 coss 
 
 AL piede 
 
 thee 
 
 AL calcagno 
 
 te re 
 
 ALa chauequie deL 
 
 
 pie 
 
 perchi 
 
 Ala /ola deL pie 
 
 caot/cheni 
 
 Ale onguie 
 
 Colim 
 
 AL core 
 
 thoL 
 
 AL gratare 
 
 gechare 
 
 Al homo /guerco 
 
 Calischen 
 
 AL giuane 
 
 Calemi 
 
 AL hacqua 
 
 holi 
 
 AL fuoco 
 
 ghialeme 
 
 AL fumo 
 
 giaiche 
 
 Al no 
 
 ehen 
 
 AL si 
 
 Rey 
 
 AL oro 
 
 pelpeli 
 
 ALe petre lazure 
 
 Secheg 
 
 AL solle 
 
 Calexcheni 
 
 Alle /telle 
 
 /ettere. 
 
 AL mare 
 
 Aro 
 
 AL vento 
 
 oni 
 
 ALa fortuna 
 
 ohone 
 
 AL pe/se 
 
 hoi 
 
 AL mangiare 
 
 mechiere 
 
 ALa /cutella 
 
 elo 
 
 ALa pigniata 
 
 aschanie 
 
 AL demandare 
 
 ghelhe 
 
 Vien qui 
 
 hai si 
 
 AL gardar 
 
 chonne 
 
 [Voi 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 77 
 
 for Rump 
 
 schiaguen 
 
 for Buttocks 
 
 hoij 
 
 for Arm 
 
 maz 
 
 for Pulse 
 
 holion 
 
 for Legs 
 
 coss 
 
 for Foot 
 
 thee 
 
 for Heel 
 
 tere 
 
 for Ankle 
 
 perchi 
 
 for Sole of the foot 
 
 caotscheni 
 
 for Fingernails 
 
 colim 
 
 for Heart 
 
 thol 
 
 for to Scratch 
 
 gechare 
 
 for Cross-eyed man 
 
 calischen 
 
 for Young man 
 
 calemi 
 
 for Water 
 
 holi 
 
 for Fire 
 
 ghialeme 
 
 for Smoke 
 
 giaiche 
 
 for No 
 
 ehen 
 
 for Yes 
 
 rey 
 
 for Gold 
 
 pelpeli 
 
 for Lapis lazuli 
 
 secheg 
 
 for Sun 
 
 calexcheni 
 
 for Stars 
 
 settere 
 
 for Sea 
 
 aro 
 
 for Wind 
 
 oni 
 
 for Storm 
 
 ohone 
 
 for Fish 
 
 hoi 
 
 for to Eat 
 
 mechiere 
 
 for Bowl 
 
 elo 
 
 for Pot 
 
 aschanie 
 
 for to Ask 
 
 ghelhe 
 
 Come here 
 
 hai si 
 
 for to Look 
 
 chonne 
 
7 8 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 AL andar 
 
 Rey 
 
 AL Combater 
 
 oamaghce 
 
 Ale freze 
 
 Sethe 
 
 AL Cane 
 
 holL 
 
 AL lupo 
 
 Ani 
 
 AL andare longi 
 
 Schien 
 
 ALa guida 
 
 anti 
 
 ALa neue 
 
 theu 
 
 AL courire 
 
 hiani 
 
 AL Seruzo ucelo 
 
 hoihoi 
 
 A li sui oui 
 
 Jani 
 
 Ala poluere derba 
 
 
 che mangiào 
 
 Capac. 
 
 AL odorare 
 
 OS 
 
 AL papagaio 
 
 cheche 
 
 ALa gabiota ucelo 
 
 Cleo 
 
 AL misiglioni 
 
 Siameni. 
 
 AL panno ro/so 
 
 Terechae. 
 
 AL bonet 
 
 AicheL 
 
 Al colore neg°. 
 
 AineL 
 
 AL ro/so 
 
 taiche 
 
 AL gialo 
 
 peperi 
 
 AL coginare 
 
 yrocoles 
 
 ALa cintura 
 
 Catechin 
 
 AL ocha 
 
 cache 
 
 AL diauolo grande 
 
 Setebos 
 
 Ali picoli 
 
 cheleule. 
 
 Tucti que/ti vocabuli /e prenuntiano in gorgha 
 pche cu//i li prenutiauào Loro. 
 
 Me di//e que/ti vocabuli queL gigante q haue- 
 uamo nella naue per q domandandome Capac gioe 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 79 
 
 for to Walk 
 
 rey 
 
 for to Fight 
 
 oamaghce 
 
 for Arrows 
 
 sethe 
 
 for Dog 
 
 holl 
 
 for Wolf 
 
 ani 
 
 for to Go a long 
 
 
 distance 
 
 schien 
 
 for Guide 
 
 anti 
 
 for Snow 
 
 theu 
 
 for to Cover 
 
 hiani 
 
 for Ostrich, a bird 
 
 hoihoi 
 
 for its Eggs 
 
 jani 
 
 for the powder of the 
 
 
 herb which they eat 
 
 capac 
 
 for to Smell 
 
 os 
 
 for Parrot 
 
 cheche 
 
 for Birdcage 
 
 eleo 
 
 for Misiglioni 
 
 siameni 
 
 for Red Cloth 
 
 terechae 
 
 for Cap 
 
 aichel 
 
 for Black 
 
 ainel 
 
 for Red 
 
 taiche 
 
 for Yellow' 
 
 peperi 
 
 for to Cook 
 
 yrocoles 
 
 for Belt 
 
 catechin 
 
 for Goose 
 
 cache 
 
 for their big Devil 
 
 Setebos 
 
 for their small Devils 
 
 Cheleule 
 
 All the above words are pronounced in the throat, 
 for such is their method of pronunciation . 161 
 
 That giant whom we had in our ship told me those 
 words; for when he, upon asking me for capac , 162 
 
8o PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 pane che chusi chiamano quela radice q vzanno Loro 
 p panne et oli gioe hacqua Quando eL me vite 
 /criuer que/ti nomi domandandoli poi de li alt 1 cò 
 la penna in mano me Jntendeua vna volta feci la 
 croce et la basai mo/trandoglila Subito grido 
 /etebos et fecemi /egno Se piu face//e la croce 
 me intrarebe neL corpo et farebe crepare Quando 
 que/to gigante /taua male domando la croce abu- 
 sandola et ba/andola molto Se volse far Xpiano 
 inanzi la /ua morte eL chiama/emo paulo 
 Que/ta gente Quando voleno far fuoco fregano vno 
 legnio pontino cò vno alt 0 in fine q fanno Lo fuocho 
 in vna certa medola darbore q fra que/ti dui legni. 
 
 Mercore a 28 de nouembre 1520 Ne di/buca/emo 
 da que/to / trecto ingolfandone neL mare pacifico 
 /te//emo tre mesi et vinti Jorni sen/a pigliare re- 
 frigerio de co/a alguna mangiauamo bi/coto non piu 
 bi/coto ma poluere de q e llo cò vermi apugnate p 
 che e//i haueuano màgiato iL buono puzaua grà 
 damete de orina de Sorzi et beueuamo hacqua 
 Jalla già putrifata per molti giorni et mangiauamo 
 certe pelle de boue q erano /op a Lantena mangiore 
 agio q Lantena nò rompe//e la / arzia duri//ime p 
 iL Solle piogia et vento Le la/ciauamo p quat° ho 
 cinque giorni neL mare et poi le meteua vno pocho 
 /op a le braze et cosi le mangiauamo et ancora a//ay 
 volte /egature de a/e li sorgi /e vendeuano mezo 
 ducato lo vno et /e pur ne haue//emo potuto hauer 
 ma /oura tute le alt 1 /quiagu re Que/ta era la 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 83 
 
 that is to say, bread, as they call that root which they 
 use as bread, and o/t, that is to say, water, saw me 
 write those words quickly, and afterward when I, 
 with pen in hand, asked him for other words, he 
 understood me. Once I made the sign of the cross, 
 and, showing it to him, kissed it. He immediately 
 cried out “ Setebos,” and made me a sign that if I 
 made the sign of the cross again, Setebos would enter 
 into my body and cause it to burst. When that giant 
 was sick, he asked for the cross, and embracing it and 
 kissing it many times, desired to become a Christian 
 before his death. We called him Paulo. When 
 those people wish to make a fire, they rub a sharp- 
 ened piece of wood against another piece until the 
 fire catches in the pith of a certain tree, which is 
 placed between those two sticks. 163 
 
 Wednesday, November 28, 1520, we debouched 
 from that strait, engulfing ourselves in the Pacific 
 Sea. 164 We were three months and twenty days with- 
 out getting any kind of fresh food. We ate biscuit, 
 which was no longer biscuit, but powder of biscuits 
 swarming with worms, for they had eaten the good. 
 It stank strongly of the urine of rats. 165 We drank 
 yellow water that had been putrid for many days. 
 We also ate some ox hides that covered the top of 
 the mainyard to prevent the yard from chafing the 
 shrouds, and which had become exceedingly hard 
 because of the sun, rain, and wind. 166 We left them 
 in the sea for four or five days, and then placed them 
 for a few moments on top of the embers, and so ate 
 them; and often we ate sawdust from boards. Rats 
 were sold for one-half ducado apiece, and even then 
 we could not get them. 167 But above all the other 
 
84 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 pegiore. Cre/siuano le gengiue ad alguni /op a li 
 denti Cosi de Soto Como de /oura q p modo alguno 
 nò poteuamo màgiare et co//i moriuano p que/ta 
 infirmita morirono 19. homini et iL gigàte co vno 
 Jndio de La terra deL verzin vinti cinque ho 
 trenta homini /e infirmorono q neli brazi neli gambe 
 o in alt° loco / icque poq 1 re/ta rono /ani p La 
 grada de dio yo nò hebi algunna infirmitade. Jn 
 Que/ti tre me/i et vinti giorni anda/emo circa de 
 quatro millia legue in vn golfo p que/to mar pacifico 
 in vero he benne pacifico p q in q3/to tempo nò 
 haue/semo fortuna Sen/a vedere tera alcuna sino due 
 y/olete de/habitate nelle q a L nò troua//emo alt° 
 /e non vcelli et arbori la chiama//emo y/olle infortu- 
 nate Sono longi luna da lalt a ducente legue nò 
 trouauamo fondo apre//o de loro /e nò vedeuamo 
 molti ti buroni La p'ma Jzolla / ta in quindi/i gradi 
 de latitudine aL hau/tralle, et lalt a in noue ogni 
 Jorno faceuamo cinquanta /e santa et /etanta Legue a 
 La catena ho apopa et /e ydio et / ala /ua madre 
 bennedeta nò ne daua cosi bò tempo moriuamo tucti 
 de fame in que/to mare grandi//imo Credo 
 certaméte nò fi fara may piu taL viagio. 
 
 Quando fu//imi v/citi da que/to /trecto Se haue/- 
 /emo nauigato Sempre aL ponete hauere//emo dato 
 vna volta aL mondo /enza trouare terra niuna Se nò 
 el capo deli xj os vergine che he capo de que/to 
 /trecto aL mare occeanno leuante ponete co Lo capo 
 de/eado del mare pacifico liq a lli dui capi /tanno in 
 cinquàta duy gradi di latitudine puntualmente aL 
 polo antarticho. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 85 
 
 misfortunes the following was the worst. The gums 
 of both the lower and upper teeth of some of our 
 men swelled, so that they could not eat under any 
 circumstances and therefore Idied . 168 Nineteen men 
 died from that sickness, and the giant together with 
 an Indian from the country of Verzin. Twenty-five 
 or thirty men fell sick [during that time], in the 
 arms, legs, or in another place, so that but few re- 
 mained well. However, I, by the grace of God, 
 suffered no sickness. We sailed about four thou- 
 sand leguas during those three months and twenty 
 days through an open stretch in that Pacific Sea . 169 
 In truth it is very pacific , 170 for during that time we 
 did not suffer any storm. We saw no land except 
 two desert islets, where we found nothing but birds 
 and trees, for which we called them the Ysolle In- 
 fortunate [1.*., the Unfortunate Isles]. They are two 
 hundred leguas apart. We found no anchorage, 
 [but] near them saw many sharks . 171 The first islet 
 lies in fifteen degrees of south latitude, and the other 
 in nine. Daily we made runs of fifty, sixty, or sev- 
 enty leguas at the catena or at the stern . 172 Had not 
 God and His blessed mother given us so good 
 weather we would all have died of hunger in that 
 exceeding vast sea. Of a verity I believe no such 
 voyage will ever be made [again]. 
 
 When we left that strait, if we had sailed con- 
 tinuously westward we would have circumnavigated 
 the world without finding other land than the cape of 
 the xi thousand Virgins . 173 The latter is a cape of 
 that strait at the Ocean Sea, straight east and west 
 with Cape Deseado of the Pacific Sea. Both of those 
 capes lie in a latitude of exactly fifty-two degrees 
 toward the Antarctic Pole. 
 
86 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 JL polo antartico no ne cosi / tellato corno Lo 
 artico /e vede molto /telle picolle congregate in- 
 terne q fanno in guiza de due nebulle poco /eparate 
 luna de lalt a et vno poco ofu/che in mezo de leq a lle 
 /tanno due /telle molto grandi ne molto relucenti et 
 poco /e moueno. Que/te due /telle / onno iL polo 
 antarticho La Calamita no/tra Zauariando vno 
 sempre tiraua aL suo polo artico niente de meno non 
 haueua tanta forza corno de la banda Sua. Et pero 
 Quando eramo in Que/to golfo iL Cap° generalle 
 domando a tucti li piloti andando /empre a la vela p 
 q a L Camino nauigando pontasemo nele carte ri/po- 
 /ero tucti p la Sua via puntaLmete datta li ri/po/i 
 q pontauano falso cosi corno era et che conueniua 
 agiutare la guchia deL nauegare p che nò receueua 
 tanta forza da la parte / ua. Quando eramo in mezo 
 di que/to golpho Vedessemo vna croce de cinque 
 /telle lucidi//ime drito aL ponente, et Suono 
 iu/ti//ime luna co lalt a . 
 
 Jn que/ti giorni mauiga//emo fra iL ponente et 
 iL mae/tralle et a La quarta deL mae/tralle in ver/o 
 ponente et aL mae/tralle fin q ajunge//emo a la linea 
 equinoti alle longi da la linea de la ripartitiòe Cento 
 et vinti dui gradi la linea de la ripartitiòe e trenta 
 gradi longi daL meridionale el meridionale e tre 
 gradi al leuante longi de capo verde Jn que/to 
 Camino pa/a//emo poco longi da due Jzolle 
 richisie vna in vinti gradi de latitudine al polo 
 antarticho q Se chiama Cipangu Lalt a in quindici 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 89 
 
 The Antarctic Pole is not so starry as the Arctic. 
 Many small stars clustered together are seen, which 
 have the appearance of two clouds of mist. There 
 is but little distance between them, and they are 
 somewhat dim. In the midst of them are two large 
 and not very luminous stars, which move only slight- 
 ly. Those two stars are the Antarctic Pole. Our 
 loadstone, although it moved hither and thither, al- 
 ways pointed toward its own Arctic Pole, although 
 it did not have so much strength as on its own side. 
 And on that account when we were in that open 
 expanse, the captain-general, asking all the pilots 
 whether they were always sailing forward in the 
 course which we had laid down on the maps, all re- 
 plied: “ By your course exactly as laid down.” He 
 answered them that they were pointing wrongly - 
 which was a fact - and that it would be fitting to 
 adjust the needle of navigation, for it was not re- 
 ceiving so much force from its side. When we were 
 in the midst of that open expanse, we saw a cross 
 with five extremely bright stars straight toward the 
 west, those stars being exactly placed with regard 
 to one another . 174 
 
 During those days 175 we sailed west northwest, 
 northwest by west, and northwest, until we reached 
 the equinoctial line at the distance of one hundred 
 and twenty-two degrees from the line of demarcation. 
 The line of demarcation is thirty degrees from the 
 meridian, and the meridian is three degrees eastward 
 from Capo Verde . 178 We passed while on that 
 course, a short distance from two exceedingly rich 
 islands, one in twenty degrees of the latitude of the 
 Antarctic Pole, by name Cipangu, and the other in 
 
9° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 gradi chiamata Subdit pradit pa//ata la linea equi- 
 notialle nauiga//emo tra ponente et mai/tralle et a la 
 carta deL ponente ver/o eL mae/tralle poi duzente 
 legue aL ponente mudando eL viag°. a La Quarta in 
 ver/o garbin fin in tredici gradi aL polo articho p 
 apropinquar/e piu a La tera deL capo de gaticara 
 iL q a L capo cò perdon de li Co/mo grafi p q nò Lo 
 vi/teno nò fi troua doue loro iL pen/auào ma aL 
 /etentrione in dodeci gradj poco piu o mancho. 
 
 Circa de setanta legue a la detta via in dodeci 
 gradi di latitudine et 146 de longitudine Mercore a 
 6 de mar/o di/copre//emo vna y/ola aL mai/tralle 
 picola et due alt e aL garbino vna era piu alta et 
 piu granda de Laltre due iL cap° generale voleua 
 firmar/e nella grande p pigliare q a lque refrigerio 
 ma nò puote perche la gente de que/ta Jzolla entra- 
 uano nele naui et robauano q 1 vna co/a q 1 laltr 1 tal- 
 mente q non poteuamo gardar/i. Voleuano calare le 
 vele acio anda/emo in tera ne roborono lo /quifo q 
 e/taua ligato a La popa de la naue cap a cò grandiss 3 
 pre/teza p il que corozato eL cap° generalle andò 
 in tera con Quaranta huomini armati et bruzarono 
 da quaranta o cinquanta caze cò molti barquiti et 
 amazorono /ette huomini et rehebe lo /quifo 
 Subito ne parti /emo /equendo Lo mede/imo ca- 
 mino. Jnanzi q di/monta/emo in tera alguni no ft 
 infermi ne pregorono /e amazauamo huomo o donna 
 li porta/emo Ly interiori p che Subito / arebenno 
 / ani. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 9 1 
 
 fifteen degrees, by name Sumbdit Pradit. 177 After 
 we had passed the equinoctial line we sailed west 
 northwest, and west by north, and then for two hun- 
 dred leguas toward the west, changing our course 
 to west by south until we reached thirteen degrees 
 toward the Arctic Pole in order that we might ap- 
 proach nearer to the land of cape Gaticara. That 
 cape (with the pardon of cosmographers, for they 
 have not seen it) , is not found where it is imagined 
 to be, but to the north in twelve degrees or there- 
 abouts. 178 
 
 About seventy 179 leguas on the above course, and 
 lying in twelve degrees of latitude and 146 in longi- 
 tude, we discovered on Wednesday, March 6, a small 
 island to the northwest, and two others toward the 
 southwest, one of which was higher and larger than 
 the other two. The captain-general wished to stop 
 at the large island and get some fresh food, but he 
 was unable to do so because the inhabitants of that 
 island entered the ships and stole whatever they 
 could lay their hands on, so that we could not pro- 
 tect ourselves. The men were about to strike the 
 sails so that we could go ashore, but the natives very 
 deftly stole from us the small boat 180 that was fas- 
 tened to the poop of the flagship. Thereupon, the 
 captain-general in wrath went ashore with forty 
 armed men, who burned some forty or fifty houses 
 together with many boats, and killed seven men. 181 
 He recovered the small boat, and we departed imme- 
 diately pursuing the same course. Before we landed, 
 some of our sick men begged us if we should kill any 
 man or woman to bring the entrails to them, as they 
 would recover immediately. 182 
 
9 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Quando feriuamo alguni de que/ti co li veretuni 
 q li pa//auano li fianq 1 da luna banda alaltra tirauano 
 il veretone mo diqua mo diLa gardandoLo poi Lo 
 tirauano fuora marauigliando/e molto et cu//i 
 moriuano et alt 1 q erano feriti neL peto faceuano 
 eL Simille ne mo//eno agra compa/ione Co/toro 
 vedendoe partire ne /eguitorono co piu de Cento bar- 
 elliti piu de vna legua Se aco/tauano ale naui mo /- 
 trandone pe/ce co / imulatiòe de darnello ma 
 traheuano / axi et poi fugiuano andando le naue co 
 velie piene pa/a vano fra loro et li batelli con q e lli fui 
 barcheti molto de/tri//imi vede/emo algune femine 
 in li barqueti gridare et /capigliar/e credo p amore 
 de li Suoi morti. 
 
 Ognuno de que/ti vive /ec ondo la Sua volontà 
 non anno /ignori vano nudi et alguni barbati con 
 li capeli negri fino a lo cinta ingropati portano 
 capeleti de palma corno li albanezi /onno grandi 
 corno nui et ben di/po/ti no adorào niente 
 /onno aliua/tri ma na/cono bianq 1 anno li denti 
 ro//i et negri p che la reputano beli//ima co/a le 
 femine vano nude /e non q dinanzi a la /ua natura 
 portano vna /cor/a /treta /otille come la carta q na/ce 
 fra larbore et la /corza de la palma /onno belle deli- 
 cate et bianque piu que li huomini co li capilli /par/i 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 93 
 
 When we wounded any of those people with our 
 crossbow-shafts, which passed completely through 
 their loins from one side to the other, they, looking 
 at it, pulled on the shaft now on this and now on 
 that side , 183 and then drew it out, with great astonish- 
 ment, and so died. Others who were wounded in 
 the breast did the same, which moved us to great 
 compassion. Those people seeing us departing fol- 
 lowed us with more than one hundred 184 boats for 
 more than one legua. .They approached the ships 
 showing us fish, feigning that they would give them 
 to us; but then threw stones at us and fled. And al- 
 though the ships were under full sail, they passed 
 between them and the small boats [fastened astern], 
 very adroitly in those small boats of theirs. We saw 
 some women in their boats who were crying out and 
 tearing their hair, for love, I believe, of those whom 
 we had killed . 185 
 
 Each one of those people lives according to his 
 own will, for they have no seignior . 186 They go 
 naked, and some are bearded and have black hair 
 that reaches to the waist. They wear small palm- 
 leaf hats, as do the Albanians. They are as tall as 
 we, and well built. They have no worship. They 
 are tawny, but are born white. Their teeth are red 
 and black, for they think that is most beautiful. 
 The women go naked except that they wear a narrow 
 strip of bark as thin as paper, which grows between 
 the tree and the bark of the palm, before their 
 privies. They are goodlooking and delicately 
 formed, and lighter complexioned than the men; and 
 wear their hair which is exceedingly black, loose 
 and hanging quite down to the ground. The worn- 
 
94 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi 
 
 et longui negri/’/imi fino in tera Que/te nò lauo- 
 rano ma /tanno in ca/a te//endo / tore casse de palma 
 et altre co/e nece//arie aca/a / ua mangiano cochi 
 batate vcceli figui longui vno palmo canne dolci et 
 pe/ci volatori co altre co/e /e ongieno eL corpo et 
 li capili cò oleo de cocho et de giongioli le /ue 
 ca/e tute /onno facte di legnio coperte de taule cò 
 foglie defigaro de /op a longue due braza con /olari 
 et cò fene/tre li camare et li lecti tucti forniti di / tore 
 beli//ime de palma dormeno /oura paglia di 
 palma molto mole et menuta nò anno arme Senon 
 certe a/te cò vno o//o pontino de pe/ce ne La cima 
 Que/ta gente e pouera ma ingenio/a et molto ladra 
 p que/to chiama//emo que/te tre J/ole le y/ole 
 de li ladroni eL /uo /pa/o e andare cò Le donne 
 p mare cò q e lle /ue barquete Sono corno le fuce- 
 lere ma piu /trecti alguni negri bianq 1 et alt 1 ro//i 
 anno da lalt a parte dela velia vno legno gro//o 
 pontino nele cime cò pali atrauer/adi q e L /u/tentano 
 neL acqua p andare piu /eguri aLa vela la vela e 
 di foglie de palma cosite in/ieme et facta amodo de 
 latina p timone anno certe pale corno da for no cò 
 vno legnio in cima fanno de la popa proua et de 
 la proua popa et /onno Como delfini /aitar a laequa 
 de onda in onda Que/ti ladroni pen/auano ali 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 95 
 
 en do not work in the fields but stay in the house, 
 weaving mats , 187 baskets [ casse : literally boxes], and 
 other things needed in their houses, from palm 
 leaves. They eat cocoanuts, camotes \batate\™ 
 birds, figs one palmo in length [*.*., bananas], sugar- 
 cane, and flying fish, besides other things. They 189 
 anoint the body and the hair with cocoanut and 
 beneseed oil. Their houses are all built of wood 
 covered with planks and thatched with leaves of 
 the fig-tree [/.<?., banana-tree] two brazas long; and 
 they have floors and windows. The rooms and the 
 beds are all furnished with the most beautiful palm- 
 leaf mats . 190 They sleep on palm straw which is 
 very soft and fine. They use no weapons, except a 
 kind of a spear pointed with a fishbone at the end. 
 Those people are poor, but ingenious and very thiev- 
 ish, on account of which we called those three islands 
 the islands of Ladroni [/.*., of thieves ]. 191 Their 
 amusement, men and women, is to plough the seas 
 with those small boats of theirs . 192 Those boats re- 
 semble fucelere , 193 but are narrower, and some are 
 black, [some] white, and others red. At the side 
 opposite the sail, they have a large piece of wood 
 pointed at the top, with poles laid across it and rest- 
 ing on the water, in order that the boats may sail 
 more safely. The sail is made from palmleaves sewn 
 together and is shaped like a lateen sail. For rud- 
 ders they use a certain blade resembling a hearth 
 shovel which have a piece of wood at the end. They 
 can change stern and bow at will [literally: they 
 make the stern, bow, and the bow, stern ], 194 and those 
 boats resemble the dolphins which leap in the water 
 from wave to wave. Those Ladroni [*.*., robbers] 
 
9 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 /eg ni q faceuào nò fu/ero alt 1 homini aL mondo 
 /e non loro. 
 
 Sabato a /edize de mar/o 1521 de//emo neLa au- 
 rora soura vna tera alta lògi trecento legue delle 
 y/olle de li latroni laq a L e y/ola et /e chiama Zamal 
 eL cap 0 gnale nel giorno /eguente voi /e di/mon- 
 tare in vnalt a y/ola de/habitata p e//e re piu /eg uro 
 q era di dietro de que/ta p pigliare hacqua et q a lque 
 diporto fece fare due tende in terra p li infermi et 
 feceli amazare vna porcha Luni a 18. de mar/o 
 vede//emo dapoi di/nare venire t/o de nui vna 
 barca co noue homini p ilque lo cap 0 generale co- 
 mando q niuno Si moue//e ne dice//e parolla alguna 
 /enza /ua li/entia Quando ariuorono que/ti in 
 terra /ubito Lo fuo principalle andò aL cap° gnale 
 mo/trando/e aiegro p la nra venuta re/tarono cinq3 
 de que/ti piu ornati co nuy li alt 1 andorono a leuare 
 alguni alt 1 q pe/cauano et cu//i venirono tucti 
 vedendo Lo cap° gnale que que/ti erano homini co 
 ragionne li fece dare da mangiare et li donno bonneti 
 ro//i spequi petini /onagli Auorio boca//ini et alt e 
 co/e Quando vi/tenno la corte/ia deL cap° li pre- 
 /entorono pe/ci vno va/o de vino de palma q Lo 
 chiamano Vraca figui piu longui dun palmo et altri 
 piu picoli piu / aporiti et dui cochi alhora nò 
 haueuano alt 0 ne fecoro /egni co La mano q in fino 
 aquatro giorni portarebenno vmay q e ri/o cochi et 
 molta altra victuuaglia. 
 
'“//ón 
 
 
 •irtfr, 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 99 
 
 thought, according to the signs which they made, 
 that there were no other people in the world but 
 themselves. 185 
 
 At dawn on Saturday, March sixteen, 106 1521, we 
 came upon a high land at a distance of three hundred 
 leguas from the islands of Latroni - an island named 
 Zamal [1.*., Samar]. The following day, the cap- 
 tain-general desired to land on another island which 
 was uninhabited and lay to the right of the above- 
 mentioned island, in order to be more secure, and 
 to get water and have some rest. He had two tents 
 set up on the shore for the sick and had a sow killed 
 for them. On Monday afternoon, March 18, we 
 saw a boat coming toward us with nine men in it. 
 Therefore, the captain-general ordered that no one 
 should move or say a word without his permission. 
 When those men reached the shore, their chief went 
 immediately to the captain-general, giving signs of 
 joy because of our arrival. Five of the most ornately 
 adorned of them remained with us, while the rest 
 went to get some others who were fishing, and so 
 they all came. The captain-general seeing that they 
 were reasonable men, ordered food to be set before 
 them, and gave them red caps, mirrors, combs, bells, 
 ivory, bocasine, 197 and other things. When they saw 
 the captain’s courtesy, they presented fish, a jar of 
 palm wine, which they call uraca [ i.e ., arrack], figs 
 more than one palmo long [i.e., bananas], 108 and 
 others which were smaller and more delicate, and 
 two cocoanuts. They had nothing else then, but 
 made us signs with their hands that they would bring 
 umay or rice, 199 and cocoanuts and many other 
 articles of food within four days. 
 
IOO 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Li coq 1 formo fructi deLa palma co/i corno nui 
 hauemo iL panne iL vino lo oleo et lacetto co/i anno 
 que/ti populi ogni co/a da que/ti arbori anno eL 
 vino in que/to modo forano La dieta palma in cima 
 neL core/ino de to palmito dalq a lle /tilla vna lichore 
 corno e mo/to biancho dolce ma vn pocho bru/queto 
 in canne grò //e come La gamba et piu latacano 
 alarbor la /era p la marina et la marina p la /era 
 Que/ta palma fa vno fructo iL q a lle he lo cocho 
 Que/to cocho e grande corno iL capo et piu et meno 
 La / ua p'ma /cor/a e tde et gro//a piu de dui diti 
 nelaq a lle trouano Certi fìlittj q fanno le corde q 
 liganno le /ue barque foto di que/ta ne he vna dura 
 et molto piu gro//a di quella de la noce que/ta la 
 bru/ano et fano poluere bonna p loro foto di que/to 
 e vna medola biancha gro//a come vn dito Laq a L 
 mangiano fre/ca co La carne et pe//i corno nui lo 
 panne et de q e L / apore q he la mandola qui la /eca//e 
 /e farebe panne in mezo di que/ta medola e vna 
 hacqua quiara dolce et molto cordialle et quando 
 que/ta hacqua /ta vn pocho acolta /e congella et 
 diuenta corno vno pomo Quando voleno fare oglio 
 piglianno que/to cocho et la//ano putrefare q e lla 
 medola co laequa et poi la fanno buglire et vene oleo 
 corno butiro Quando voleno far aceto la/anno 
 putrefare laequa /olamente poi lameteno aL /olle et 
 e aceto corno de vino biancho fi po fare ancho 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 IOI 
 
 Cocoanuts are the fruit of the palmtree . 200 Just 
 as we have bread, wine, oil, and milk, so those peo- 
 ple get everything from that tree. They get wine 
 in the following manner. They bore a hole into the 
 heart of the said palm at the top called palmito [/.*., 
 stalk], from which distils a liquor 201 which resem- 
 bles white must. That liquor is sweet but somewhat 
 tart, and [is gathered] in canes [of bamboo] as thick 
 as the leg and thicker. They fasten the bamboo to 
 the tree at evening for the morning, and in the morn- 
 ing for the evening. That palm bears a fruit, name- 
 ly, the cocoanut, which is as large as the head or 
 thereabouts. Its outside husk is green and thicker 
 than two fingers. Certain filaments are found in 
 that husk, whence is made cord for binding together 
 their boats. Under that husk there is a hard shell, 
 much thicker than the shell of the walnut, which 
 they burn and make therefrom a powder that is use- 
 ful to them . 202 Under that shell there is a white 
 marrowy substance one finger in thickness, which 
 they eat fresh with meat and fish as we do bread; 
 and it has a taste resembling the almond. It could 
 be dried and made into bread. There is a clear, 
 sweet water in the middle of that marrowy substance 
 which is very refreshing. When that water stands 
 for a while after having been collected, it congeals 
 and becomes like an apple. When the natives wish 
 to make oil, they take that cocoanut, and allow the 
 marrowy substance and the water to putrefy. Then 
 they boil it and it becomes oil like butter. When 
 they wish to make vinegar, they allow only the 
 water to putrefy, and then place it in the sun, and a 
 vinegar results like [that made from] white wine. 
 
102 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 latte corno nui faceuamo gratauamo q3/ta medola 
 poi la mi/quiauamo co laequa /ua mede/ima /tru- 
 candola in vno panno et co/i era late corno di capra. 
 Que/te palme /onno corno palme deli datali ma non 
 co/i nodo/e /e non li/ce. Vna famiglia de x per- 
 enne co dui de que/te /e manteneno fruando octo 
 giorni luna et octo giorni La alt a p Lo vino p che /e 
 altramenti face//eno Se /echarebenno et durano 
 cento anny. 
 
 Grande familliaritade pigliarono co nui Que/ti 
 populi ne di/cero molte co/e corno le chiamauano 
 et li nomi de algune y/ole q /e vedeuano de q* La 
 /ua /e chiama Zuluan laq a lle non etropo grande 
 piglia/cemo grà piacere co que/ti perche eranno 
 a/ay piaceuoli et conuer/abili iL cap° gnale p 
 farli piu honnore li meno ala /ua naue et li mo/tro 
 tuta la /ua mercadan/ia garofoli cannella peuere 
 gengero no/ce mo/cade Matia oro et tute le co/e q 
 eranno nella naue fece de/caricare algune bombarde 
 hebero grà paura et voi/ero /aitar fuora de la naue 
 ne fecero /egni que li doue nuj andauamo na/ce//e- 
 uano co/e Ja dete Quando fi voi/ero partire 
 pigliarono li/entia con molta gratia et gentileza 
 dicendo q tornarebeno /egondo la /ua pme//a La 
 y/ola doue eramo /e chiama humunu ma noy p 
 trouarli due fondana de hacqua chiari//ima la 
 chiame//emo lacquada dali buoni /e gnialli p che 
 fu iL p’mo /eg nio de oro q troua//emo in que/ta 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 103 
 
 Milk can also be made from it for we made some. 
 We scraped that marrowy substance and then mixed 
 the scrapings with its own water which we strained 
 through a cloth, and so obtained milk like goat’s 
 milk. Those palms resemble date-palms, but al- 
 though not smooth they are less knotty than the latter. 
 A family of x persons can be supported on two trees, 
 by utilizing them week about for the wine; for if 
 they did otherwise, the trees would dry up. They 
 last a century . 203 
 
 Those people became very familiar with us. They 
 told us many things, their names and those of some 
 of the islands that could be seen from that place. 
 Their own island was called Zuluan and it is not 
 very large . 204 We took great pleasure with them, 
 for they were very pleasant and conversable. In 
 order to show them greater honor, the captain-gen- 
 eral 205 took them to his ship and showed them all 
 his merchandise - cloyes, cinnamon, pepper, ginger, 
 nutmeg, mace, gold, and all the things in the ship. 
 He had some mortars fired for them, whereat they 
 exhibited great fear, and tried to jump out of the 
 ship . 206 They made signs to us that the abovesaid 
 articles grew in that place where we were going. 
 When they were about to retire they took their leave 
 very gracefully and neatly, saying that they would 
 return according to their promise. The island 
 where we were is called Humunu; but inasmuch as 
 we found two springs there of the clearest water, 
 we called it Acquada da li buoni Segnialli [/.*., “ the 
 Watering-place of good Signs ”], for there were the 
 first signs of gold which we found in those districts . 207 
 
I 04 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 parte. Qiui fi troua grà cantitade de coralli biancho 
 et arbori grandi q fanno fructi pocho menori de La 
 mandola et forino Como li pignioli et ancho molte 
 palme algune bonne et algune altre catiue in 
 Que/to Locho fonno molte y/ole p ilque Lo 
 chiama//emo larcipelago de s. lazaro de/courendo 
 lo nella f ua dominicha iL quale / ta in x gradi de 
 latitudine aL polo articho et Cento e /e santa vno di 
 longitudine della linea deLa repartitiòe. 
 
 Vennere a 22 de marzo venirono in mezo di q e lli 
 homini Secondo ne haueuano pmtffo in due bareque 
 co cochi naran/i dolci vno va/o de vino de palma et 
 vno gaio p dimo/trare que in que/te parte eranno ga- 
 iine se mo/trarono molto aiegri ver/o de noi com- 
 pra//emo tute q e lle /ue co/e iL /uo s or era vechio et 
 de pinto portaua due Schione de oro a le oreq'e li 
 altri molte maniglie de oro ali brazi co fazoli in torno 
 Lo capo Ste/emo quiui octo [giorni] neliq a lli eL nro 
 cap 0 andaua ogni di in terra aui/itare ly infirmi et 
 ogni matina li daua co le /ue mani acqua deL cocho q 
 molto li confortaua di dietro de que/ta y/ola /tanno 
 homini q anno tanto grandi li picheti de Lorechie q 
 portanno le braci ficati in loro Que/ti popoli fonno 
 caphri gioe gentili vanno nudi co tella de /cor/a dar- 
 bore intorno le /ue vergonie se nò alguni principali 
 co telle de banbazo lauorate neli capi co ft da aguchia 
 sonno oliua fi 1 graffi de pinti et ft ongeno co olio de 
 cocho et de giongioli p lo /olle et p iL vento anno 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 105 
 
 We found a great quantity of white coral there, and 
 large trees with fruit a trifle smaller than the almond 
 and resembling pine seeds. There are also many 
 palms, some of them good and others bad. There are 
 many islands in that district, and therefore we called 
 them the archipelago of San Lazaro, as they were 
 discovered on the Sabbath of St. Lazurus . 208 They 
 lie in x degrees of latitude toward the Arctic Pole, 
 and in a longitude of one hundred and sixty-one de- 
 grees from the line of demarcation. 
 
 At noon on Friday, March 22, those men came 
 as they had promised us in two boats with cocoanuts, 
 sweet oranges, a jar of palm-wine, and a cock , 209 in 
 order to show us that there were fowls in that dis- 
 trict. They exhibited great signs of pleasure at see- 
 ing us . 210 We purchased all those articles from them. 
 Their seignior was an old man who was painted [ i.e ., 
 tattooed]. He wore two gold earrings [ schione ] in 
 his ears , 211 and the others many gold armlets on their 
 arms and kerchiefs about their heads. We stayed 
 there one week, and during that time our captain 
 went ashore daily to visit the sick, and 212 every morn- 
 ing gave them cocoanut water from his own hand, 
 which comforted them greatly. There are people 
 living near that island 213 who have holes in their 
 ears so large that they can pass their arms through 
 them. Those people are caphri , 214 that is to say, 
 heathen. They go naked, with a cloth woven from 
 the bark of a tree about their privies, except some 
 of the chiefs who wear cotton cloth embroidered 
 with silk at the ends by means of a needle. They are 
 dark, fat, and painted. They anoint themselves with 
 cocoanut and with beneseed oil, as a protection 
 
1 06 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 li capili negri//imi fina a La cinta et anno dague 
 cortelli lan/e fornite de oro targoni facine arponi et 
 rete da pe/care come Rizali le /ue barche formo 
 corno le no/t e 
 
 NeL luni / aneto a vinticinq3 de mar/o giorno de 
 La nra donna pa//ato mezo di e//endo de hora in ora 
 p leuar/i anday abordo de la naue p pe/care et 
 metendo li piedi /opra vna antena p de/cedere nela 
 mesa degarni tiòe me slizegarono p che era pioue/to 
 et co/i ca/tai neL mare q ninguno me vi/te et e//e ndo 
 qua/i /umer/o me venne ne La mano Sini/tra La 
 /cota de La velia magiore q era a/co/a ne laequa 
 me teni forte et Comen/ai agridare tanto q fui aju- 
 tato co Lo batelo nò credo Ja per mey meriti ma 
 p la mi/ericordia di q e lla fonte de pietà fo//e ajutato. 
 neL mede/imo Jorno piglia//emo tra iL ponente 
 et garbi infra quat° y/olle gioe Cenalo hiunanghan 
 Jbusson et abarien 
 
 Joue a vinti octo de marzo p hauere vi/to la nocte 
 pa//ata fuocho in vna y/ola ne la matina /urgi//emo 
 apre//o de que/ta vede/emo vna barcha picola q la 
 chiamano boloto co octo homini de dent° appincar/e 
 nela naue Ca pitanea Vno / chiauo deL cap° gnale 
 q era de zamatra già chiamata traprobana li parlo 
 ilq a lle /ubito inte/eno venero neL bordo de la naue 
 nò volendo intrare dent°, ma /tauano vno pocho 
 di/co/ti vedendo eL cap° q nò voleuano fidar/i de 
 nui li buto vn bonnet roffo et altre co/e ligate /up a 
 vn pezo de taula La piglioronno molto aiegri et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 09 
 
 against sun and wind. They have very black hair 
 that falls to the waist, and use daggers, knives, and 
 spears 215 ornamented with gold, large shields, 
 fascines , 216 javelins, and fishing nets that resemble 
 rizali ; 217 and their boats are like ours. 
 
 On the afternoon of holy Monday, the day of our 
 Lady, March twenty-five, while we were on the point 
 of weighing anchor, I went to the side of the ship 
 to fish, and putting my feet upon a yard leading down 
 into the storeroom, they slipped, for it was rainy, and 
 consequently I fell into the sea, so that no one saw 
 me. When I was all but under, my left hand hap- 
 pened to catch hold of the clew-garnet of the main- 
 sail, which was dangling [ ascosa ] in the water. I 
 held on tightly, and began to cry out so lustily that 
 I was rescued by the small boat. I was aided, not, 
 I believe, indeed, through my merits, but through 
 the mercy of that font of charity [*.*., of the Virgin]. 
 That same day we shaped our course toward the 
 west southwest between four small islands, namely, 
 Cenalo, Hiunanghan , 218 Ibusson, and Abarien. 
 
 On Thursday morning, March twenty-eight, as 
 we had seen a fire on an island the night before, we 
 anchored near it . 219 We saw a small boat which the 
 natives call boloto with eight men in it, approaching 
 the flagship. A slave belonging to the captain-gen- 
 eral, who was a native of Zamatra [/.*., Sumatra], 
 which was formerly called Traprobana, spoke to 
 them. They immediately understood him, came 
 alongside the ship, unwilling to enter but taking a 
 position at some little distance . 220 The captain seeing 
 that they would not trust us, threw them out a red 
 cap and other things tied to a bit of wood. They 
 
I IO 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Subito Se partirono p aui/are el fuo re deli circa due 
 hore vede//emo vegnire due balanghai forino barche 
 grande et cu //e le chiamano pienni de huomini neL 
 magiof era Lo suo re Sedendo foto vno coperto de 
 f tore Quando eL giun/e ap//o La capitania iL 
 
 Schiauo li parlo iL re lo int e/e p che in que/te parte 
 li re /anno piu linguagij q li alt 1 comando q alguni 
 foi intra//eno nele naue luy /empre /tete neL 
 fuo balanghai poco longi de La naue fin che li /uoi 
 tornoronno et /ubito tornati /e parti. iL Cap 0 gnalle 
 fece grande honnore aq e lli q venirono nela naue et 
 donnoli algune co/e per ilche il re inanzi la /ua 
 partita voi /e donnare aL cap° vna bara de oro grande 
 et vna / porta piena de gengero ma luj rengratiandoL 
 molto nò voice acceptarle neL tardi anda/emo co 
 le naue apre//o la habitatiòe deL re. 
 
 JL giorno /eguente q era eL venerdì /aneto eL 
 cap° gnale mando lo /quia ua q era lo interprete nro 
 in tera in vno batello adire aL re /e haueua alguna 
 co/a da mangiare la face//e portar in naue q re/ta- 
 riano bene /ati/fati da noi et corno amici et nò Como 
 nimici era venuti a la/ua y/ola eL re venne co /e y 
 vero octo homini neL mede/imo batello et entro nela 
 naue abrazando/i col cap° gnale et donoli tre vazi di 
 porcelanna coperti de foglie pienne de rizo crudo et 
 due orade molto grande co altre co/e eL cap° dete 
 al re vna ve/te de panno ro//o et giallo fato a La 
 torche/ca et vno bonnet ro//o fino ali alt 1 Sui aq 1 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 I I I 
 
 received them very gladly, and went away quickly 
 to advise their king. About two hours later we saw 
 two balanghai coming. They are large boats and 
 are so called [by those people]. They were full of 
 men, and their king was in the larger of them, being 
 seated under an awning of mats. When the king 
 came near the flagship, the slave spoke to him. The 
 king understood him, for in those districts the kings 
 know more languages than the other people. He 
 ordered some of his men to enter the ships, but he 
 always remained in his balanghai, at some little dis- 
 tance from the ship until his own men returned; and 
 as soon as they returned he departed. The captain- 
 general showed great honor to the men who entered 
 the ship, and gave them some presents, for which 
 the king wished before his departure to give the cap- 
 tain a large bar 221 of gold and a basketful of ginger. 
 The latter, however, thanked the king heartily but 
 would not accept it. In the afternoon we went in the 
 ships [and anchored] near the dwellings of the king. 
 
 Next day, holy Friday, the captain-general sent 
 his slave, who acted as our interpreter, ashore in a 
 small boat to ask the king if he had any food to have 
 it carried to the ships ; 222 and to say that they 
 would be well satisfied with us, for he [and his men] 
 had come to the island as friends and not as enemies. 
 The king came with six or eight men 223 in the same 
 boat and entered the ship. He embraced the cap- 
 tain-general to whom he gave three porcelain jars 
 covered with leaves and full of raw rice, two very 
 large orade , 224 and other things. The captain-gen- 
 eral gave the king a garment of red and yellow cloth 
 made in the Turkish fashion, and a fine red cap; 
 and to the others (the king’s men), to some knives 
 and to others mirrors. Then the captain-general 
 
1 I 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 coltelli et aq* / pecq* poy le fece dare la Colatiòe et 
 P il chiauo li fece dire q voleua e//e re cun lui ca/i 
 ca/i cioè fratello ri/po/e q coffi voleua effeve t/o 
 de lui dapoy lo cap° ge mo/tro panno de diver/i colori 
 tela corali et molta alt 3 mercantia et tuta lartigliaria 
 facendola de/cargare alguni molto fi /pauentorno 
 poi fece armare vno homo co vno homo darme et li 
 meffe atorno tre co f pade et pugniale q li dauano p 
 tuto iL corpo p laq a L co/a eL re re/to ca/i fora di/e 
 li di//e p il Schiauo q vno de que/ti armati valeua 
 p cento de li suoi re/po/e q era cu//i et q in ogni naue 
 ne menaua duzento q fé armauano de q e lla /orte li 
 mo/tro Corazine / pade et rodelle et fece fare a vno 
 vna leuata poi Lo condu//e /up a la tolda dela naue q 
 he in cima de la popa et fece portare la /ua carta de 
 nauigare et La bu//ola et li di //e p linterprete corno 
 trouo Lo / treto p vegnire alui et Quante lune /onno 
 /tati fe nza vedere terra Se marauiglio in vltimo 
 li di/ce q voleua fe li piac e//e mandare /eco dui 
 homini acio li mo/tra//e algune de le / ue co/e re- 
 /po/e q era contento yo ge anday co vno alt 0 
 
 Quando fui in tera il re leuo le mani aL dello et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I I 3 
 
 had a collation spread for them, and had the king 
 told through the slave that he desired to be casi 
 casi 225 with him, that is to say, brother. The king 
 replied that he also wished to enter the same rela- 
 tions with the captain-general. Then the captain 
 showed him cloth of various colors, linen, coral 
 [ornaments], and many other articles of merchan- 
 dise, and all the artillery, some of which he had dis- 
 charged for him, whereat the natives were greatly 
 frightened. Then the captain-general had a man 
 armed as a soldier , 226 and placed him in the midst 
 of three men armed with swords and daggers, who 
 struck him on all parts of the body. Thereby was 
 the king rendered almost speechless. The captain- 
 general told him through the slave that one of those 
 armed men was worth one hundred of his own men. 
 The king answered that that was a fact. The cap- 
 tain-general said that he had two hundred men in 
 each ship who were armed in that manner . 227 He 
 showed the king cuirasses, swords, and bucklers, and 
 had a review made for him . 228 Then he led the king 
 to the deck of the ship, that is located above at the 
 stern; and had his sea-chart and compass brought . 229 
 He told the king through the interpreter how he 
 had found the strait in order to voyage thither, and 
 how many moons he had been without seeing land, 
 whereat the king was astonished. Lastly, he told 
 the king that he would like, if it were pleasing to 
 him, to send two of his men with him so that he 
 might show them some of his things. The king re- 
 plied that he was agreeable, and I went in company 
 with one of the other men . 230 
 
 When I reached shore, the king raised his hands 
 
I 14 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 poi /e volta cont a nuy dui face//emo lo / imille 
 ver/o de lui co/i tuti li alt 1 fecero il re me piglio p 
 La mano vno /uo principale piglio lalt° compag 0 
 et cu//i ne menorò foto vno coperto de cane doue era 
 vno balanghai longo octanta palmi deli mey Simille 
 a vna fu/ta ne sede//emo /op a la popa de que/to 
 /empre parlando con /eg ni li suoi ne /tauano in piedi 
 atorno atorno co /pade dague Lanze et targoni 
 fece portare vno piato de carne de porco co vno vazo 
 grande pienno de vino beueuamo adogni boconne 
 vna ta//a de vino lo vino q li auan/aua q a lque 
 volta ben q fo/ceno poche /e meteua in vno vazo da 
 p fi la / ua ta/a /empre /taua coperta ninguno alt 0 
 li beueua Se nò il re et yo Jnanzi q lo re piglia//e 
 la ta//a p bere alzaua li mani giunte al gielo et t/o 
 de nui et Quando voleua bere extendeua lo pugnio 
 dela mano sini /tra ver/o dime prima pen/aua me 
 voi e//e dare vn pognio et poi beueua faceua co/i yo 
 ver/o il re Que/ti fogni fanno tuti luno ver/o de 
 Laltro quando beueno co que/te cerimonie et alt* 
 fogni de ami/itia merenda forno mangiay neL 
 vennere / aneto carne p nò potere fare alt° Jnanzi 
 q veni //e lora de cenare donay molte co/e al re q 
 haueua portati /cri/ /e a/ai co//e corno le chiamanào 
 Quanto Lo re et li alt 1 me vi/tenno fcriuere et li 
 diceua q e lle / ue parolle tutti re/torono atoniti in 
 que/to mezo venne lora de cenare porto ronno duy 
 piati grandi de porcelanna vno pienno de rizo et 
 lalt° de carne de porcho co /uo brodo cena//emo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I I 5 
 
 toward the sky and then turned toward us two. We 
 did the same toward him 231 as did all the others. 
 The king took me by the hand; one of his chiefs 
 took my companion: and thus they led us under a 
 bamboo covering, where there was a balanghai , 232 
 as long as eighty of my palm lengths, and resembling 
 a fusta. We sat down upon the stern of that 
 balanghai, constantly conversing with signs. The 
 king’s men stood about us in a circle with swords, 
 daggers, spears, and bucklers . 233 The king had a 
 plate of pork brought in and a large jar filled with 
 wine. At every mouthful, we drank a cup of wine. 
 The wine that was left [in the cup] at any time, al- 
 though that happened but rarely, was put into a jar 
 by itself. The king’s cup was always kept covered 
 and no one else drank from it but he and I. Before 
 the king took the cup to drink, he raised his clasped 
 hands toward the sky, and then toward me; and 
 when he was about to drink, he extended the fist of 
 his left hand toward me (at first I thought that he 
 was about to strike me) and then drank. I did the 
 same toward the king. They all make those signs 
 one toward another when they drink. We ate with 
 such ceremonies and with other signs of friendship. 
 I ate meat on holy Friday, for I could not help my- 
 self. Before the supper hour I gave the king many 
 things which I had brought. I wrote down the 
 names of many things in their language. When the 
 king and the others saw me writing, and when I told 
 them their words, they were all astonished . 234 While 
 engaged in that the supper hour was announced. 
 Two large porcelain dishes were brought in, one 
 full of rice and the other of pork with its gravy. 
 
I I 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 co li mede/imj /egni et cerimonie poi anda//emo aL 
 palatio deL re eLq a lle era facto corno vna teza da 
 fienno coperto de foglie de figaro et de palma era 
 edificato /oura legni grò / fi alti de terra q e L /e con- 
 uiene andare co /calle ne fece /edere / op a vna / torà 
 de canne tenendo le gambe atracte corno li Sarti deli 
 ameza ora fo portato vno piato de pe/ce bru/tolato 
 in pezi et gengero p alora colto et vino eL figliolo 
 magiore deL re chera iL principe vene doue 
 eramo il re li di//e q /ede//e apre//o noi et co//i 
 /edete fu portato dui piati vno de pe/ce co lo / ue 
 brodo et lalt 0 de rizo acio q mangia//emo col prin- 
 cipe il nro compag 0 p tanto bere et mangiare 
 diuento briaco Vzano p lume goma de arbore q 
 la quiamào anime voltata in foglie de palma o de 
 figaro el re ne fece /egno q e L voleua andare 
 adormire la//o co nui lo principe co q a lle dormi- 
 /emo /op a vna / torà de canne co co//ini de foglie 
 venuto lo giorno eL re venne et me piglio p La mano 
 co//i anda//emo doue aveuamo cenato p fare 
 colatiòe ma iL batelle ne venne aleuare Jnanzi la 
 partita eL re molto aiegro ne ba/o le mani et noi le 
 /ue venne co nui vno fuo fratello re dunalt a y/ola 
 co tre homini Lo cap° gnale lo retenete adi/nare 
 co nui et donoli molte co/e. 
 
 Nella y/ola de que/to re que condu//i ale naui /e 
 troua pezi de oro grandi corno noce et oui criuelando 
 la terra tutti li va/o de que/to re / onno de oro et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I I 7 
 
 We ate with the same signs and ceremonies, after 
 which we went to the palace of the king which 
 was built like a hayloft and was thatched with fig 
 [t.e.y banana] and palm leaves. It was built up high 
 from the ground on huge posts of wood and it was 
 necessary to ascend to it by means of ladders . 235 The 
 king made us sit down there on a bamboo mat with 
 our feet drawn up like tailors. After a half-hour a 
 platter of roast fish cut in pieces was brought in, 
 and ginger freshly gathered, and wine. The king’s 
 eldest son, who was the prince, came over to us, 
 whereupon the king told him to sit down near us, 
 and he accordingly did so. Then two platters were 
 brought in (one with fish and its sauce, and the other 
 with rice), so that we might eat with the prince. 
 My companion became intoxicated as a consequence 
 of so much drinking and eating. They used the gum 
 of a tree called anime wrapped in palm or fig [*.*., 
 banana] leaves for lights. The king made us a sign 
 that he was going to go to sleep. He left the prince 
 with us, and we slept with the latter on a bamboo 
 mat with pillows made of leaves. When day dawned 
 the king came and took me by the hand, and in that 
 manner we went to where we had had supper, in 
 order to partake of refreshments, but the boat came 
 to get us. Before we left, the king kissed our hands 
 with great joy, and we his. One of his brothers, 
 the king of another island, and three men came with 
 us. The captain-general kept him to dine with us, 
 and gave him many things . 236 
 
 Pieces of gold, of the size of walnuts and eggs 
 are found by sifting the earth in the island of that 
 king who came to our ships. All the dishes of that 
 
I I 8 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 anche alguna parte de dela ca/a /uà co/i ne referite 
 Lo mede/imo re /e gondo lo /ue co/tume era molto 
 in ordine et Lo piu bello huomo que vede//emo fra 
 que/ti populi haueua li capili negri//imi fin alle 
 /palle co vno velo de /età /op a Lo capo et due /quione 
 grande de horo tacatte ale orechie portaua vno 
 panno de bombazo tuto Lauorato de /età q copriua 
 dala cinta fino aL ginoquio aL lato vna daga co Lo 
 manicho al canto longo tuto de oro iL fodro era de 
 legnio lauorato in ogni dente haueua tre machie 
 doro q pareuano fo//eno ligati cò oro oleua de 
 /torac et beligioui era oliua/tro et tuto depinto. 
 Que/ta /ua y/ola /e chiama butuan et calagan. 
 Quando que/ti re /e voleuano vedere ve neno tuti 
 due aLa caza in que/ta y/ola doue eramo eL re p'mo 
 /e q x ama raia colambu iL /egundo raia siaui. 
 
 Domenicha vltimo de mar/o giorno de pa/ca nela 
 matina p tempo eL cap° gnale mando il prete cò 
 alcanti aparechiare p douere dire me//a cò lo inter- 
 prete a dire al re q nò voleuamo di/cendere in terra 
 p di/inar /echo ma p aidire me//a p ilque Lo re ne 
 mando dui porq* morti Quando fu hora de me//a 
 anda//emo in terra for/e cinquanta huomini nò ar- 
 mati la p/o na ma cò le altre nre arme et meglio ve/- 
 tite q pote//emo Jnanzi que arua//emo aLa riua cò 
 li bateli forenno /caricati sej pezi de bombarde in 
 /egnio de pace /alta//emo in terra li dui re 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I I 9 
 
 king are of gold and also some portion of his house, 
 as we were told by that king himself. According 
 to their customs he was very grandly decked out 
 [molto in ordine ], 237 and the finest looking man that 
 we saw among those people. His hair was exceed- 
 ingly black, and hung to his shoulders. He had a 
 covering of silk on his head, and wore two large 
 golden earrings fastened in his ears. He wore a 
 cotton cloth all embroidered with silk, which cov- 
 ered him from the waist to the knees. At his side 
 hung a dagger, the haft of which was somewhat 
 long and all of gold, and its scabbard of carved 
 wood. He had three spots of gold on every tooth, 
 and his teeth appeared as if bound with gold . 238 
 He was perfumed with storax and benzoin. He was 
 tawny and painted [/.*., tattooed] all over. That 
 island of his was called Butuan and Calagan . 239 
 When those kings wished to see one another, they 
 both went to hunt in that island where we were. The 
 name of the first king is Raia Colambu, and the 
 second Raia Siaui . 240 
 
 Early on the morning of Sunday, the last of 
 March, and Easter-day, the captain-general sent the 
 priest with some men to prepare Ithe place where 
 mass was to be said ; 241 together with the interpreter 
 to tell the king that we were not going to land in 
 order to dine with him, but to say mass. Therefore 
 the king sent us two swine that he had had killed. 
 When the hour for mass arrived, we landed with 
 about fifty men, without our body armor, but carry- 
 ing our other arms, and dressed in our best clothes . 242 
 Before we reached the shore with our boats, six 
 pieces were discharged as a sign of peace. We 
 
I 20 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 abra//arono lo cap° gnale et Lo me//eno in mezo de 
 loro anda//emo in ordinanza fino aL locho con/a- 
 crato non molto longi de la riua Jnanzi /e 
 comen/a//e la me//a iL cap 0 bagno tuto eL corpo 
 de li dui re con hacqua mo/ta da Se ofer/e ala 
 me//a li re andorono aba//iare la croce corno nuy 
 ma nò ofer/eno Quando /e leuaua lo corpo de nro 
 s or . /tauano in genoquioni et adorauanlo co le mane 
 gionte le naue tirarono tuta La artigliaria in vno 
 tempo quando /e leuo Lo corpo de x° dando ge Lo 
 /egnio de la tera co li /chiopetj finita la me//a 
 alquanti deli no/t 1 /e comunicorono Lo cap° 
 generale fece fare vno ballo co le / pade deque le re 
 hebenno grà piacere poi fece portare vna croce co 
 li quiodi et la coronna alaq a L / ubito fecero reueren- 
 tia li di//e per Lo interprete corno que/to era 
 iL vessilo datoli daLo inperatof fuo / ignore agio in 
 ogni parte doue anda//e met e//e que/to /uo /egnialle 
 et che voleua meterlo iui p /ua vtilita p che /e vene/- 
 /eno algune naue dele nre /aperianno co que/ta croce 
 noj e//e re /tati in que/to locho et nò farebenno de/- 
 piacere aloro ne ale co/e [co/e: doublet in originai 
 MS.'] et /e piglia//eno alguno de li /oi /ubito mo /- 
 trandoli que/to /egnialle le la//erianno andare et q 
 conueniua meter que/ta croce in cima deL piu alto 
 monte que fo//e agio vedendola ogni matina La 
 adora//eno et /eq3/to faceuano ne troui ne fulmini 
 ni tempe/ta li nocerebe in co/a alguna lo 
 ringratiorno molto et q farebenno ogni co/a volen- 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 I 2 I 
 
 landed; the two kings embraced the captain-general, 
 and placed him between them. We went in march- 
 ing order to the place consecrated, which was not 
 far from the shore. Before the commencement of 
 mass, the captain sprinkled the entire bodies of the 
 two kings with musk water . 248 The mass was offered 
 up. The kings went forward to kiss the cross as we 
 did, but they did not offer the sacrifice . 244 When 
 the body of our Lord was elevated, they remained 
 on their knees and worshiped Him with clasped 
 hands. The ships fired all their artillery at once 
 when the body of Christ was elevated, the signal 
 having been given from the shore with muskets. 
 After the conclusion of mass, some of our men took 
 communion . 245 The captain-general arranged a 
 fencing tournament , 246 at which the kings were great- 
 ly pleased. Then he had a cross carried in and the 
 nails and a crown, to which immediate reverence 
 was made . 247 He told the kings through the inter- 
 preter that they were the standards given to him by 
 the emperor his sovereign, so that wherever he might 
 go he might set up those his tokens. [He said] that 
 he wished to set it up in that place for their benefit, 
 for whenever any of our ships came , 248 they would 
 know that we had been there by that cross, and would 
 do nothing to displease them or harm their property 
 [property: doublet in original MS.]. If any of their 
 men were captured, they would be set free imme- 
 diately on that sign being shown. It was necessary 
 to set that cross on the summit of the highest moun- 
 tain, so that on seeing it every morning, they might 
 adore it; and if they did that, neither thunder, light- 
 ning, nor storms would harm them in the least. They 
 
I 22 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 tieri ancho li fece dire /e eranno morj ho gentili o 
 inque credeuào ri/po/ero q no adorauào alt° /inon 
 al/auano le mani giunti et la faza al dello et q 
 chiamauào Lo / ua dio Abba p laq a L co/a lo cap° 
 hebe grande alegre//a vedendo que/to eL pTno 
 re leuo le mani aL dello et di//e q voria /e fo//e 
 po/ /ibille farli veder iL fuo amore ver/o de lui 
 Lo interprete ge di//e p q a L cagiòe haueua quiui 
 co/i pocho da mangiare re/po/e q no habitaua in 
 q3/to Locho /e nò quàdo veniua a La caza et a vedere 
 Lo fuo fratello ma / taua in vna alt a y/ola doue 
 haueua tuta la /ua famiglia li fece dire /e haueua 
 Jnimici Lo die e//e p ciò andarebe co que/te naue 
 ade/trugerli et faria lo hobedirianno Lo rengratio 
 et di//e q haueua benne due y/olle nemiche maque 
 alhora nò era tempo de andarui Lo Cap° li di//e 
 /e dio face//e q vnalt a fiatta ritorna/ce in que/te 
 parte conduria tanta gente q farebe p for/a e/e rii 
 /ugette et que voleua andare adi/nare et dapoy 
 tornarebe p far pore la croce in cima deL monte 
 ri/po/ero eranno Contenti facendole vn bata glione 
 co /caricare li /quiopeti et abra/ando/i lo cap 0 co li 
 due re piglia//emo li/entia. 
 
 Dopo di/nare torna//emo tucti in gioponne et an- 
 da/semo in/ieme co li duy Re neL mezo di in cima 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 123 
 
 thanked him heartily and [said] that they would 
 do everything willingly. The captain-general also 
 had them asked whether they were Moros or heathen, 
 or what was their belief. They replied that they 
 worshiped nothing, but that they raised their 
 clasped hands and their face to the sky; and that 
 they called their god “ Abba.” 249 Thereat the cap- 
 tain was very glad, and seeing that, the first king 
 raised his hands to the sky, and said that he wished 
 that it were possible for him to make the captain 
 see his love for him. The interpreter asked the 
 king why there was so little to eat there. The lat- 
 ter replied that he did not live in that place except 
 when he went hunting and to see his brother, but 
 that he lived in another island where all his family 
 were. The captain-general had him asked to de- 
 clare whether he had any enemies, so that he might 
 go with his ships to destroy them and to render them 
 obedient to him . 250 The king thanked him and said 
 that he did indeed have two islands hostile to him, 
 but that it was not then the season to go there. The 
 captain told him that if God would again allow 
 him to return to those districts, he would bring so 
 many men that he would make the king’s enemies 
 subject to him by force. He said that he was about 
 to go to dinner, and that he would return afterward 
 to have the cross set up on the summit of the moun- 
 tain. They replied that they were satisfied, and then 
 forming in battalion and firing the muskets, and 
 the captain having embraced the two kings, we took 
 our leave. 
 
 After dinner we all returned clad in our doublets, 
 and that afternoon 261 went together with the two 
 
I 24 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 deL piu alto monte q fo//e Quando ariua//emo 
 in cima Lo cap° genneralle li di//e corno li era caro 
 hauere f udato p loro p che e/endo iui la croce nò 
 poteua [ inon grandamète Jouarli et domandoli 
 q a L porto era migliore p victuuaglie dice//ero 
 q ne erano tre gioe Ceylon Zubu et calaghann ma 
 che Zubu era piu grande et de meglior trafico 
 et /e profer/enno di dami piloti q ne in/egnia- 
 rebenno iL viag° Lo cap° gnale li rengratio 
 et delibero de andarli p q cu//i voleua la sua infelice 
 /orte. po/ta la cruce ognuno dice vno pater no/ter 
 et vna aue maria adorandola co/i li re fecenno poy 
 de/cende//emo p li fui campi Lauorattj et anda /- 
 /emo doue era lo balanghai li re feceno portare 
 alquanti cochi agio /e rinfre/ca//imo Lo cap 0 li 
 domando li piloti p che la matina /equente voleua 
 partir/i et q li tratarebe corno /e mede/imo La/an- 
 doli vno de li nrj p o/tagio ri/po/ero q ogni ora 
 li vole//e eranno aL fuo comàdo ma nela nocte iL 
 p'mo re /e mudo dopigniòe La matina quando 
 eramo p partir/i eL re mando adire aL cap 0 gene- 
 ralle q per amore fuo a/pecta//e duj giornj fin q 
 face//e coglire el rizo et alt 1 fui menuti pregandolo 
 manda //e alguni homini p ajutareli agio piu pre/to 
 /e /paza//e et q luy mede/imo voleua e//e re lo nro 
 piloto, lo Cap° mandoli alguni homini ma li Re 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 25 
 
 kings to the summit of the highest mountain there. 
 When we reached the summit, the captain-general 
 told them that he esteemed highly having sweated 
 for them, for since the cross was there, it could not 
 but be of great use to them. On asking them which 
 port was the best to get food, they replied that there 
 were three, namely, Ceylon, Zubu, and Calaghann, 
 but that Zubu was the largest and the one with most 
 trade. They offered of their own accord to give us 
 pilots to show us the way. The captain-general 
 thanked them, and determined to go there, for so 
 did his unhappy fate will. After the cross was 
 erected in position, each of us repeated a Pater 
 Noster and an Ave Maria , and adored the cross; 
 and the kings did the same. Then we descended 
 through their cultivated fields, and went to the place 
 where the balanghai was . 252 The kings had some 
 cocoanuts brought in so that we might refresh our- 
 selves. The captain asked the kings for the pilots 
 for he intended to depart the following morning, 
 and [said] that he would treat them as if they were 
 the kings themselves, and would leave one of us as 
 hostage. The kings replied that every hour he 
 wished the pilots were at his command, but that 
 night the first king changed his mind, and in the 
 morning when we were about to depart, sent word 
 to the captain-general, asking him for love of him 
 to wait two days until he should have his rice har- 
 vested, and other trifles attended to. He asked the 
 captain-general to send him some men to help him, 
 so that it might be done sooner; and said that he in- 
 tended to act as our pilot himself. The captain sent 
 him some men, but the kings ate and drank so much 
 
I2Ó PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 tanto mangiorono et beueteno q dormiteno tuto il 
 giorno alguni p e/cu/arli dicero q haueuano vno 
 pocho de malie p q e L giorno li no/t 1 nò fecero niente 
 ma neli alt 1 dui /eguenti lauorono. 
 
 Vno de que/ti populi ne porte force vna /cudela 
 de rizo co octo o dieze fìgue ligaty in/ieme p bara- 
 tarli in vno cortello q valeua iL piu tre catrini eL 
 cap° vedendo que que/to nò voleua alt° Senon vno 
 cortello lo chiamo p vedere piu co/e mi//e mano 
 a la bor/a et li voice dare p q e lle co/e vno realL 
 lui noL vol/i lui mo/tro vno ducato mancho lo 
 accepto al fine li voice dare vno dopionne de duy 
 ducati nò voice mai alt° q vn corte lo et cu//i li lo 
 fece dare Andando vno de li nri in terra p tore 
 acqua vno de que/ti li voice dare vno coronna pontina 
 de oro ma/igio grade corno vna colona p /e y filce de 
 cri/talino ma iL cap° non voice q la bara ta//e agio 
 que in que/to principio /ape//ero q pritiauamo piu 
 la nra mercantia q Lo /uo oro. 
 
 Que/ti populi formo gentili vanno nudi et de 
 pinti portano vno pezo de tella de arbore intorno 
 le / ue vergonie Sonno grandi//imi beuitori le 
 /ue femi ne vanno ve/tite de tella de arbore de la 
 cinta in giu co li capili negri fina in terra anno 
 forate le orechie et pienne de oro. Que/ta gente 
 /empre ma/ticanno vno fruto q Lo quiamano Areca 
 e corno vno pero lo taglianno in quat 0 parti et poi 
 lo volueno nele foglie deL /uo arburo q le nominano 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 27 
 
 that they slept all the day. Some said to excuse 
 them that they were slightly sick. Our men did 
 nothing on that day, but they worked the next two 
 days . 253 
 
 One of those people brought us about a porringer 
 full of rice and also eight or ten figs [/.*., bananas] 
 fastened together to barter them for a knife which 
 at the most was worth three catrini . 254 The captain 
 seeing that that native cared for nothing but a knife, 
 called him to look at other things. He put his hand 
 in his purse and wished to give him one real for 
 those things, but the native refused it. The captain 
 showed him a ducado but he would not accept that 
 either. Finally the captain tried to give him a 
 doppione 255 worth two ducados, but he would take 
 nothing but a knife; and accordingly the captain had 
 one given to him. When one of our men went ashore 
 for water, one of those people wanted to give him a 
 pointed crown of massy gold, of the size of a 
 colona 256 for six strings of glass beads, but the cap- 
 tain refused to let him barter, so that the natives 
 should learn at the very beginning that we prized 
 our merchandise more than their gold . 257 
 
 Those people are heathens , 258 and go naked and 
 painted. They wear a piece of cloth woven from a 
 tree about their privies . 259 They are very heavy 
 drinkers . 260 Their women are clad in tree cloth 
 from their waist down, and their hair is black and 
 reaches to the ground. They have holes pierced in 
 their ears which are filled with gold. Those peo- 
 ple are constantly chewing a fruit which they call 
 areca , and which resembles a pear. They cut that 
 fruit into four parts, and then wrap it in the leaves 
 
128 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 betre formo corno foglie di moraro co vno poco de 
 calcina et quando le anno bé ma/ticate le f putano 
 fora fanno diuentare la boca roci/’/ima Tucti 
 li populi de que/ta parte deL mondo le vzanno p che 
 rinf re/cali molto eL core Se re/ta//eno de vzarle 
 morirebenno in que/ta izolla formo cany gati 
 porci gaiine capre rizo gengero cochi fìgui naranzi 
 limoni miglio panizo forgo cera et molto oro / ta 
 de Latitudine in noue gradi et dui ter/i aL artico et 
 cento et /e/anta dui de longitudine della linea de La 
 ripartitiòe et vinti cinque legue longi de la acquada 
 et /e chiama Mazaua 
 
 Ste/semo sette giorni quiui poi piglia//emo la 
 via deL mai/trale pa//ando f a cinq3 y/olle cioè Cey- 
 lon bohol canighan baybai et gatighan in que/ta 
 y/ola de gatigan formo barba/tili grandi corno 
 aquille p q era tardi ne amaga//emo vno era 
 corno vna gaiina aL mangiare ge /onno colombi tor- 
 tore papagali et certi vcelli negri grandi corno gaiine 
 co la coda Ioga fanno oui grandi corno de ocqua 
 li meteno foto la /abia p lo grà caldo li crea 
 Quando /onno na/ciuti alzano la arena et vieneno 
 fora que/ti oui /onno bony de mangiare. De 
 mazaua agatighan /onno vinti leghe partendone 
 da gatighan aL ponente iL re de mazaua non ne 
 puote /eguir p che lo e/pecta//emo circa tre y/olle 
 cioè polo ticobon et pozon quando eL gion/e molte 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 29 
 
 of their tree which they call betre [t.e., betel]. Those 
 leaves resemble the leaves of the mulberry. They 
 mix it with a little lime, and when they have chewed 
 it thoroughly, they spit it out . 261 It makes the mouth 
 exceedingly red. All the people in those parts of 
 the world use it, for it is very cooling to the heart, 
 and if they ceased to use it they would die. There 
 [ are dogs, cats, swine, fowls, goats, rice, ginger, cocoa- 
 nuts, figs [t.e., bananas], oranges, lemons, millet, 
 panicum, sorgo , 262 wax, and a quantity of gold in 
 that island. It lies in a latitude of nine and two- 
 thirds degrees toward the Arctic Pole, and in a longi- 
 tude of one hundred and sixty-two degrees from the 
 line of demarcation. It is twenty-five from the 
 Acquada, and is called Mazaua . 263 
 
 We remained there seven days, after which we 
 laid our course toward the northwest, passing 
 among 264 five islands, namely, Ceylon, Bohol, Cani- 
 ghan, Baybai, and Gatighan . 265 In the last-named 
 island of Gatigan, there are bats as large as eagles. 
 As it was late we killed one of them , 266 which re- 
 sembled chicken in taste. There are doves, turtle- 
 doves , 267 parrots, and certain black birds as large as 
 domestic chickens, which have a long tail. The last 
 mentioned birds lay eggs as large as the goose, and 
 bury them under the sand, through the great heat 
 of which they hatch out. When the chicks are born, 
 they push up the sand, and come out. Those eggs 
 are good to eat. There is a distance of twenty leguas 
 from Mazaua to Gatighan. We set out westward 
 from Gatighan, but the king of Mazaua could not 
 follow us [closely], and consequently, we awaited 
 him near three islands, namely, Polo, Ticobon, and 
 
13° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 /e marauiglio deL nro nauigare Lo cap° gnale lo fece 
 mò tare nela /ua naue co alguni /oi principali 
 
 dilque hebero piacere et coffi anda//emo in zubu 
 
 \ 
 
 da gatighan azufru formo quindice legue. 
 
 Domeniga a sete de apTle amezo di intra//emo 
 neL porto de Zubu pa//ando per molti vilagij 
 vedeuamo molte caze facte /opra li arbori Apropin- 
 quàdone ala cita Lo cap° gnale comando le naui 
 sinbandera//eno furono Calate le velie et po/te 
 amodo de bataglia et / carico tuta lartigliaria p ilque 
 que/ti populi hebero grandi//ima paura Lo cap° 
 mando vno fuo alieuo co lo interprete inba//iatore 
 aL re de Zubo. Quando ariuorono nela cita tro- 
 uorono Jnfiniti huomini in/ieme co Lo re tuti pauro/i 
 p le bombarde linterprete li di//e que/to e/e re 
 nro co/tume intrando in / imili luogui in /eg nio de 
 pace et ami/itia et p honnorare lo re deL luogo 
 /caricauamo tuctele bombarde eL re et tucti li 
 / uoi /e a/egurorono et fece dire ali no/t 1 p lo fuo 
 gouuernatore q voleuamo linterprete ri/po/e 
 corno eL fuo f igniore era cap° deL magiore re et 
 principe fo//e neL mondo et q andaua adi/courir 
 malucho ma p la /ua bonna fama Como haueua 
 Jntezo daL re de mazaua era venuto /olamente p 
 vizitarlo et pigliare victuuaglia co la /ua mercha- 
 dantia li di//e q in bonna hora fo//e venuto ma q 
 haueua que/ta vzan/a tutte le naui q intrauano neL 
 porto fuo pagauào tributu et q nò eranno quat 0 g che 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 133 
 
 Pozon . 268 When he caught up with us he was great- 
 ly astonished at the rapidity with which we sailed. 
 The captain-general had him come into his ship 
 with several of his chiefs at which they were pleased. 
 Thus did we go to Zubu from Gatighan, the dis- 
 tance to Zubu being fifteen leguas . 269 
 
 At noon on Sunday, April seven, we entered the 
 port of Zubu, passing by many villages, where we 
 saw many houses built upon logs. On approaching 
 the city, the captain-general ordered the ships to 
 fling their banners. The sails were lowered and ar- 
 ranged as if for battle, and all the artillery was fired, 
 an action which caused great fear to those people. 
 The captain sent a foster-son of his as ambassador to 
 the king of Zubo with the interpreter. When they 
 reached the city, they found a vast crowd of peo- 
 ple together with the king, all of whom had been 
 frightened by the mortars. The interpreter told 
 them 270 that that was our custom when entering into 
 such places, as a sign of peace and friendship, and 
 that we had discharged all our mortars to honor the 
 king of the village. The king and all of his men 
 were reassured, and the king had us asked by his 
 governor what we wanted. The interpreter replied 
 that his master was a captain of the greatest king 
 and prince in the world, and that he was going to 
 discover Malucho ; 271 but that he had come solely to 
 visit the king because of the good report which he 
 had heard of him from the king of Mazaua, and to 
 buy food with his merchandise. The king told him 
 that he was welcome [ literally : he had come at a 
 good time], but that it was their custom for all ships 
 that entered their ports to pay tribute, and that it 
 
1 34 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 vno Juncho de Ciama cargato doro et de /chiaui li 
 haueua dato tributo et p /egnio di que/to li mo/tro 
 vno mer chadante de giama que era re/tato p mer- 
 chadantare oro et /quiaui Lo interprete li di//e 
 corno eL fuo /igniore p e//e re cap° de tanto grà re 
 non pagaua tributo ad alguno /igniore deL mondo et 
 /e voleua pace pace ha uerebe et /e non guerra guera 
 Alhoro eL moro merchadante di//e aL re Cata raia 
 chita gioe garba ben /igniore que/ti /onno de q e lli q 
 anno conqui/tato Calicut malaca et tuta lindia ma- 
 giore Si bene fi li fa ben /e a /e male male et pegio 
 corno anno facto a calicut et amalaca linterprete 
 Jnte/o lo tuto et di//egli q e L re de fuo f igniore era 
 piu potente de gente et de nauj q Lo re de portogaio 
 et era re de /pagnia et Jmperator de tuttj li xpiani et 
 /e nò voleua e//erli amicho li mandaria vnalt a fiata 
 tanta gente q e L de/trueriào iL moro naro ogni co/a 
 aL re alhora li di//e /e con/igliarebe co li fui et nel 
 di /eguente li ri/ponderebe poy fece portare vna 
 colatiòe de molte viuàde tute de carne po/te in piati 
 de porcelane co molti vazi di vino data La Cola- 
 tiòe li no /t* retornoronno et ne di//ero lo tuto iL 
 re de mazaua q era lo p^o dopo que/to re et /igniore 
 de alcante y/olle andò in tera p dire al re la grande 
 cortezia deL nfo cap 0 genneralle. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 135 
 
 was but four days since a junk from Ciama [z.e., 
 Siam] laden with gold and slaves had paid him 
 tribute. As proof of his statement the king pointed 
 out to the interpreter a merchant from Ciama, who 
 had remained to trade the gold and slaves. The in- 
 terpreter told the king that, since his master was 
 the captain of so great a king, he did not pay tribute 
 to any seignior in the world, and that if the king 
 wished peace he would have peace, but if war in- 
 stead, war. Thereupon, the Moro merchant said to 
 the king Cata raia chita that is to say , 272 “ Look well, 
 sire.” “ These men are the same who have con- 
 quered Calicut, Malaca, and all India Magiore \i.e. y 
 India Major ]. 273 If they are treated well, they will 
 give good treatment, but if they are treated evil, evil 
 and worse treatment, as they have done to Calicut 
 and Malaca.” The interpreter understood it all and 
 told the king that his master’s king was more power- 
 ful in men and ships than the king of Portogaio, that 
 he was the king of Spagnia and emperor of all the 
 Christians, and that if the king did not care to be 
 his friend 274 he would next time send so many men 
 that they would destroy him. The Moro related 
 everything to the king , 275 who said thereupon that 
 he would deliberate with his men, and would answer 
 the captain on the following day. Then he had re- 
 freshments of many dishes, all made from meat and 
 contained in porcelain platters, besides many jars 
 of wine brought in. After our men had refreshed 
 themselves, they returned and told us everything. 
 The king of Mazaua , 276 who was the most influential 
 after that king and the seignior of a number of 
 islands, went ashore to speak to the king of the great 
 courtesy of our captain-general. 
 
I3 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Luni maóna iL nro / criuào in/ieme co linterprete 
 andorono in zubu vene iL re con li fui principali 
 in piaza et fece /edere li no/t 1 apre//o lui li di/e 
 /e piu duno cap° era in q3/ta compania et /e L voleua 
 lui paga//e tributo aL imperatore / uo S or . ri/po/e de 
 nò ma voleua / olamente merchadanta/e co lui et non 
 con alt 1 di //e q era contento et /e Lo cap° nro voleua 
 e//e re /uo amicho li manda//e von pocho de / angue 
 deL /uo brado drito et co ffi farebe luy p /eg nio de 
 piu vera ami/itia re/po/e q Lo faria poy Lo re 
 li di/ /e corno tucti li cap 1 q veniuào quiui se dauano 
 pnti luno cò lalt° et /e Lo nro cap° olui doueua co- 
 men/are linterprete li di//e poy q lui voleua man» 
 tegnire que/to co/tume comincia//e et cu//i comen/o. 
 
 Marti maóna iL re de mazaua con lo moro venne 
 ale naui /aiuto lo capitano gnale da parte diL re 
 et di/celli corno iLre de Zubu faceua adunare piu 
 victuuaglia poteua p darnela et corno mandarebe 
 dopo di/nare vno /uo nepote con dui otre de fui 
 principali p fare la pace. lo cap° gnale fece 
 armare vno de le /ue pprie arme et feceli dire corno 
 tuti nuy combateuamo de q e lla /orta; iL moro molto 
 fi f pauento iL cap° li di //e nò fi /pauenta//e 
 
 perche le nre ar me eranno piaceuoli ali amici et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 37 
 
 Monday morning, our notary, together with the 
 interpreter, went to Zubu. The king, accompanied 
 by his chiefs, came to the open square where he had 
 our men sit down near him. He asked the notary 
 whether there were more than one captain in that 
 company, and whether that captain wished him to 
 pay tribute to the emperor his master. The notary 
 replied in the negative, but that the captain wished 
 only to trade with him and with no others. The king 
 said that he was satisfied, and that if the captain 
 wished to become his friend, he should send him a 
 drop of blood from his right arm, and he himself 
 would do the same [to him] as a sign of the most 
 sincere friendship . 277 The notary answered that the 
 captain would do it. Thereupon, the king told him 
 that all the captains who came to that place, were 
 wont to give presents one to the other [/.*., mutual 
 presents between the king and the captain], and 
 asked whether our captain or he ought to com- 
 mence . 278 The interpreter told the king that since he 
 desired to maintain the custom, he should commence, 
 and so he did . 279 
 
 Tuesday morning the king of Mazaua came to the 
 ships with the Moro. He saluted the captain-gen- 
 eral in behalf of the king [of Zubu], and said that 
 the king of Zubu was collecting as much food as 
 possible to give to him, and that after dinner he 
 would send one of his nephews and two others of 
 his chief men to make peace. The captain-general 
 had one of his men armed with his own arms, and 
 had the Moro told that we all fought in that manner. 
 The Moro was greatly frightened, but the captain 
 told him not to be frightened for our arms were soft 
 
I3 8 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 a/pere ali nemici et co/i corno li fazoli a/ciugano 
 yl /udore co/i le nre arme ateranno et de/trugeno tuti 
 li aduer/arj et maleuoli de La nra fede fece que/to 
 acio el moro q pareua e//e re piu a/tuto de li alt 1 lo 
 dice//e aL re. 
 
 Dopo di/nare vene ale naui Lo nipote deL re q 
 era principe coL re de mazaua iL moro iL gouuer- 
 natore et iL barizello magiore co octo principali p 
 fare La pace con noi Lo cap° gnale /edendo in vna 
 cadedra de veluta ro//a li prin cipali in /e die de 
 corame et li alt 1 in tera /oura /tore li di//e p Lo inter- 
 prete /e Lo / uo co/tume era de parlare in /ecreto 
 houero in publico et Se que/to principe col re de 
 mazaua haueuào potere de fare la pace ri/po/ero 
 q parla vano in publico et q co/toro haueuào iL 
 potere de far la pace Lo cap 0 di//e molte co/e 
 /oura la pace et q e L pregaua ydio la confirma //e in 
 cielo di/cero que may nò haueuào aldite cotalle 
 parolle et que pigliauào grà piacere a vdir le Ve- 
 dendo Lo cap° q que/to volenti eri a/coltauào et re- 
 / pondeuào li comincio dire co/e per indurli ala fede: 
 Domando q a L dopo la morte deL re /uccede//e aLa 
 s a . ri/po/e q Lo re nò haueua figlioli ma figliole et q 
 que/to /uo nipote haueua p moglie la magiore perciò 
 era Lo principe et quando li padri et madri eranno 
 vequi non /i honorauào piu mali figlioli li coman- 
 dauào lo cap 0 li di/ /e corno ydio fece Lo dello La 
 terra Lo mare et tucte le alt e co/e et corno inpo //e /e 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 139 
 
 toward our friends and harsh toward our enemies; 
 and as handkerchiefs wipe off the sweat so did our 
 arms overthrow and destroy all our adversaries, and 
 those who hate our faith . 280 The captain did that 
 so that the Moro who seemed more intelligent than 
 the others, might tell it to the king. 
 
 After dinner the king’s nephew, who was the 
 prince, came to the ships with the king of Mazaua, 
 the Moro, the governor, the chief constable, and 
 eight chiefs, to make peace with us. The captain- 
 general was seated in a red velvet chair, the principal 
 men 281 on leather chairs, and the others on mats upon 
 the floor. "The captain-general asked them through 
 the interpreter whether it were their custom to speak 
 in secret or in public, and whether that prince and 
 the king of Mazaua had authority to make peace . 282 
 They answered that they spoke in public, and that 
 they were empowered to make peace. The captain- 
 general said many things concerning peace, and that 
 he prayed God to confirm it in heaven. They said 
 that they had never heard any one speak such words, 
 but that they took great pleasure in hearing them. 
 The captain seeing that they listened and answered 
 willingly, began to advance arguments to induce 
 them to accept the faith. Asking them who would 
 succeed to the seigniory after the death of the king, 
 he was answered that the king had no sons but only 
 daughters, the eldest of whom was the wife of that 
 nephew of his, who therefore was the prince. [They 
 said that] when the fathers and mothers grew old, 
 they received no further honor, but their children 
 commanded them. The captain told them that God 
 made the sky, the earth, the sea, and everything else, 
 
1 4° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 doue//eno honnorare li padri et madri et q‘ altramète 
 faceua era condempnato neL fuoco eterno et corno 
 tuti de/cendeuào de adam et eua no fi' primi parenti 
 et corno haueuamo Lanima in mortalle et molte altre 
 co/e pertinenti ala fede tuti aiegri li /uplicorono 
 voi e//e la/arli dui homini ho aL meno vno acio li 
 amay/tra//e ne La fede et che li farebeo grande 
 honnore gli re/po/e q alhora nò poteua la/ciarli 
 alguno ma /e vole uào e//e re xpiano Lo prete nfo 
 li baptezarebe et q vnalt 3 fiata menaria preti et frati 
 queli in/egniarebèo la fede nra ri/po/ero que 
 pTna voleuào parlare al re et poy diuentarebenno 
 xpiani lagrima//emo tuti p la grande alegreza 
 Lo cap° li di/ce q non ce facero xpiani p paura ne p 
 compiacerne ma vo lontariamète et acoloro q voleuào 
 viuere /econdo la /ua lege nò li farebe facto di/piacer 
 alguno mali xpiani /e rianno meglio vi/ti et caregiati 
 q li alt 1 Tuti gridaronno aduna voce q nò /e 
 faceuào xpiani p paura ne p compiacerne ma p /ua 
 / pontanea volontate Alhora li di //e q fi deuen- 
 tauào xpiani gli La//arebe vna armatura p che cu//i 
 li era / tato inpo/to deL fuo re et corno nò poteuào 
 vzare co le /ue donne e/endo gentilli /enza grandi /- 
 / imo pecato et corno li a/eguraua q e//endo x'ani non 
 li aparerebe piu eL domonio /inon neL ponto ex- 
 tremo de la /ua morte diceno q nò / apeuano re/pon- 
 derli p le /ue belle parolle ma /e rimeteuano nele /ue 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD M 1 
 
 and that He had commanded us to honor our fathers 
 and mothers, and that whoever did otherwise was 
 condemned to eternal fire ; that we are all descended 
 from Adam and Eva, our first parents; that we have 
 an immortal spirit; 283 and many other things per- 
 taining to the faith. All joyfully entreated the cap- 
 tain to leave them two men, or at least one , 284 to in- 
 struct them in the faith, and [said] that they would 
 show them great honor. The captain replied to them 
 that he could not leave them any men then, but that 
 if they wished to become Christians, our priest would 
 baptize them, and that he would next time bring 
 priests and friars who woujd instruct them in our 
 faith. They answered that they would first speak 
 to their king, and that then theyWould become Chris- 
 tians, [whereat] we all wept with great joy. The 
 captain-general told them that they should not be- 
 come Christians for fear or to please us, but of their 
 own free wills; 285 and that he would not cause any 
 displeasure to those who wished to live according to 
 their own law, but that the Christians would be better 
 regarded and treated than the others. All cried out 
 with one voice that they were not becoming Chris- 
 tians through fear or to please us, but of their own 
 free will. Then the captain told them that if they 
 became Christians, he would leave a suit of armor , 286 
 for so had his king commanded him; that we could 
 not have intercourse with their women without com- 
 mitting a very great sin, since they were pagans; and 
 that he assured them that if they became Christians, 
 the devil would no longer appear to them except in 
 the last moment at their death . 287 They said that 
 they could not answer the beautiful words of the 
 
I4 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 manj et face//e de loro corno de /oy fideli//imi f frui- 
 tori Lo cap° piangendo li abrazo et agiungendo vna 
 mano del principe et vna deL re fra le / ue li di//e p 
 la fede portaua a dio et alimperator /uo /igniore et 
 p Lo habito q haueua li prometeua q li daua la pace 
 ppe tua col re de/pagnia re/po/ero que lo /imille 
 prometeuào Conelu/a la pace Lo cap° fece dare 
 vna colatiòe poy lo principe et re pre/entarono 
 aL cap 0 da parte deL /uo re alquanti ce/toni de rizo 
 porci capre et gaiine et li di/cero li perdona/ce p 
 ciò taL co/e erano pocque avno /imille alui Lo 
 cap 0 dono aL principe vno panno biancho di tella 
 /otili//ima vno bonnet rozo aL quante felce de chri /- 
 talino et vno biquier dorato de vetro, li vetri formo 
 molto apreciati in que/te parte. AL re di mazaua 
 nò li deto alguno pnte p che già li aueua dato vna 
 ve/ te de cambaya con altre co/e et ali altri aq 1 vna 
 co/a aq‘ vnalt 0 . Mando poy aL re de zubu p mi et 
 vnalt° vna ve/ te de /età gialla et morella aguisa 
 Turche/ca vno bonnet ro/o fino alquante filce de 
 cri/talino po/to ogni co/a in vno piato dargento et 
 dui biqui eri dorati in mano Quando focemo nela 
 cita troua//emo Lo re in /uo palatio co molti homini 
 q /e deua in tera /oura vna / torà di palma haueua 
 /ola mente vno panno de tella de bombazo dinanzi ale 
 /ue tgonie vno velo intorno lo capo Lauorato 
 aguchia vna Colana aL colo de grà precio due 
 / quione grande de oro tachate ale orecquie co petre 
 precio/e atorno era graffo et picolo et depinto co 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 1 43 
 
 captain, but that they placed themselves in his hands, 
 and that he should treat them as his most faithful 
 servants. The captain embraced them weeping, and 
 clasping one of the prince’s hands and one of the 
 king’s between his own, said to them that, by his faith 
 in God and to his sovereign, the emperor, and by 
 the habit which he wore , 288 he promised them that 
 he would give them perpetual peace with the king 
 of Spagnia. They answered that they promised the 
 same. After the conclusion of the peace, the cap- 
 tain had refreshments served to them. Then the 
 prince and the king [of Mazaua] presented some 
 baskets of rice, swine, goats, and fowls to the cap- 
 tain-general on behalf of their king, and asked him 
 to pardon them, for such things were but little [to 
 give] to one such as he. The captain gave the prince 
 a white cloth of the finest linen, a red cap, some 
 strings of glass beads, and a gilded glass drinking 
 cup. Those glasses are greatly appreciated in those 
 districts. He did not give any present to the king 
 of Mazaua, for he had already given him a robe of 
 Cambaya, besides other articles . 289 To the others 
 he gave now one thing and now another. Then he 
 sent to the king of Zubu through me and one other 
 a yellow and violet silk robe, made in Turkish style, 
 a fine red cap, some strings of glass beads, all in a 
 silver dish, and two gilt drinking cups in our 
 hands . 290 When we reached the city we found the 
 king in his palace surrounded by many people. He 
 was seated on a palm mat on the ground, with only 
 a cotton cloth before his privies, and a scarf em- 
 broidered with the needle about his head, a neck- 
 lace of great value hanging from his neck, and two 
 large gold earrings fastened in his ears set round 
 
1 44 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 10 fuocho a diuer/e maniere mangiaua in tera /dura 
 vnalt a /torà oui de bissascutelaza po/ti in dui vazi 
 de porcelan et haueua dinanzi quat° vazi piennj de 
 vino de palma /erati con erbe odiri fere et ficati catro 
 cannuti con ogni vno co que/ti beueua. Facta la 
 debita reuerentia linterprete li di//e corno lo fuo 
 /igniore lo rengratiaua molto deL fuo pnte et que li 
 mandaua que/to nò p il fuo ma p lo trin/icho amore 
 
 11 portaua li ve/te//emo la ve/ te gli pone//emo iL 
 bonnet in capo et li de//emo le altre co/e et poy 
 ba/andoli vetri et ponendoli /oura lo capo le li pre- 
 /entai et facendo lui eL / imilli li accepto poi iL re 
 ne fece màgiare de q e lli oui et bere con q e lli canuti li 
 alt 1 fui in que/to mezo gli di//ero lo parlam t0 deL 
 cap° /op a la pace et lo exortamento p farli xpiani 
 iL Re ne voice te ner /echo acene li dice//emo non 
 poteuamo aloro re/tare pigliata la li/entia iL prin- 
 cipe ne meno /eco a ca/a / ua doue /onauano catro 
 fanciulle vna de tamburo amodo nro ma era po/ta 
 in tera Vnalt 3 daua vno legnio facto alcanto groffo 
 neL capo con tella de palma in due borquia pichate 
 mo in la vna mo in lalt a Lalt a in vna borquia grande 
 col mede/imo modo. La vltima co due brochiete in 
 mào dando luna ne lalt a faceua vno / uaue formo tanto 
 atempo /onauào que pareua haue//eno grà ra- 
 gion deL canto Que/te eranno a/ay belle et bian que 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 1 45 
 
 with precious gems. He was fat and short, and 
 tattooed with fire 291 in various designs. From 
 another mat on the ground he was eating turtle eggs 
 which were in two porcelain dishes, and he had four 
 jars full of palm wine in front of him covered with 
 sweet-smelling herbs and arranged with four small 
 reeds in each jar by means of which he drank . 292 
 Having duly made reverence to him, the interpreter 
 told the king that his master thanked him very warm- 
 ly for his present, and that he sent this present not 
 in return for his present but for the intrinsic love 
 which he bore him . 293 We dressed him in the robe, 
 placed the cap on his head, and gave him the other 
 things ; then kissing the beads and putting them upon 
 his head, I presented them to him. He doing the 
 same [i-e., kissing them] accepted them. Then the 
 king had us eat some of those eggs and drink through 
 those slender reeds. The others, his men, told him 
 in that place, the words of the captain concerning 
 peace and his exhortation to them to become Chris- 
 tians. The king wished to have us stay to supper 
 with him, but we told him that we could not. stay 
 then. Having taken our leave of him, the prince 
 took us with him to his house, where four young girls 
 were playing [instruments] - one, on a drum like 
 ours, but resting on the ground; the second was strik- 
 ing two suspended gongs alternately with a stick 
 wrapped somewhat thickly at the end with palm 
 cloth; the third, one large gong in the same manner; 
 and the last, two small gongs held in her hand, by 
 striking one against the other, which gave forth a 
 sweet sound. They played so harmoniously that one 
 would believe they possessed good musical sense. 
 
14^ PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 ca/i corno le no/tre et co/i grande eranno nude 
 /inon q haueuào tella de arbore de la cinta fina aL 
 ginoquio et algune tute nude col pichieto dele ore- 
 chie grande con vno cerquieto de legnio dentro quelo 
 tene tondo et largo co li capeli grandi et negri et co 
 vno velo picolo atorno iL capo et /empre di/calce 
 iL principe ne fece baiare co tre tutte nude me- 
 renda//emo et dapoy veni//emo ale naui Que/te 
 borchie /onno de metalo et /e fanno ne La regiòe deL 
 /ignio magno q e detta La China Quiui le vzanno 
 Como nuy le campane et le chiamano aghon. 
 
 Mercore maóna p e//e re morto vno deli no/t 1 nella 
 nocte pa//ata linterprete et yo anda//emo adomander 
 aL re doue lo poteriamo /e pelire troua//emo Lo re 
 aCompagniato de molti homini acui facta la debita 
 reueren/ia li lo di//e ri/po/e /e io et li mey va/alli 
 /emo tucti deL tuo / igniore Quàto magiorm te debe 
 e//e re la terra et li dice corno voleuamo con/acrare 
 il luoco et meterlj vna croce ri/po/e que era molto 
 contento et q la voleua adorare corno nuy alt 1 fu 
 /epolto lo morto nela piaza aL meglio pote//emo p 
 darli bo exempio et poy la con/acra//emo / ultardi 
 ne sepeli//emo vno alt° porta//emo molta merchantia 
 in terra et la mete//emo in vna ca/a q a L el re Latol/e 
 /oura /ua fede et Quatro homini q eranno re/tati per 
 merchadantare in gro//o. Que/ti populi viueno co 
 Ju/titia pe/o et mezura amano la pace lotio et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 1 47 
 
 Those girls were very beautiful and almost as white 
 as our girls and as large. They were naked except 
 for tree cloth hanging from the waist and reach- 
 ing to the knees. Some were quite naked and had 
 large holes in their ears with a small round piece 
 of wood in the hole, which keeps the hole round 
 and large. They have long black hair, and wear a 
 short cloth about the head, and are always barefoot. 
 The prince had three quite naked girls dance for 
 us. We took refreshments and then went to the 
 ships. Those gongs are made of brass \^metalo\ and 
 are manufactured in the regions about the Signio 
 Magno 294 which is called China. They are used 
 in those regions as we use bells and are called 
 aghon , 295 
 
 On Wednesday morning, as one of our men had 
 died during the previous night, the interpreter and 
 1 296 went to ask the king where we could bury him. 
 We found the king surrounded by many men, of 
 whom, after the due reverence was made, I asked 
 it. 297 He replied, “If I and my vassals all belong to 
 your sovereign, how much more ought the land.” I 
 told the king that we would like to consecrate the 
 place, 298 and to set up a cross there. He replied 
 that he was quite satisfied, and that he wished to 
 adore the cross as did we. The deceased was buried 
 in the square with as much pomp as possible, in order 
 to furnish a good example. Then we consecrated the 
 place, and in the evening buried another man. We 
 carried a quantity of merchandise ashore which we 
 stored in a house. The king took it under his care 
 as well as four men who were left to trade the goods 
 by wholesale. 299 Those people live in accordance with 
 justice, and have weights and measures. They love 
 
PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 laquiete anno bilancie de legnio lo legnio a vna 
 corda neL mezo co Laq a L /e tiene duno capo e 
 piombo et delalt 0 /egni corno carti terci et librr 
 Quando voleno pezare pigliano la belan/ia cfi e co 
 tre filli corno le nre et la meteno /oura li /egni et cu/i 
 pe/ano Ju/to anno mezure grandi//ime /enza 
 fondo le Jouane Jogano de Zampognia fate Como 
 le nre et le chiamano Subin le ca/e forino de legni 
 de taule et de cane edificate /op a pali gro//i alti de 
 terra q bi/ognia andarui dent° co /calle et anno 
 camare corno le nre foto le ca/e teneno li porci capre 
 et gaiine /e trouono quiui corniolli grandi belli aL 
 vedere q amazano le balene leq a lle le Jnguiotano viui 
 Quando loro fonno neL corpo veneno fuora deL fuo 
 coperto et li magiano eL core Que/ta gente le 
 trouano poi viui apre//o deL core dele ballenne 
 morte Quenti anno denti la pelle negra iL coperto 
 biancho et La carne Sonno boni da mangiare et le 
 chiamano laghan. 
 
 Vennere li mo/tra//emo vna botega pienna de le 
 nre merchantie p ilque re/toronno molto admirati 
 p metalle fero et lalt a merchantia gro//a ne dauano 
 horo p le altre menute ne dauào ri/o porci et capre 
 co altre vi tuualgie Que/ti populi ne dauano x 
 peci de oro p xiiij libre de ferro vno pezo e circo 
 duno ducato emezo Lo cap° gnale non voi /e /e 
 piglia//e tropo oro perque / arebe / tato alguno mari- 
 naro q hauerebe dato tuto Lo fuo p vno poco de oro 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 1 49 
 
 peace, ease, and quiet. They have wooden balances, 
 the bar of which has a cord in the middle by which 
 it is held. At one end is a bit of lead, and at the other 
 marks like quarter-libras, third-libras, and libras. 
 When they wish to weigh they take the scales which 
 has three wires like ours, and place it above the 
 marks, and so weigh accurately . 300 They have very 
 large measures without any bottom . 301 The youth 
 play on pipes made like ours which they call subin. 
 Their houses are constructed of wood, and are built 
 of planks and bamboo, raised high from the ground 
 on large logs, and one must enter them by means of 
 ladders. They have rooms like ours ; and under the 
 house they keep their swine, goats, and fowls. Large 
 sea snails [ corniolli ], beautiful to the sight, are found 
 there which kill whales. For the whale swallows 
 them alive, and when they are in the whale’s body, 
 they come out of their shells and eat the whale’s 
 heart. Those people afterward find them alive near 
 the dead whale’s heart^Those creatures have black 
 teeth and skin and a white shell, and the flesh is good 
 to eat. They are called laghan 302 
 
 On Friday we showed those people a shop full of 
 our merchandise , 303 at which they were very much 
 surprised. For metals, iron, and other large mer- 
 chandise they gave us gold. For the other smaller 
 articles they gave us rice, swine, goats, and other 
 food. Those people gave us x pieces of gold for xiiii 
 libras of iron 304 (one piece being worth about one 
 and one-half ducados). The captain-general did not 
 wish to take too much gold, for there would have 
 been some sailors who would have given all that they 
 owned for a small amount of gold, and would have 
 
I 5 ° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 et haueria di/conciato Lo trafigo p semper Sabato 
 p hauer pme//o Lo re aL cap° de far/i xpiano ne la 
 dominicha /e fece ne la piaza q era /aerata vno tribu- 
 nali adornato de tapi//eria et rami de palma p 
 baptizarlo et mandoli adire q nella maóna nò hau e/e 
 paure dele bombarde per ciò era no/t° co/tume ne le 
 fe/te magiore de/caricar /en za pietre. 
 
 Domeniga maóna a Quatordize de ap^le anda /- 
 /emo in terra Quaranta hòj co duy homini tucti 
 armati denanzi aLa bandiera realle Quante di/mò 
 ta//emo /e tira tucta lartigliaria Que/ti populi 
 /iguiào diqua et de la Lo cap 0 et lo re /e abracio- 
 rono li di//e q la bandera realle no fi portaua in terra 
 / inon co cinquanta homini Como erano li dui armati 
 et co cinquanta /chiopeteri ma p lo fuo grande amore 
 co/i la haueua portata poi tuti aiegri anda//emo 
 pre//o aL tribunali Lo cap° et Lo re /edeuào in 
 cathedre de veluto roffo et morello li principalli in 
 cu//ini li alt 1 / oura / tore lo Cap° di //e aL re p lo 
 interprete ringratia//e ydio p ciò lo haueua in/pirato 
 a far/e xpano et que vincerebe piu facilmente li fui 
 nemi/i q prima ri/po/e q voleua e//e re xpiano ma 
 alguni fui principali nò voleuano ho bedire p che 
 diceuano e//e re cu//i homini corno lui alhora lo 
 nro cap° fece chiamare tucti li principali deL re et 
 di/ /eli /en on hobediuào aL re corno fuo re li farebe 
 amazare et daria la / ua roba aL re Ri/po/eno lo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 5 1 
 
 spoiled the trade for ever . 305 On Saturday, as the 
 captain had promised the king to make him a Chris- 
 tian on Sunday, a platform was built in the conse- 
 crated square, which was adorned with hangings and 
 palm branches for his baptism. The captain-gen- 
 eral sent men to tell the king not to be afraid of 
 the pieces that would be discharged in the morn- 
 ing, for it was our custom to discharge them at our 
 greatest feasts without loading with stones . 306 
 
 On Sunday morning, April fourteen, forty men 
 of us went ashore, two of whom were completely 
 armed and preceded the royal banner . 307 When we 
 reached land all the artillery was fired . 308 Those 
 people followed us hither and thither. The captain 
 and the king embraced. The captain told the king 
 that the royal banner was not taken ashore except 
 with fifty men armed as were those two, and with 
 fifty musketeers; but so great was his love for him 
 that he had thus brought the banner . 309 Then we all 
 approached the platform joyfully. The captain and 
 the king sat down in chairs of red and violet velvet , 310 
 the chiefs on cushions, and the others on mats . 311 The 
 captain told the king through the interpreter that 
 he thanked God for inspiring him to became a 
 Christian; and that [now] he would more easily con- 
 quer his enemies than before. The king replied that 
 he wished to become a Christian, but that some of 
 his chiefs did not wish to obey, because they said 
 that they were as good men as he. Then our captain 
 had all the chiefs of the king called, and told them 
 that, unless they obeyed the king as their king, he 
 would have them killed, and would give their pos- 
 sessions to the king. They replied that they would 
 
I5 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 hebedirebéo di //e aL re /e andaua in / pagnia 
 retornarebe vnalt a volta co tanto potere q lo faria Lo 
 magior re de q e lle parte per che era /tato pTno a 
 voler far/e xpiano leuando li many aL dello Lo 
 rengratio et pregolo alguni de Ly foy riman e//e agio 
 meglio lui et li fui populi focero in/tructi nelafede 
 Lo cap 0 re/po/e que p Contentarlo li La//arebe duy 
 ma voleua menar /eco dui fanciulli deli principalli 
 acio in para//eno la linga nra et poi aLa ritornato 
 /ape//ero dire aque/ti altri le co/e de/pagnia /e 
 mi//e vna croce grande neL mezo de la piaza Lo 
 cap° li di//e /e/i voleuào far xpiani Como haueuào 
 deto nelli giornj pa//ati li bi/ogniaua bru / are tucti 
 li fui ydoli et neL luoco loro metere vna croce et ogni 
 di co le mane Joncte adorarla et ogni matina neL vzo 
 far/i lo /egnio de La croce mo/trandoli corno li 
 faceua et ogni hora al meno de matina doue//eno 
 veni re a que/ta croce et adorarla in genoquioni et 
 q e L q haueuào Ja deto vole/er co le bonne opere con- 
 firmarlo el re co tucti li alt 1 voleuào confirmare lo 
 tucto lo cap° gnale li di//e corno /era ve/tito tuto 
 de biancho p mo/trarli Lo fuo f incero amore ver/o 
 de loro ri/po/ero p li fui dolci paroli nò /aperli 
 re/pondere. Con que/te bonne parolle lo cap° con- 
 duce lo re p la mào /uL tribunalle p baptizarlo et 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 5 3 
 
 obey him. The captain told the king that he was 
 going to Spagnia, but that he would return again 
 with so many forces that he would make him the 
 greatest king of those regions, as he had been the 
 first to express a determination to become a Chris- 
 tian. The king, lifting his hands to the sky, thanked 
 the captain, and requested him to let some of his men 
 remain [with him], so that he and his people might 
 be better instructed in the faith. The captain replied 
 that he would leave two men to satisfy him, but that 
 he would like to take two of the children of the chiefs 
 with him, so that they might learn our language, 
 who afterward on their return would be able to tell 
 the others the wonders [ cose ] of Spagnia. A large 
 cross was set up in the middle of the square. The 
 captain told them that if they wished to become 
 Christians as they had declared on the previous days, 
 that they must burn all their idols and set up a cross 
 in their place^ They were to adore that cross daily 
 with clasped hands, and every morning after their 
 [/.£., the Spaniards’] custom, they were to make the 
 sign of the cross (which the captain showed them 
 how to make) ; and they ought to come hourly, at 
 least in the morning, to that cross, and adore it kneel- 
 ing. The intention that they had already declared, 
 they were to confirm with good works. The king 
 and all the others wished to confirm it thoroughly. 
 The captain-general told the king that he was clad 
 all in white to demonstrate his sincere love toward 
 them. They replied that they could not respond to 
 his sweet words. The captain led the king by the 
 hand to the platform while speaking these good 
 words in order to baptize him. He told the king 
 
154 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 di//eli /e chiameria don cario corno alinperator fuo 
 /igniore aL principe don fernando corno aL fratello 
 delinperator al Re de mazaua Johanni a vno princi- 
 pals fernando corno iL principals no/t° gioe Lo 
 cap°. Al moro x°foro poy ali alt 1 aq* vno nome et 
 aq* vno alt° forenno baptizati inanzi me//a cinque 
 cento hominj Vdita la me//a lo cap° conuito 
 adi/nar /eco lo re co altri principali nò voi/ero ne 
 acompagniarono fina ala riua le naui /caricorono 
 tutte le bombarde et abrazando/e pre//ero Com- 
 biatto. 
 
 Dopo di/nare il prete et alguni altri anda//emo in 
 terra p baptizar La reyna laq a lle venne co quaranta 
 dame la conduce//emo /op a lo tribunals facendola 
 /edere /oura vno co//ino et lalt e Zirca ella fin q e L 
 prete Sapara li mo/tray vno Jmagine de La nra 
 donna vno bambino di legnio beli//imo et vna croce 
 p il que li venne vna contrictiòe q piangendo do- 
 mando lo bate/imo la nomina /emo Johanna corno la 
 madre de Imperato? / ua figliola moglie deL principe 
 Catherina la reyna de mazaua lizabeta a le altre 
 ognuna lo fuo nome bap tiza//emo octo cento 
 anime fra homini donne et fanciulli la regina era 
 Jouene et bella tuta coperta duno panno biancho et 
 nero haueua la bocha et le onghie ro/i//ime in capo 
 vno capello grande de foglie de palma amodo de 
 / olana co vna coronna in circa de le mede/me foglie 
 corno q e lla deL papa ne may va in alguno locho 
 /enza vna de que/te ne demando iL banbino p 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 155 
 
 that he would call him Don Carlo, after his sover- 
 eign the emperor; the prince, Don Fernando, after 
 the emperor’s brother; the king of Mazaua, Johanni; 
 a chief, Fernando, after our chief, that is to say, the 
 captain; the Moro, Christoforo; and then the others, 
 now one name, and now another. Five hundred men 
 were baptized before mass. After the conclusion of 
 mass, the captain invited the king and some of the 
 other chiefs to dinner, but they refused, accompany- 
 ing us, however, to the shore. The ships discharged 
 all the mortars; and embracing, the king and chiefs 
 and the captain took leave of one another . 312 
 
 After dinner the priest and some of the others 
 went ashore to baptize the queen, who came with 
 forty women. We conducted her to the platform, 
 and she was made to sit down upon a cushion, and 
 the other women near her, until the priest should be 
 ready. She was shown an image of our Lady, a very 
 beautiful wooden child Jesus, and a cross. There- 
 upon, she was overcome with contrition, and asked 
 for baptism amid her tears . 313 We named her 
 Johanna, after the emperor’s mother; her daughter, 
 the wife of the prince, Catherina; the queen of 
 Mazaua, Lisabeta; and the others, each their [dis- 
 tinctive] name. Counting men, women, and chil- 
 dren, we baptized eight hundred souls . 314 The queen 
 was young and beautiful, and was entirely covered 
 with a white and black cloth. Her mouth and nails 
 were very red, while on her head she wore a large 
 hat of palm leaves in the manner of a parasol , 315 with 
 a crown about it of the same leaves, like the tiara of 
 the pope; and she never goes any place without such 
 a one . 316 She asked us to give her the little child 
 
156 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 tenerlo in locho de li /oi ydoli et poy /e parti fui- 
 tardi iL re et la reyna co a/ay//ime per/onne ven- 
 nerono aL lito lo cap° alhora fece tirare molte 
 trombe de fuocho et bombarde grò //e p ilche 
 pigliaronno grandi/imo piacer eL cap° et lo re 
 /e chiamanào fratelli Que/to re /e chiamaua raia 
 humabò Jnanzi pa/a//eno octo giorni forenno 
 baptizati tucti de que/ta y/ola et dele altre alguni 
 bru/a//emo vna vila p nò voliere hobedire aL re ne 
 a noy la q a lle era in vna y/ola vicina aque/ta pone/- 
 /emo quiui la croce p que que/ti populi eranno gen- 
 tilli /e fo//ero /tato mori li hauere//emo po/to 
 vna colonna in /egnio de piu dureza p che li mori 
 formo a/ay piu duri p conuertirli cha li gentilli. 
 
 Jn que/ti giorni lo cap° gnalle andaua ogni di in 
 terra p vdire me//a et diceua aL re molte co/e de La 
 fede La regina vene vno giorno co molta pompa 
 ad vdir la me//a tre donzelle li andauào dinanzi 
 con tre de li fui capelli in mào eLa era ve/tita de 
 negro et biancho co vno velo grande de /età trauer- 
 / ato co li/te de oro in capo q li copriua li /palle et 
 co Lo fuo capello a/ai//ime donne la /eguiuào 
 leq a lle erào tute nude et di/calce /e non Jntorno le 
 parte tgonio/e haueuào vno paniocolo de tella de 
 palma et atorno lo capo vno velo picollo et tucti li 
 capilli /par/i La regina facta la reuerentia aL 
 altare /edete /up a vno co//ino Lauorato di /età 
 inanzi /e comen/a//e la me//a iL cap° la ba gnio co 
 alquante /ue dame de hacqua roza mu/chiata molto 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 157 
 
 Jesus to keep in place of her idols ; 317 and then she 
 went away. In the afternoon , 318 the king and queen, 
 accompanied by numerous persons, came to the 
 shore. Thereupon, the captain had many trombs of 
 fire and large mortars discharged, by which they 
 were most highly delighted . 319 The captain and the 
 king called one another brothers. That king’s name 
 was Raia Humabon. Before that week had gone, all 
 the persons of that island, and some from the other 
 islands, were baptized. We burned one hamlet 
 which was located in a neighboring island, because 
 it refused to obey the king or us. We set up the cross 
 there for those people were heathen. Had they been 
 Moros, we would have erected a column there as a 
 token of greater hardness, for the Moros are much 
 harder to convert than the heathen. 
 
 The captain-general went ashore daily during 
 those days to hear mass, and told the king many 
 things regarding the faith . 320 One day the queen 
 came with great pomp to hear mass. Three girls 
 preceded her with three of her hats in their hands . 321 
 She was dressed in black and white with a large silk 
 scarf, crossed with gold stripes thrown over her 
 head, which covered her shoulders; and she had on 
 her hat. A great number of women accompanied 
 her, who were all naked and barefoot, except that 
 they had a small covering of palm-tree cloth before 
 their privies, and a small scarf upon the head, and 
 all with hair flowing free. The queen, having made 
 the due reverence to the altar, seated herself on a silk 
 embroidered cushion. Before the commencement of 
 the mass, the captain sprayed her and some of her 
 women with musk rosewater, for they delighted ex- 
 
I S^ PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 /e delectauào de talle odore /apendo Lo cap° q e L 
 bambino molto piaceua a la reyna liel dono et li di/ /e 
 Lo ten e/'/e in Locho de li fui ydoli p che era in 
 memoria deL figloL de dio ringratiandolo molto 
 lo accepto. 
 
 Vno giorno lo cap° gnale inanzi me//a fe//e venire 
 lo re ve/tito co la /uà ve/ ta de /età et li principali 
 de la cita iL fradello deL re padre deL principe Se 
 chiamaua bendara vno alt° fratello deL re Cadaio et 
 alguni Simiut / ibuaia Sisacai et maghalibe et molti 
 alt 1 que la//o p non e//e re longo fece tuti q/ti 
 Jurare e//e re hobedienti aL /uo re et li ba/aronno la 
 mano poi fece q e L re de//ere /empre hobediente et 
 fìdelle aL re de/pagnia co/i lo Juro alhora iL 
 cap° cauo la / ua / pada inanzi la ymagina de nra 
 donna et di//e aL re Quando co //i /e Juraua piu 
 pre/to doueria/i morire que aromper vno / imiL 
 Juramèto / iqueL Juraua p que/ta ymagine p la vita 
 de limperator /uo s e . et p il /uo habito de//erle /em- 
 pre fìdelle facto que/to lo cap° donno aL re vna 
 cathedra de veluta ro//o dicendoli ounque anda//e 
 /emp La face//e portare dinanzi avn /uo piu por- 
 pinque et mo/troli Como La fi doueua portare 
 re/po/e Lo farebe volentierj p amore /uo et di/ce aL 
 cap° Como faceua far vna Joya p donarlila laq a L era 
 due /chione doro grande p tacare ali oreq‘e due p 
 metere ali brazi Soura li gomedi et due altre p pore 
 ali piedi /oura le calcagnie et altre petre predo /e p 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 159 
 
 ceedingly in such perfumes. The captain knowing 
 that the queen was very much pleased with the child 
 Jesus, gave it to her, telling her to keep it in place of 
 her idols, for it was in memory 322 of the son of God. 
 Thanking him heartily she accepted it. 
 
 Before mass one day, the captain-general had the 
 king come clad in his silk robe, and the chief men of 
 the city, [to wit], the king’s brother and prince’s 
 father, whose name was Bendara; another of the 
 king’s brothers, Cadaio; and certain ones called 
 Simiut, Sibuaia, Sisacai, Maghalibe, and many 
 others whom I shall not name in order not to be 
 tedious . 323 The captain made them all swear to be 
 obedient to their king, and they kissed the latter’s 
 hand. Then the captain had the king declare that 
 he would always be obedient and faithful to the king 
 of Spagnia, and the king so swore . 324 Thereupon, the 
 captain drew his sword before the image of our 
 Lady, and told the king that when anyone so swore, 
 he should prefer to die rather than to break such an 
 oath , 325 if he swore by that image, by the life of the 
 emperor his sovereign, and by his habit to be ever 
 faithful. After the conclusion of that the captain 
 gave the king a red velvet chair, telling him that 
 wherever he went he should always have it carried 
 before him by one of his nearest relatives; and he 
 showed him how it ought to be carried. The king 
 responded that he would do that willingly for love 
 of him, and he told the captain that he was making 
 a jewel to give to him, namely, two large earrings 
 of gold to fasten 326 in his ears, two armlets to put 
 on his arms, above the elbows, and two other rings 
 for the feet above the ankles, besides other precious 
 
PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 I 6o 
 
 adornare le orechie Que/ti forino li piu belli 
 adornamèti po//ano vzare li re de que/te bande 
 liq a lli /empre vano de/calci con vno panno de tella 
 de la cinta fina aL ginochio. 
 
 JL cap° gnale vno Jorno di//e al re et ali alt 1 p q a L 
 cagionne nò bruzauào li /di ydoli corno li haueuào 
 pme//o e/endo chri/tiannj et p che /e Ly /acrificaua 
 tanta Carne ri/po/ero q e L q faceuào non Lo 
 faceuào p loro ma p vno infermo agio li ydoli li 
 da//e /alute laq a L non parlaua Ja cat° giorni era 
 fratello deL principe et Lo piu valente et Sauio de 
 La y/olo Lo cap° gli di//e q bru//a/ero le ydoli et 
 crede//eno in chri/to et /e linfermo /e bapti/a//e 
 /ubito garirebe et /e ciò no foce li taglia//ero Lo 
 capo alhora alhora ri/po/e lo re lo farebe p che 
 varamete credeua in chri/to face//emo vna pce//ione 
 dela piaza fino aLa ca/a de linfermo aL meglio 
 pote//emo oue Lo troua//emo que non poteua par- 
 lare ne mouer/e Lo baptiza//emo co due fue 
 mogliere et x donzelle poi lo cap° li fece dire corno 
 / taua /ubito parlo et di//e corno p la grac a de nfo s or . 
 / taua a//ay benne Que/to fu vno manife//imo 
 miraculo nelli tempi no/t 1 Quando Lo cap° Lo vdi 
 parlare rengratio molto ydio et aloro li fece beuere 
 vna mandolata q già laueua facta fare p lui poi 
 mandogli vno matarazo vno paro de len/oli vna 
 Coperta de panno Jallo et vno cu//ino et ogni giorno 
 fin q fo / anno li màdo mandolattj acqua ro/a oleo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD l6l 
 
 gems to adorn 327 the ears. Those are the most beau- 
 tiful ornaments which the kings of those districts can 
 wear. They always go barefoot, and wear a cloth 
 garment that hangs from the waist to the knees. 
 
 One day the captain-general asked the king and 
 the other people why they did not burn their idols 
 as they had promised when they became Christians; 
 and why they sacrificed so much flesh to them. They 
 replied that what they were doing was not for them- 
 selves, but for a sick man who had not spoken now 
 for four days, so that the idols might give him health. 
 He was the prince’s brother, and the bravest and 
 wisest man in the island. The captain told them 
 to burn their idols and to believe in Christ, and that 
 if the sick man were baptized, he would quickly re- 
 cover; and if that did not so happen they could be- 
 head him [Le., the captain] then and there. There- 
 upon, the king replied that he would do it, for he 
 truly believed in Christ. We made a procession 
 from the square to the house of the sick man with 
 as much pomp as possible. There we found him in 
 such condition that he could neither speak nor move. 
 We baptized him and his two wives, and x girls. 
 Then the captain had him asked how he felt. He 
 spoke immediately and said that by the grace of our 
 Lord he felt very well. That was a most manifest 
 miracle [that happened] in our times. When the 
 captain heard him speak, he thanked God fervently. 
 Then he made the sick man drink some almond milk, 
 which he had already had made for him. Afterward 
 he sent him a mattress, a pair of sheets, a coverlet 
 of yellow cloth, and a pillow. Until he recovered 
 his health, the captain sent him almond milk, rose- 
 
I 62 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 rozato et algune con/erue de zucaro nò /tete cinque 
 giorni q e L comincio a andare fece bruzare vno ydolo 
 q teniuào a/co/o certe vecquie in ca/a /ua in pntia 
 deL re et tu to Lo populo et fece di/fare molti taber- 
 nacoli p la riua deL mare neliq a lli mangiauào la 
 carne con/acrata Loro mede/imi Cridarono ca /- 
 tiglia ca/tiglia li rouinauào et di//eno /e dio li 
 pre/taua vita bru/arebenno quanti ydoli pot e//e 
 trouare et /e benne fu//ero in ca/a deL re. Que/ti 
 ydoli /onno de legnio Concaui /enza li parti de 
 drieto anno Ly brazi aperti et li piedi voltati in 
 /u/o con le gambe aperte et Lo volto grande co quat 0 
 denti grandi//imj corno porci cingiari et formo tucti 
 depintj 
 
 Jn Que/ta ysola formo molte ville li nomi de 
 leq a lle et deli suoi et deli fui prin cipali formo que/ti 
 Cinghapola li fui principali Cilaton Ciguibucan 
 Cimaningha Cimatichat CicanbuL Vna mandaui iL 
 fuo principali apanoaan Vna lalan iL fuo princi- 
 pali theteu Vna lalutan iL fuo principali Tapan 
 Vna cilumai et vnalt 3 lubucun Tucti q3/ti ne 
 hobediuào et ne dauào victuuaglia et tributo 
 Apre//o que/ta yzola de zubu ne era vna q /e chi- 
 amaua matan laq a L faceua Lo porto doue eramo iL 
 nome dela /ua villa era matan li fui principali zula 
 et Cilapulapu Quella villa q bruza//emo era in 
 que/ta yzola et Se chiama ua bulaia 
 
 Agio que vra ilL ma s a / apia le Cerimonie q vzanno 
 Co/toro in benedire Lo porco primamente Sonano 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 63 
 
 water, oil of roses, and some sweet preserves. Be- 
 fore five days the sick man began to walk. He had 
 an idol that certain old women had concealed in his 
 house burned in the presence of the king and all the 
 people. He had many shrines along the seashore 
 destroyed , 328 in which the consecrated meat was 
 eaten. The people themselves cried out “ Castiglia! 
 Castiglia!” and destroyed 329 those shrines. They 
 said that if God would lend them life, they would 
 burn all the idols that they could find, even if they 
 were in the king’s house. Those idols are made of 
 wood, and are hollow, and lack the back parts. Their 
 arms are open and their feet turned up under them 
 with the legs open. They have a large face with 
 four huge tusks like those of the wild boar; and are 
 painted all over. 
 
 There are many villages in that island. Their 
 names, those of their inhabitants, and of their chiefs 
 are as follows : Cinghapola, and its chiefs, Cilaton, 
 Ciguibucan, Cimaningha, Cimatichat, and Cican- 
 bul; one, Mandaui, and its chief, Apanoaan; one 
 Lalan, and its chief, Theteu; one, Lalutan, and its 
 chief, Tapan; one Cilumai; and one, Lubucun . 330 
 All those villages rendered obedience to us, and gave 
 us food and tribute. Near that island of Zubu was 
 an island called Matan, which formed the port where 
 we were anchored. The name of its village was 
 Matan, and its chiefs were Zula and Cilapulapu. 
 That city which we burned was in that island and 
 was called Bulaia. 
 
 In order that your most illustrious Lordship may 
 know the ceremonies that those people use in conse- 
 crating the swine, they first sound those large 
 
I 64 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 q e lle borchie grandi poi /e porta tre piati gràdj dui 
 co roze et fogace de rizo et miglio cote et riuolte in 
 foglie con peche bru/tolato. Lalt° con panne de 
 Cambaia et due banderete di palma Vno pano de 
 Cambaia /e di/tende in terra poi veneno duy fe- 
 mine Vequi//ime cia/cuna con vno tronbonne de cana 
 in mào Quando formo montate / uL panno fanno 
 reuerentia aL /olle poi /e ve/tenno co li pannj Vna 
 /e pone vno faciollo ne La fronte con dui cornj et 
 piglia vnalt° faciolo ne le manj et baiando et / unando 
 con q e llo chiama iL /olle lalt a piglia vna de q e lle 
 banderete et balla et / uona col / uo tròbonne ballo 
 et chiamào cu//i vno pocho fra /e dicendo molte co/e 
 aL /olle Quella deL faciolo piglia lalt a bandereta 
 et la/cio Lo faciolo et ambe due /onando co li trom- 
 bonj gran pezo balanno intorno Lo porco ligato 
 Quella dali corni /empre parla tacitamète aL /olle et 
 q e La alt a li ri/ponde poy aq e lla de li corni li e 
 apre/entato vna taga de vino et baiando et dicendo 
 certe parolle et lalt a re/pondendoli et facendo vista 
 cat° ho cinque volte de beuere eL vino /parge q e llo 
 /oura eL core deL porcho poy / ubito torna abal- 
 lare a Que/ta mede/ima vien dato vna lancia Ley 
 vibrandola et dicendo alquante parolle /empre tute 
 due baiando et mo/trà do cat° ho cinque volte de dare 
 [de dare: doublet in originai MS.~\ co la lancia neL 
 core aL porcho con vna / ubbita pre/teza Lo pa//a 
 da parte aparte pre/to fi /era la ferita con erba 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 165 
 
 gongs . 331 Then three large dishes are brought in; 
 two with roses and with cakes of rice and millet, 
 baked and wrapped in leaves, and roast fish; the 
 other with cloth of Cambaia 332 and two standards 
 made of palm-tree cloth. One bit of cloth of Cam- 
 baia is spread on the ground. Then two very old 
 women come, each of whom has a bamboo trumpet 
 in her hand. When they have stepped upon the 
 cloth they make obeisance to the sun. Then they 
 wrap the cloths about themselves. One of them puts 
 a kerchief with two horns on her forehead, and takes 
 another kerchief in her hands, and dancing and 
 blowing upon her trumpet, she thereby calls out to 
 the sun. The other takes one of the standards and 
 dances and blows on her trumpet. They dance and 
 call out thus for a little space, saying many things 
 between themselves to the sun. She with the ker- 
 chief takes the other standard, and lets the kerchief 
 drop, and both blowing on their trumpets for a long 
 time, dance about the bound hog. She with the 
 horns always speaks covertly to the sun, and the other 
 answers her. A cup of wine is presented to her of 
 the horns, and she dancing and repeating certain 
 words, while the other answers her, and making pre- 
 tense four or five times of drinking the wine, 
 sprinkles it upon the heart of the hog. Then she 
 immediately begins to dance again. A lance is given 
 to the same woman. She shaking it and repeating 
 certain words, while both of them continue to dance, 
 and making motions four or five times of thrusting 
 the lance through the heart of the hog, with a sudden 
 and quick stroke, thrusts it through from one side 
 to the other. The wound is quickly stopped 333 with 
 
1 66 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 q e lla q amazato iL porcho ponendo /e vna tor/a 
 acce/a in boca la/morza laq a lle /ta /empre acce/a in 
 que/te Ceremonie Lalt a coL capo deL trombonne 
 bagniandolo neL / angue de porcho va /anguinando 
 coL fuo dito La fronte p’ma ali foi mariti poy ali alt* 
 ma nò venerono may a noi poy /e di/ue/teno et 
 vano amangiare Quelle co /e q /onno nelli piati et 
 Conuitano Senon femine Lo porcho fi pella co lo 
 fuocho / ique ni / uno alt° que Le vequie con/acrano 
 La carne di porcho et nò La magiauào /e non fo//e 
 morta de que/ta forte. 
 
 Que/ti populi vano nudi portano /blamente vno 
 pezo de tella de palma otorno Le f ue vergonie 
 grandi et picoli hanno pa//ato iL fuo membro circa 
 dela te/ta de luna parte alalt 3 con vno fero de oro 
 houero de /tanio groffo corno vna penna de ocha et 
 in vno capo et lalt° deL mede/imo fero alguni anno 
 Como vna /tella con ponte /oura li capi alt 1 corno 
 vna te/ta de chiodo da caro a/ai//ime volte Lo 
 vol/i vedere da molti co/i veq 1 Como Joueni p che nò 
 lo potteua credere neL mezo dii fero e vn buso p 
 ilq a lle vrinano iL fero et le /telle /emp /tanno 
 ferme Loro diceno q le /ue moglie voleno cu//i et /e 
 fo / /ero de altra forte nò vzariano co elli quando 
 que/ti voleno vzare co le femine Loro medi/ime Lo 
 pigliano nò in ordine et Cominciano pian piano a 
 meter/i dento 0 p’mo q e lla /tella de /oura et poy Lalt* 
 Quanto edent° diuenta in ordine et cu/i /empre /ta 
 dent° fin que diuenta molle perche altramèti nò Lo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 67 
 
 grass. The one who has killed the hog, taking in 
 her mouth a lighted torch, which has been lighted 
 throughout that ceremony, extinguishes it . 334 The 
 other one dipping the end of her trumpet in the 
 blood of the hog, goes around marking with blood 
 with her finger first the foreheads of their husbands, 
 and then the others ; but they never came to us. Then 
 they divest themselves and go to eat the contents of 
 those dishes, and they invite only women [to eat with 
 them]. The hair is removed from the hog by means 
 of fire. Thus no one but old women consecrate the 
 flesh of the hog, and they do not eat it unless it is 
 killed in this way . 335 
 
 Those people go naked, wearing but one piece of 
 palm-tree cloth about 336 their privies. The males, 
 large and small, have their penis pierced from one 
 side to the other near the head, with a gold or tin 
 bolt as large as a goose quill. In both ends of the same 
 bolt, some have what resembles a spur, with points 
 upon the ends ; others are like the head of a cart nail. 
 I very often asked many, both old and young, to see 
 their penis, because I could not credit it. In the 
 middle of the bolt is a hole, through which they 
 urinate. The bolt and the spurs always hold firm. 
 They say that their women wish it so, and that if they 
 did otherwise they would not have communication 
 with them. When the men wish to have communi- 
 cation with their women, the latter themselves take 
 the penis not in the regular way and commence very 
 gently to introduce it [into their vagina], with the 
 spur on top first, and then the other part. When it 
 is inside it takes its regular position; and thus the 
 penis always stays inside until it gets soft, for other- 
 
I 68 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 porianno cauare fuora. Que/ti populi vzanno 
 que/to pche formo de debille natura anno Quante 
 moglie voleno ma vna principalle Se vno deli 
 nri andaua in tera co/i dedi Como de nocte ogni uno 
 Lo Conuitaua que mangia //e et q e L beue//e Le 
 / ue viuande formo mezo cote et molto /alate 
 beueno /pe//o et molto con q e lli fui Cannuti dali 
 valzi et duro cinq3 o/ey hore vno fuo mangiare Le 
 donne amauào a/ay piu noy que que/ti atucti da /e y 
 anny in fu apoco apoco li apreno la natura p cagion 
 de q e lli fui membrj. 
 
 Quando vno deli fui principali emorto li vzanno 
 que/te Cerimonie p‘ma mente tutte le donne 
 principale de la terra vano ala ca/a deL morte in 
 mezo dela ca/a / ta lo morto in vna ca/a in torno la 
 ca/a poneno corde a mo do duno / tecato neliq a li 
 atachano molti ramy de arbore in mezo de ogni 
 ramo e vno panno de bonba/o agui/a de pauiglioe 
 Soto liqualli /e deanno le donne piu principali tute 
 coperte de panne bianq 1 de bomba/o per vna don- 
 zella p ogni vna q li faceua vento co vno /parauen- 
 tolo di palma le alt e /e deanno intorno la camera 
 me/te poy era vna q tagliaua apoco apoco co vno 
 cortello li capili! aL morto vnalt a q era / tata la 
 moglie principale deL morto giaceua / oura lui et 
 giungeua la /ua boca le /ue many et li fui piedi con 
 q e lli deL morto. Quando q e lla tagliaua li capilj 
 que/ta piangeua et Quando re/taua de tagliarli 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 69 
 
 wise they could not pull it out. Those people make 
 use of that device because they are of a weak nature. 
 They have as many wives as they wish, but one of 
 them is the principal wife . 337 Whenever any of our 
 men went ashore, both by day and by night, every 
 one invited him to eat and to drink. Their viands 
 are half cooked and very salty. They drink fre- 
 quently and copiously from the jars 338 through those 
 small reeds, and one of their meals lasts for five or 
 six hours. The women loved us very much more 
 than their own men. All of the women from the 
 age of six years and upward, have their vaginas 
 [ natura ] gradually opened because of the men’s 
 penises . 339 
 
 They practice the following ceremonies when one 
 of their chiefs dies. First all the chief 340 women of 
 the place go to the house of the deceased. The de- 
 ceased is placed in the middle of the house in a box. 
 Ropes are placed about the box in the manner of a 
 palisade, to which many branches of trees are at- 
 tached. In the middle of each branch hangs a cot- 
 ton cloth like a curtained canopy. The most prin- 
 cipal women sit under those hangings, and are all 
 covered with white cotton cloth, each one by a girl 
 who fans her with a palm-leaf fan. The other 
 women sit about the room sadly . 341 Then there is 
 one woman who cuts off the hair of the deceased 
 very slowly with a knife. Another who was the 
 principal wife of the deceased, lies down upon him, 
 and places her mouth, her hands, and her feet upon 
 those of the deceased. When the former is cutting 
 off the hair, the latter weeps; and when the former 
 finishes the cutting, the latter sings. There are many 
 
17° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 que/ta Cantaua atorno la Camera erano molti 
 vazi di porcelanna con fuoco et /up a q e llo mira 
 /torac et belgioui q faceuano olere la ca/a grande- 
 mète lo teneno in ca/a cinque a/ey giorni cò Que/te 
 Cerimonie Credo /ia onto de canfora poi Lo 
 /epeli//eno cò La mede/ima ca/a Serata con quiodi 
 de legnio in vno legnio coperto et circundato de 
 legni, ogni nocte in que/ta cita circa de la meza 
 nocte veniua vno vccelo negri//imo grande Como 
 vno Coruo et nò era cu//i pre/to ne le ca/e cheL 
 gridaua p ilque tucti li canj vrlauào et duraua quat 0 
 ocinque ore queL / uo gridare et vrlare nò ne 
 vol/eno may dire la cagiò de que/to. 
 
 Vennere a vinti/ey de aqTLe Zula principale de 
 q e lla y/ola matan mando vno /uo figliolo con due 
 capre apre/entarle aL cap° gnale et dicendoli Como 
 li mandaua tuta /ua pme//a ma p cagion de lalt 0 
 principalle Cilapulapu q nò voleua hobedire aL re 
 de/pagnia nò haueua potuto mandarglila et que 
 neLa nocte /eguente li manda//e /olamente vno ba- 
 tello pienno de homini p che lui li aiutaria et com- 
 bateria Lo cap° gnale delibero de andarui cò tre 
 batelli Lo prega//emo molto nò vole//e vegnire 
 ma lui Como bon pa/tore non voi /e abandonare lo 
 /uo grege. Ameza nocte /e parti//emo /exanta ho- 
 mini armati de cor/eletti et celade in/ieme col re 
 xpiano iL principi et alguni magiori et vinti o 
 trenta ba languai et tre hore inan/i Lo Jorno ariua /- 
 /emo a matan Lo cap° non voi /e Combater alhora 
 mali mando adire p lo moro /e voleuano hobedire 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 7 1 
 
 porcelain jars containing fire about the room, and 
 myrrh, storax, and bezoin, which make a strong odor 
 through the house, are put on the fire. They keep 
 the body in the house for five or six days during those 
 ceremonies. I believe that the body is anointed with 
 camphor. Then they bury the body and the same 
 box which is shut in a log by means of wooden nails 
 and covered and enclosed by logs of wood . 342 Every 
 night about midnight in that city, a jet black bird as 
 large as a crow was wont to come, and no sooner had 
 it thus reached the houses than it began to screech, 
 so that all the dogs began to howl ; and that screech- 
 ing and howling would last for four or five hours , 343 
 but those people would never tell us the reason of it. 
 
 On Friday, April twenty-six, Zula, a chief of the 
 island of Matan , 344 sent one of his sons to present two 
 goats to the captain-general, and to say that he would 
 send him all that he had promised, but that he had 
 not been able to send it to him because of the other 
 chief Cilapulapu, who refused to obey the king of 
 Spagnia. He requested the captain to send him only 
 one boatload of men on the next night, so that they 
 might help him and fight against the other chief. 
 The captain-general decided to go thither with three 
 boatloads. We begged him repeatedly not to go, but 
 he, like a good shepherd, refused to abandon his 
 flock. At midnight, sixty men of us set out armed 
 with corselets and helmets, together with the Chris- 
 tian king, the prince, some of the chief men, and 
 twenty or thirty balanguais. We reached Matan 
 three hours before dawn. The captain did not wish 
 to fight then, but sent a message to the natives by the 
 Moro to the effect that if they would obey the king 
 
I7 2 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 aL re de spagnia et recognio/cere Lo re xpiano p fuo 
 s e . et darne lo nra tributo li / arebe amicho ma/e 
 voleuano altramente a/pecta//eno corno feriuào le 
 nre Lance ri/po/ero /e haueuamo lance haueuào 
 lande de canne bru/tolatte et pali bru/tolate et que 
 no anda//emo alhora ad a/altarli ma a/pecta/emo 
 veni //e Lo giorno perche / arebenno piu gente. 
 Que/to diceuào agio anda /emo aritrouarli p che 
 haueuào facto certi fo//i fra le caze p farne ca/care 
 dent°. Venuto Lo giorno /alta//emo ne Lacqua 
 fina ale co//ie caranta noue homini et cu//i anda /- 
 /emo piu de dui trati de bale/t a inanzi pote/èo ariuar 
 aL litto li bateli non potereno vegnire piu inanzi 
 p certe petre q erano neL acqua li alt* vndici 
 homini re/tarono p gardia de li bateli Quando 
 ariua//emo in terra Que/ta gente haueuào facto tre 
 /cadrony de piu de mille cinque cento p/onne /ubito 
 /en tendone ne venirono a do//o con voci grandi//imi 
 dui p fiancho et Lalt° p contro. Lo cap° quà do 
 vi/te que/to ne fece dui parti et co/i comincia//emo 
 a Combater li /quiopeti et bale/tieri tirarano da longi 
 ca/i meza hora in vano /ola mente pacandoli li tar- 
 goni facti de tauole /odile et li brazi Lo capp° 
 gridaua nò tirare nò tirare ma non li valeua niente. 
 Quando que/ti vi/tenno que tirauamo li /quiopeti in 
 vano gridando deliborono a /tar forte ma molto piu 
 gridauào Quando erano de/carigati li /quiopeti 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 l 73 
 
 of Spagnia, recognize the Christian king as their 
 sovereign, and pay us our tribute, he would be their 
 friend ; but that if they wished otherwise, they should 
 wait to see how our lances wounded . 345 They replied 
 that if we had lances they had lances of bamboo and 
 stakes hardened with fire. [They asked us] not to 
 proceed to attack them at once, but to wait until 
 morning, so that they might have more men. They 
 said that in order to induce us to go in search of 
 them; for they had dug certain pitholes between the 
 houses in order that we might fall into them. When 
 morning came forty-nine of us leaped into the water 
 up to our thighs, and walked through water for more 
 than two crossbow flights before we could reach the 
 shore. The boats could not approach nearer because 
 of certain rocks in the water. The other eleven men 
 remained behind to guard the boats. When we 
 reached land, those men had formed in three divi- 
 sions to the number of more than one thousand five 
 hundred persons. When they saw us, they charged 
 down upon us with exceeding loud cries, two divi- 
 sions on our flanks and the other on our front. When 
 the captain saw that, he formed us into two divisions, 
 and thus did we begin to fight. The musketeers and 
 crossbowmen shot from a distance for about a half- 
 hour, but uselessly; for the shots only passed through 
 the shields which were made of thin wood and the 
 arms [of the bearers]. The captain cried to them, 
 “ Cease firing! cease firing !” but his order was not 
 at all heeded. When the natives saw that we were 
 shooting our muskets to no purpose, crying out they 
 determined to stand firm, but they redoubled their 
 shouts. When our muskets were discharged, the na- 
 
1 74 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 may nò /tauano fermi /aitando dequa et dela coperti 
 con li /ui targonj ne tirauào tante frechie Lance de 
 canna alguno di fero aL cap° gnalle pali pontini 
 bru/tolati pietre et Lo fango apena /e poteuào de- 
 fendere. Vedendo que/to Lo cap 0 gnale mando 
 alguni abru/are le /ue ca/e per /pauentarli Quando 
 que/ti vi/tenno bruzare le /ue caze deuentorono piu 
 fero ci apre//o de le ca/e forenno amazati dui deli 
 nrj et vinti o trenta ca/e li bru/a//emo ne venirono 
 tanti ado//o q pa//arono co vna freza ve nenata La 
 gamba drita aL cap° per il que comando q /e retira/- 
 /emo a poco apoco ma loro fugirono /ique re/ta/- 
 /emo da /e y o octo co lo capitanio Que/ti non ne 
 tirauào in alt 0 /inon ale gambe per q erano nude p 
 tante Lancie et pedre q ne trahevano non pote//emo 
 re/i/tere le bombarde de li batelli p e//e re tropo 
 longui no ne poteuào ajutare fiche veni/femo reti- 
 rando/i piu de vna bonna bale/trata longi de la riua 
 /empre comba tendo ne laeque fin aL ginoquio 
 /empre ne /eguitoro et repigliando vna mede/ima 
 Lancie quat° o/ey volte ne La Lanciauano que/ti 
 Connio//endo Lo cap° tanti fi voltorono / op a de lui 
 q dui volte li botarono lo celadòe fora deL capo ma 
 lui corno bon Caualiero /empre / taua forte co alguni 
 alt 1 piu de vno hora co//i combate//emo et non vo- 
 lendo/i piu retirare vno indio li lancio vna lanza di 
 cana deL vizo lui / ubito co la / ua Lancia Lo 
 amazo et la/ciolila neL corpo poy volendo dar de 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 75 
 
 tives would never stand still, but leaped hither and 
 thither, covering themselves with their shields. They 
 shot so many arrows at us and hurled so many 
 bamboo spears (some of them tipped with iron) at 
 the captain-general, besides pointed stakes hardened 
 with fire, stones, and mud, that we could scarcely 
 defend ourselves. Seeing that, the captain-general 
 sent some men to burn their houses in order to terrify 
 them. When they saw their houses burning, they 
 were roused to greater fury. Two of our men were 
 killed near the houses, while we burned twenty or 
 thirty houses. So many of them charged down upon 
 us that they shot the captain through the right leg 
 with a poisoned arrow. On that account, he ordered 
 us to retire slowly, but the men took to flight, except 
 six or eight of us who remained with the captain. 
 The natives shot only at our legs, for the latter were 
 bare; and so many were the spears and stones that 
 they hurled at us, that we could offer no resistance. 
 The mortars in the boats could not aid us as they 
 were too far away. So we continued to retire for 
 more than a good crossbow flight from the shore 
 always fighting up to our knees in the water. The 
 natives continued to pursue us, and picking up the 
 same spear four or six times, hurled it at us again 
 and again. Recognizing the captain, so many turned 
 upon him that they knocked his helmet off his head 
 twice, but he always stood firmly like a good knight, 
 together with some others. Thus did we fight for 
 more than one hour, refusing to retire farther. An 
 Indian hurled a bamboo spear into the captain’s 
 face, but the latter immediately killed him with his 
 lance, which he left in the Indian’s body. Then, try- 
 
1 7 6 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 mano a La /pada non puote cauarla /e non meza per 
 vna ferita de canna haueua neL brazo Quando 
 vi/teno que/to tuti andorono ado//o alui vno co 
 vno grà terciado che e corno vna /imitara ma piu 
 gro//o li dete vna ferita nelagamba /ini/tra p LaqHle 
 ca/co coL volto inanzi subito li foreno ado//o con 
 Lancie de fero et de cana et con q e lli fui terciadi fin 
 que iL f pechio iL lume eL conforto et la vera guida 
 nra amazarono Quando lo feriuào molte volte /e 
 volto indrieto p vedere /e eramo tucti dent° neli 
 bateli poi vedendolo morto aL meglio pote/emo 
 feriti /e ritra//emo ali batelli q già /e partiuào Lo 
 re xpiano ne hauereba ajutato ma Lo cap° inanzi 
 di/monta//emo in tera li comi //e non fi doue//e 
 partire dal /uo balanghai et /te//e auedere in que 
 modo Combateuào Quando lo re /epe corno era 
 morto piance /e non era que/to pouero cap° niuno 
 de noy Si /aluaua neli bateli p che Quando lui Com- 
 bateua li alt 1 /e retiravào ali batelli. Spero in vra 
 IlL ma s a La fama duno fi genero/o cap° non debia 
 e//e re extinta neli tempi no/t 1 fra le altre vertu q 
 eranno in lui era Lo piu Co/tante in vna grandi//ima 
 fortuna q may alguno alt° fo//e / upò taua la fame 
 piu q tucti li alt 1 et piu Ju/tamente q homo fo//e aL 
 mondo carteaua et nauigaua et /e Que/to fu iL vero 
 /e ve de aperta mente ninguno alt° hauer auuto tanto 
 Jngenio ni ardire de / aper dar vna volta aL mondo 
 corno Ja cazi lui haueua dato. Que/ta bataglia fo 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 177 
 
 ing to lay hand on sword, he could draw it out but 
 halfway, because he had been wounded in the arm 
 with a bamboo spear. When the natives saw that, 
 they all hurled themselves upon him. One of them 
 wounded him on the left leg with a large cutlass , 346 
 which resembles a scimitar, only being larger. That 
 caused the captain to fall face downward, when 
 immediately they rushed upon him with iron and 
 bamboo spears and with their cutlasses, until they 
 killed our mirror, our light, our comfort, and our 
 true guide. When they wounded him, he turned 
 back many times to see whether we were all in the 
 boats. Thereupon, beholding him dead, we, wound- 
 ed, retreated, as best we could, to the boats, which 
 were already pulling off. The Christian king would 
 have aided us, but the captain charged him before 
 we landed, not to leave his balanghai, but to stay to 
 see how we fought. When the king learned that the 
 captain was dead, he wept. Had it not been for that 
 unfortunate captain, not a single one of us would 
 have been saved in the boats, for while he was fight- 
 ing the others retired to the boats. I hope through 
 [the efforts of] your most illustrious Lordship that 
 the fame of so noble a captain will not become ef- 
 faced in our times. Among the other virtues which 
 he possessed, he was more constant than ever any one 
 else in the greatest of adversity. He endured hunger 
 better than all the others, and more accurately than 
 any man in the world did he understand sea charts 347 
 and navigation. And that this was the truth was seen 
 openly, for no other had had so much natural talent 
 nor the boldness to learn how to circumnavigate the 
 world, as he had almost done. That battle was fought 
 
178 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 facta aL Sabato vinti/ete de aprile 1521. iL cap 0 La 
 voi /e fare in /abato p q era lo giorno /uo deuoto 
 nelaq a lle foreno morti con lui octo de li nri et cat° 
 Jndij facto xpiani dale bombarde deli bateli q 
 eranno da poy venutj p aiutarne et deli nimici Se non 
 Quindici ma molti de noy feriti. 
 
 Dopo di/nare le re xpiano mando adire co Lo 
 no/t° con/entimèto aquelli de matan se ne voleuào 
 dare lo cap° con li alt 1 morti q li dare//emo Quanta 
 merchadantia vole//ero ri/po/ero non fi daua vno 
 taL homo corno pen/auamo et q non Lo darebenno p 
 la magior riche//a deL mondo ma lo voleuano tenire 
 p memoria / ua. 
 
 Sabato q fo morto Lo cap° q e lli cat° q /tauano nela 
 cita p merchadantare fecero portare le no/tre mer- 
 chantie alle naui poy face//emo dui gu bernatori 
 duarte barboza portugu e/e parente deL cap°. et Johà 
 /eranno / pagniolo linterprete nro q /e chiamaua 
 henrich p e//ere vno poco ferito nò andaua piu in 
 terra p fare le co/e nre nece//arie ma / taua /empre 
 ne La / quiauina p ilque duarte barbo/a guuernator 
 de la naue cap 3 li grido et di//egli /e benne e morto 
 Lo cap° / uo s e . p que/to non era libero anzi voleua 
 Quando fo//emo ariuati in e/pagnia /empre fo //e 
 / chiauo de ma dona beatrice moglie deL cap° gnale 
 et minaciandoli /e non anda ua in terra Lo frustaria 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 179 
 
 on Saturday, April twenty-seven, 1521. 348 The cap- 
 tain desired to fight on Saturday, because it was the 
 day especially holy to him. Eight of our men were 
 killed with him in that battle, 349 and four Indians, 
 who had become Christians and who had come after- 
 ward to aid usi were killed by the mortars of the 
 boats. Of the enemy, only fifteen were killed, while 
 many of us were wounded. 
 
 In the afternoon the Christian king sent a message 
 with our consent to the people of Matan, to the effect 
 that if they would give us the captain and the other 
 men who had been killed, we would give them as 
 much merchandise as they wished. They answered 
 that they would not give up such a man, as we 
 imagined [they would do], and that they would not 
 give him for all the riches in the world, but that they 
 intended to keep him as a memorial. 350 
 
 On Saturday, the day on which the captain was 
 killed, the four men who had remained in the city 
 to trade, had our merchandise carried to the ships. 
 Then we chose two commanders, namely, Duarte 
 Barboza, 351 a Portuguese and a relative of the cap- 
 tain, and Johan Seranno, a Spaniard. 352 As our inter- 
 preter, Henrich by name, was wounded slightly, he 
 would not go ashore any more to attend to our neces- 
 sary affairs, but always kept his bed. On that ac- 
 count, Duarte Barboza, the commander of the flag- 
 ship, cried out to him and told him, that although his 
 master, the captain, was dead, he was not therefore 
 free; on the contrary he [*.<?., Barboza] would see 
 to it that when we should reach Espagnia, he should 
 still be the slave of Dona Beatrice, the wife of the 
 captain-general. 353 And threatening the slave that 
 
l8o PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 Lo / chiauo fi leuo et mo/tro de non far còto de 
 que/te parolle et andò in tera adire al re xpiano 
 Como /e voleuào partire pre/to ma /e lui voleua far 
 a fuo modo gadaneria li naue et tucte le nre mercha- 
 dantie et cu//i ordinorono vno tradimento Lo 
 /quiauo retorno ale naue et mo/tro e//e re piu f acente 
 que pTna 
 
 Mercore maóna p'mo de magio Lo re xpono 
 mando adire ali gouuernatory Como erano prepa- 
 rate le gioie haueua pme//o de mandare aL re de- 
 /pagnia et que li pregaua co li alt 1 foi anda/ero di/i- 
 nare /echo q e lla maóna q li la darebe andorono 24 
 homini in tera co que/ti andò Lo nro a/trologo che 
 /e chiamaua s. martin de siuilla yo non li potè andare 
 p che era tuto infìato per vna ferita de f reza venenata 
 che haueua nela fronte Jouan carnaio co Lo bal- 
 zello tornorono indietro et ne di/cero corno vi/teno 
 colui re/a nato p miracolo menare Lo prete aca/a 
 / ua et p que/to /e ranno partittj per che dubitauào de 
 q a lque malie no di//ero co/i pre/to le parolle que 
 /enti//imo grà gridi et Lamenti /ubito leua//emo 
 lanchore et tirando molte bombarde nele ca/e ne 
 appinqua//emo piu ala terra et cu//i tiràdo vede/- 
 /emo Johà /e ranno in camiza ligato et ferito gridare 
 nò doue//emo piu tirare per che Lamazarebenno li 
 domanda//emo /e tucti li alt 1 con lo interprete erano 
 morti di/ /e tucti erano morti / aluo linterprete 
 
 ne prego molto Lo doue//emo re/catare co q a lque 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 8 I 
 
 if he did go ashore, he would be flogged, the latter 
 arose, and, feigning to take no heed to those words, 
 went ashore to tell the Christian king 354 that we were 
 about to leave very soon, but that if he would follow 
 his advice, he could gain the ships and all our mer- 
 chandise. Accordingly they arranged a plot, and the 
 slave returned to the ship, where he showed that 
 he was more cunning 355 than before. 
 
 On Wednesday ^morning, the first of May, the 
 Christian king sent^word to the commanders that the 
 jewels 356 which he had promised to send to the king 
 of Spagnia were ready, and that he begged them and 
 their other companions to come to dine with him 
 that morning, when he would give them the jewels. 
 Twenty-four men went ashore, among whom was our 
 astrologer, San Martin de Sivilla. I could not go 
 because I was all swollen up by a wound from a poi- 
 soned arrow which I had received in my face. Jovan 
 Carvaio and the constable 357 returned, and told us 
 that they saw the man who had been cured by a mir- 
 acle take the priest to his house . 358 Consequently, 
 they had left that place, because they suspected some 
 evil. Scarcely had they spoken those words when 
 we heard loud cries and lamentations. We imme- 
 diately weighed anchor and discharging many mor- 
 tars into the houses, drew in nearer to the shore. 
 While thus discharging [our pieces] we saw Johan 
 Seranno in his shirt bound and wounded, crying to 
 us not to fire any more, for the natives would kill 
 him . 359 We asked him whether all the others and 
 the interpreter were dead. He said that they were 
 all dead except the interpreter. He begged us ear- 
 nestly to redeem him with some of the merchandise; 
 
I 82 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 merchadantia ma Johà caruiao fuo compare non 
 voi/ero p re/tare loro patronj anda//e Lo batello in 
 tera Ma Johan /e ranno pur piangendo ne di//e q 
 nò hauere//emo co/i pre/to facto velia q lauerianno 
 amazato et di//e q pregaua ydio neL Jorno deL 
 Juditio dimanda//e Lanima / ua a Johan caruiao fuo 
 compadre f ubito /e parti//emo nò fo ft morto 
 o viuo lui re/ta//e. 
 
 Jn que/ta yzola ft troua cani gati rizo millio 
 panizo forgo gengero figui neranzi limone Canne 
 dolci agio meL cochi chiacare zuche carne de molte 
 /orte vino de palma et oro et e grande y/ola con vno 
 bon porto q a due intrate vna aL ponente lalt a aL 
 grego et leuante f ta de Latitudine aL polo articho 
 in x gradi de longitudine de la linea de la repartitiòe 
 cento /ex anta cat° gradi et ft chiama Zubu Quiui 
 inanzi q mori //e lo cap° genneralle haue//emo noua 
 de malucho Que/ta gente /onano de viola co corde 
 de ramo. 
 
 Vocabuli de que/ti populi gentili. 
 
 AL homo : 
 
 lac 
 
 ALa donna 
 
 paranpaon 
 
 ALa Jouene 
 
 beni beni 
 
 Ala maritata 
 
 babay 
 
 Ali capilli 
 
 bo ho 
 
 AL vizo 
 
 guay 
 
 Ale palpebre 
 
 pilac 
 
 Ale ciglie 
 
 chilei. 
 
 Al ocquio 
 
 matta. 
 
 AL nazo 
 
 Jlon. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD I 8 3 
 
 but Johan Carvaio, his boon companion, [and others] 
 would not allow the boat to go ashore so that they 
 might remain masters of the ships . 360 But although 
 Johan Serrano weeping asked us not to set sail so 
 quickly, for they would kill him, and said that he 
 prayed God to ask his soul of Johan Carvaio, his 
 comrade, in the day of judgment, we immediately 
 departed. I do not know whether he is dead of 
 alive . 361 
 
 In that island are found dogs, cats, rice, millet, 
 panicum, sorgo, ginger, figs [i.e., bananas], oranges, 
 lemons, sugarcane, garlic, honey, cocoanuts, 
 nangcas , 362 gourds, flesh of many kinds, palm wine, 
 lin'd gold . 363 It is a large island, and has a good port 
 with two entrances - one to the west and the other to 
 the east northeast . 364 It lies in x degrees 365 of latitude 
 toward the Arctic Pole, and in a longitude of one 
 hundred and sixty-four 366 degrees from the line of 
 demarcation. Its name is Zubu. We heard of 
 Malucho there before the death of the captain-gen- 
 eral. Those people play a violin with copper strings. 
 
 Words of those heathen people 
 
 For Man 
 
 lac 
 
 for Woman 
 
 paranpaon 
 
 for Young woman 
 
 beni beni 
 
 for Married woman 
 
 babay 
 
 for Hair 
 
 boho 
 
 for Face 
 
 guay 
 
 for Eyelids 
 
 pilac 
 
 for Eyebrows 
 
 chilei 
 
 for Eye 
 
 matta 
 
 for Nose 
 
 ilon 
 
1 84 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 Ale ma//elle 
 
 apin 
 
 Ali labri 
 
 oloL. 
 
 A la bocca 
 
 baba. 
 
 A li denti 
 
 nipin 
 
 Ale gengiue 
 
 leghex. 
 
 Ala linga 
 
 dilla 
 
 Alle orechie 
 
 delengan. 
 
 Ala gola 
 
 liogh. 
 
 AL collo 
 
 tangip 
 
 AL mento 
 
 qilan. 
 
 ALa barba 
 
 bonghot 
 
 Ale /palle 
 
 bagha. 
 
 A la /chena 
 
 licud. 
 
 AL peto 
 
 dughan 
 
 AL corpo 
 
 ti am 
 
 Soto li braci 
 
 Jlot 
 
 AL bracio 
 
 botchen 
 
 AL gomedo 
 
 fico 
 
 AL pol/o 
 
 molanghai 
 
 ALa mano 
 
 camat 
 
 A la palma de la 
 
 
 man 
 
 palan 
 
 AL dito 
 
 dudlo 
 
 Ala ongia 
 
 coco 
 
 AL Lombelico 
 
 pu/ut 
 
 AL membro 
 
 vtin 
 
 Ali te/ticoli 
 
 boto 
 
 Ala natura de le 
 
 
 donne 
 
 billat 
 
 AL vzar co loro 
 
 Jiam 
 
 Ale cullate 
 
 / amput 
 
 Ala co/sa 
 
 paha 
 
 AL ginochio 
 
 tuhud. 
 
 AL Schincho 
 
 ba/sag ba/sag 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 for Jaws 
 
 apin 
 
 for Lips 
 
 olol 
 
 for Mouth 
 
 baba 
 
 for Teeth 
 
 nipin 
 
 for Gums 
 
 leghex 
 
 for Tongue 
 
 dilla 
 
 for Ears 
 
 delengan 
 
 for Throat 
 
 liogh 
 
 for Neck 
 
 tangip 
 
 for Chin 
 
 queilan 
 
 for Beard 
 
 bonghot 
 
 for Shoulders 
 
 bagha 
 
 for Spine 
 
 licud 
 
 for Breast 
 
 dughan 367 
 
 for Body 
 
 tiam 
 
 Armpit 
 
 ilot 
 
 for Arm 
 
 botchen 
 
 for Elbow 
 
 sico 
 
 for Pulse 
 
 molanghai 
 
 for Hand 
 
 camat 
 
 for the Palm of the hand 
 
 palan 
 
 for Finger 
 
 dudlo 
 
 for Fingernail 
 
 coco 
 
 for Navel 
 
 pusut 
 
 for Penis 
 
 utin 
 
 for Testicles 
 
 boto 
 
 for Vagina 868 
 
 for to have Communi- 
 
 billat 
 
 cation with women 
 
 jiam 
 
 for Buttocks 
 
 samput 
 
 for Thigh 
 
 paha 
 
 for Knee 
 
 tuhud 
 
 for Shin 
 
 bassag bassag 
 
 i8 5 
 
I 86 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 ALa polpa de la 
 
 gamba 
 
 bids 
 
 ALa cauechia 
 
 bolboL 
 
 AL calcagnio 
 
 tiochid 
 
 Ala /olla deL pie 
 
 Lapa lapa 
 
 AL horo 
 
 balaoan 
 
 AL argento 
 
 pilla 
 
 AL Laton 
 
 concach 
 
 AL fero 
 
 butan 
 
 Ale canne dolce 
 
 tube 
 
 AL cuchiaro 
 
 gandan 
 
 AL rizo 
 
 bughax baras 
 
 AL melle 
 
 deghex 
 
 ALa cera 
 
 talho 
 
 AL /alle 
 
 acin 
 
 AL vino 
 
 tuba nio nipa 
 
 AL bere 
 
 MinuncubiL 
 
 AL mangiare 
 
 maCan. 
 
 AL porcho 
 
 babui 
 
 ALa capra 
 
 candin 
 
 ALa gaiina 
 
 monoch 
 
 AL miglio 
 
 humas 
 
 AL forgo 
 
 batat 
 
 AL panizo 
 
 dana 
 
 AL peuere 
 
 mani//a 
 
 Ali garofoli 
 
 chianche. 
 
 ALa Cannella 
 
 mana. 
 
 AL gengero 
 
 luia 
 
 AL ayo 
 
 Laxuna 
 
 Ali naran/i 
 
 ac/ua 
 
 AL ouo 
 
 / ilog 
 
 AL coco 
 
 lubi. 
 
 AL acceto 
 
 zlucha 
 
 AL acqua 
 
 tubin 
 
 [Voi 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 187 
 
 for Calf of the leg 
 
 bitis 
 
 for Ankle 
 
 bolbol 
 
 for Heel 
 
 tiochid 
 
 for Sole of the foot 
 
 lapa lapa 
 
 for Gold 
 
 balaoan 
 
 for Silver 
 
 pilla 
 
 for Brass 
 
 concach 
 
 for Iron 
 
 butan 
 
 for Sugarcane 
 
 tube 
 
 for Spoon 
 
 gandan 
 
 for Rice 
 
 bughax baras 
 
 for Honey 
 
 deghex 
 
 for Wax 
 
 talho 
 
 for Salt 
 
 acin 
 
 for Wine 
 
 tuba nio nipa 
 
 for to Drink 
 
 minuncubil 
 
 for to Eat 
 
 macan 
 
 for Hog 
 
 babui 
 
 for Goat 
 
 candin 
 
 for Chicken 
 
 monoch 
 
 for Millet 
 
 humas 
 
 for Sorgo 
 
 batat 
 
 for Panicum 
 
 dana 370 
 
 for Pepper 
 
 manissa 
 
 for Cloves 
 
 chianche 
 
 for Cinnamon 
 
 mana 
 
 for Ginger 
 
 luia 
 
 for Garlic 
 
 laxuna 
 
 for Oranges 
 
 acsua 
 
 for Egg 
 
 silog 
 
 for Cocoanut 
 
 lubi 
 
 for Vinegar 
 
 zlucha 
 
 for Water 
 
 tubin 
 
1 88 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 AL fuoco 
 AL fumo 
 AL /ofiare 
 Alle belancie 
 AL pezo 
 Ala perla 
 Ale madre de le 
 perle 
 
 Ala zampognia 
 AL mal de s t0 Job. 
 portarne 
 
 Acerte fogacie de 
 rizo 
 buono 
 Nò 
 
 AL cortello 
 Ale forfice 
 A tosare 
 AL homo ben 
 hornato 
 Ala tella 
 A li panni q /e 
 copreno 
 AL conaglio 
 Ali pater nrj dogni 
 /or te 
 
 AL peóne 
 AL pentinare 
 ALa Camiza 
 ALa gugia de co/ire 
 AL cu/ire 
 A La porcelana 
 AL cana 
 AL gato 
 
 Clayo. 
 
 assu. 
 
 tigban. 
 
 tinban 
 
 tahiL 
 
 mutiara. 
 
 tipay. 
 
 Subin 
 Alupalan 
 palatin comorica 
 
 tinapai 
 main 
 ti da le 
 capol /undan 
 cade 
 
 chunthinch 
 
 pixao 
 
 balandan 
 
 Abaca 
 colon colon 
 
 tacle 
 
 cutlei mi/samis 
 
 monssughud. 
 
 Sabun. 
 
 daghu 
 
 mamis 
 
 mobuluc 
 
 aian ydo 
 
 epos. 
 
One] FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 for Fire 
 
 clayo 
 
 for Smoke 
 
 assu 
 
 for to Blow 
 
 tigban 
 
 for Balances 
 
 tinban 
 
 for Weight 
 
 tahil 371 
 
 for Pearl 
 
 mutiara 
 
 for Mother of pearl 
 
 tipay 
 
 for Pipe [a musical in- 
 
 
 strument] 
 
 subin 
 
 for Disease of St. Job 
 
 alupalan 372 
 
 Bring me 
 
 palatin comorica 
 
 for certain Rice cakes 
 
 tinapai 373 
 
 Good 
 
 main 
 
 No 
 
 tidale 
 
 for Knife 
 
 capol, sundan 
 
 for Scissors 
 
 catle 
 
 To shave 
 
 chunthinch 
 
 for a well adorned Man 
 
 pixao 
 
 for Linen 
 
 balandan 
 
 for the cloth with which 
 
 
 they cover themselves 
 
 abaca 
 
 for hawk’sbell 
 
 coloncolon 374 
 
 for Pater nosters of all 
 
 
 classes 
 
 tacle 
 
 for Comb 
 
 cutlei, missamis 
 
 for to Comb 
 
 monssughud 
 
 for Shirt 
 
 sabun 
 
 for Sewing-needle 
 
 daghu 
 
 for to Sew 
 
 mamis 
 
 for Porcelain 
 
 mobuluc 
 
 for Dog 
 
 aian, ydo 
 
 for Cat 
 
 epos 
 
 I 89 
 
I 9° PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO 
 
 Ali /ui veli 
 
 gapas 
 
 Ali cri/talini 
 
 balus 
 
 Vien q* 
 
 marica 
 
 Ala caza 
 
 Jlaga baiai 
 
 AL legniame 
 
 tatamue 
 
 Alle /tore doue 
 
 
 dormeno 
 
 Tagichan 
 
 Ale /tore de palma 
 
 bani 
 
 Ale cu//ini de foglie 
 
 Vliman 
 
 A li piati de legnio 
 
 dulan 
 
 AL / uo ydio 
 
 Abba. 
 
 AL /olle 
 
 adlo 
 
 ALa luna 
 
 /onghot 
 
 Ala /tela 
 
 bolan bunthun. 
 
 ALa aurora 
 
 mene 
 
 Ala matina 
 
 verna 
 
 Ala taza 
 
 tagha 
 
 grande 
 
 ba/saL 
 
 AL archo 
 
 bo/sugh. 
 
 ALa freza 
 
 oghon. 
 
 Ali targoni 
 
 cala/san. 
 
 A le ve/ te inbotide 
 
 
 p combater 
 
 baluti 
 
 Ale / ue daghe 
 
 calix baladao 
 
 Ali fui tertiadi 
 
 Campilan. 
 
 A la Lancia 
 
 bancan. 
 
 E1 talle 
 
 tuan. 
 
 Ali figui 
 
 / aghin 
 
 Ale zuche 
 
 baghin 
 
 Ale corde dele /ue 
 
 
 violle 
 
 gotzap 
 
 AL fiume 
 
 tau. 
 
 AL ri/aio p pe/care 
 
 pucat laia 
 
 [Voi. 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 for their Scarfs 
 
 gapas 
 
 for Glass Beads 
 
 balus 
 
 Come here 
 
 marica 
 
 for House 
 
 ilaga, baiai 
 
 for Timber 
 
 tatamue 
 
 for the Mats on which 
 
 
 they sleep 
 
 tagichan 
 
 for Palm-mats 
 
 bani 
 
 for their Leaf cushions 
 
 uliman 
 
 for Wooden platters 
 
 dulan 
 
 for their God 
 
 abba 
 
 for Sun 
 
 adlo 
 
 for Moon 
 
 songhot 
 
 for Star 
 
 bolan, bunthun 
 
 for Dawn 
 
 mene 
 
 for Morning 
 
 uema 
 
 for Cup 
 
 tagha 
 
 Large 
 
 bassal 
 
 for Bow 
 
 bossugh 
 
 for Arrow 
 
 oghon 
 
 for Shields 
 
 calassan 
 
 for Quilted garments 
 
 
 used for fighting 
 
 baluti 
 
 for their daggers 
 
 calix, baladao 
 
 for their Cutlasses 
 
 campilan 
 
 for Spear 
 
 bancan 
 
 for Like 
 
 tuan 
 
 for Figs [/.*., bananas] 
 
 saghin 
 
 for Gourds 
 
 baghin 
 
 for the Cords of their 
 
 
 violins 
 
 gotzap 
 
 for River 
 
 tau 
 
 for Fishing-net 
 
 pucat, laia 
 
192 
 
 PRIMO VIAGGIO INTORNO AL MONDO [Voi. 
 
 AL batello 
 A le canne grande 
 Ale picole 
 Ale /uè barche 
 grande 
 
 Ale / ue barque 
 picolle 
 Ali grand 
 AL pe/ce 
 A vno pe/cie tuto 
 depinto 
 
 A vno alt° ro//o 
 A vno certo alt 0 
 A vno alt° 
 
 Tuto e vno 
 A vno f chiauo 
 A la forca 
 ALa naue 
 A vno re o cap 0 
 gnale 
 
 Vno 
 duy 
 tre 
 
 Quat 0 
 Cinque 
 Sey 
 Sette 
 octo 
 Noue 
 Diece 
 
 /ampan. 
 cauaghan. 
 bonbon. 
 
 balanghai 
 
 boloto 
 Cuban 
 Jcam y//ida 
 
 panap / apà 
 timuan. 
 pilax 
 emaluan. 
 Siama siama. 
 bon/uL 
 bolle 
 benaoa 
 
 raia. 
 
 Numero : 
 
 Vzza 
 
 dua 
 
 tolo. 
 
 vpat 
 
 lima 
 
 onom 
 
 pitto 
 
 gualu 
 
 Ciam. 
 
 polo. 
 
 ( 1 Continued in Voi. //, page 12.) 
 
One] 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 ! 93 
 
 for small Boat 
 
 sampan 
 
 for large Canes 
 
 cauaghan 
 
 for the small ones 
 
 bonbon 
 
 for their large Boats 
 
 balanghai 
 
 for their small Boats 
 
 boloto 375 
 
 for Crabs 
 
 Cuban 
 
 for Fish 
 
 for a Fish that is all 
 
 icam, yssida 
 
 colored 
 
 panapsapan 
 
 for another red [Fish] 
 for a certain other 
 
 timuan 
 
 [kind of Fish] 
 for another [kind of 
 
 pilax 
 
 Fish] 
 
 emaluan 
 
 All the same 
 
 siama siama 
 
 for a Slave 
 
 bonsul 
 
 for Gallows 
 
 bolle 
 
 for Ship 
 
 for a King or Captain- 
 
 benaoa 
 
 general 
 
 raia 
 
 Numbers 
 
 One 
 
 uzza 
 
 two 
 
 dua 
 
 three 
 
 tolo 
 
 four 
 
 upat 
 
 five 
 
 lima 
 
 six 
 
 onom 
 
 seven 
 
 pitto 
 
 eight 
 
 gualu 
 
 nine 
 
 ciam 
 
 ten 
 
 polo 376 
 
 (i Continued in Voi. II, page 13) 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Map showing discoveries of 
 Fernào Vas Dou- 
 
 [Fro??i original MS. in Archivo 
 
psrr ’T'.T' " ' » V 1 . >' iiV X7T 
 
 fl« 
 
 ••'-A 
 
 <**.\*' 
 
 
 Magalhàes, from Alappamundo 
 rado (Goa, 1571) 
 
 Nacional da Torre do Tombo, Lisbon ] 
 
 T A 
 

 
 
 
 
NOTES 
 
 [Note: In the following notes, citations from Richard Eden 
 are made from Arber’s reprint The first three English books on 
 America (Birmingham, 1885), from the third book, entitled The 
 decades of the newe worlde , first printed in London in 1555; 
 from Mosto, from II primo viaggio , intorno al globo di Antonio 
 Pigafetta , by Andrea da Mosto (Roma, 1894), which was pub- 
 lished as a portion of part v of volume iii of Raccolta di docu- 
 menti e studi pubblicati dalla R. Commissione Colombiana pel 
 quarto centenario dalla scoperta dell’America, appearing under 
 the auspices of the Minister of Public Instruction; and from 
 Stanley, from his First voyage round the world, by Magellan 
 (Hakluyt Society publications, London, 1874), which was trans- 
 lated by Lord Stanley in part from the longer French MS. in 
 the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris, and in part from the Amoretti 
 publication (Milan, 1800) made from the Italian MS. in the 
 Biblioteca Ambrosiana.] 
 
 [Note: References in small capitals throughout these notes 
 (as for instance, vol. ii, p. 26) are to Blair and Robertson’s The 
 Philippine Islands: 14Q3-1898 . ] 
 
 1 The greater part of the life of Antonio Pigafetta is shrouded 
 in darkness. The Pigafetta family, who resided at Venice, and 
 was formerly of Tuscan origin, dates back before him for several 
 centuries. The Pigafetta escutcheon was white above and black 
 below with a white transverse bar running from left to right. 
 On the lower part were three red roses, one of them on the bar. 
 The old family house is still standing and shows the motto II 
 nest rose sans espine, i.e., “ No rose without a thorn,” which 
 was probably carved in 1481, when the house was repaired, and 
 not by Antonio Pigafetta after his return from his voyage as 
 some assert. Antonio Pigafetta was born toward the close of 
 the fifteenth century, but the date cannot be positively fixed, some 
 declaring it to be 1491 ; but Harrisse who follows Marzari, gives 
 the date as 1480. It is unknown who his parents were and some 
 have asserted that he was a natural child, although this is evi- 
 dently unfounded, as he was received into the military order of St. 
 John. At an early age he probably became familiar with the 
 sea and developed his taste for traveling. He went to Spain 
 with the Roman ambassador Chieregato, in 1519, but in what 
 capacity is unknown. Hearing details of Magalhàes’s intended 
 voyage he contrived to accompany him. Navarrete surmises that 
 he is the Antonio Lombardo mentioned in the list of the captain’s 
 servants and volunteers who sailed on the expedition, so called 
 
 199 
 
200 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 Voi. 
 
 as his country was Lombardy. After the return of the “ Vic- 
 toria,” he journeyed in Spain, Portugal, and France, and returned 
 to Italy probably in January, 1523. The relation presented by 
 him to Carlos I was probably a draft of his notes taken daily 
 throughout the voyage. His Relation as we know it was under- 
 taken at the request of the marchioness of Mantova, but its com- 
 position was arrested by an order from Clement VII to come to 
 Rome, whither he went in December, 1523, or January, 1524, 
 meeting Villiers Lisle- Adam on his journey thither. He re- 
 mained in the pope’s service but a short time, for in April, 1524, 
 he was back in Venice. That same year he was granted a copy- 
 right on his Relation , which he intended to print, for twenty 
 years. Pozzo says that he was received into the Order of St. 
 John, October 3, 1524, but it was probably somewhat before that 
 date. Between the dates of August, 1524, and August, 1530, his 
 work was presented to Villiers ITsle-Adam. Nothing further is 
 known of him, though some say that he fought against the Turks 
 as late as 1536, while others have placed his death in 1534 or 
 1 535 and at Malta. In addition to his Relation Pigafetta wrote 
 a Treatise on the art of navigation , which follows his Relation. 
 This is not presented in the present publication, notwithstanding 
 its importance, as being outside of the present scope. It is repro- 
 duced by Mosto. He has sometimes been confused with 
 Marcantonio Pigafetta (a Venetian gentleman), the author of 
 Itinerario da Vienna a Constantino poli (London, 1585) ; and 
 wrongly called Vincenzo Antonio Pigafetta, the “Vincenzo” 
 being an error for “ vicentino,” i.e., “ Venetian.” See Mosto, Il 
 primo viaggio... di Antonio Pigafetta (Roma, 1894), PP- 13-30; 
 Larousse’s Dictionnaire ; and La grande Encyclopédie (Paris). 
 
 2 The Order of St. John of Jerusalem. See vol. ii, p. 26, note 
 2. Throughout this Relation Pigafetta’s spelling of proper names 
 is retained. 
 
 3 Philippe de Villiers 1 ’Isle-Adam, the forty-third grand mas- 
 ter of the Order of the Knights of St. John (called Knights of 
 Malta after 1530), was born of an old and distinguished family 
 at Beauvais, in 1464, and died at Malta, August 21, 1534, at 
 grief, some say, over the dissensions in his order. He was elected 
 grand master of his order in 1521 and in the following year 
 occurred his heroic defense of Rhodes with but four thousand 
 five hundred soldiers against the huge fleet and army of Soliman. 
 After six months he was compelled to surrender his stronghold 
 in October, and refusing Soliman’s entreaties to remain with him, 
 went to Italy. In 1524 he was given the city of Viterbe by 
 Clement VII, where in June of 1527 he held a general chapter 
 of his order, at which it was decided to accept the island of Malta 
 which had been offered by Charles V. The gift was confirmed 
 by the letters-patent of Charles V in 1530, and Villiers ITsle- 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 201 
 
 Adam went thither in October of that year. He was always held 
 in high esteem for his bravery, prudence, and piety. See Moreri’s 
 Dictionaire , and Larousse’s Dictionnaire . 
 
 4 The four MSS. of Pigafetta’s Relation are those known as 
 the Ambrosian or Italian, so called from its place of deposit, the 
 Biblioteca Ambrosiana in Milan; no. 5,650, conserved in the 
 Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris, in French; no. 24,224, in the 
 same library, also in French; and the Nancy MS. (also French) 
 so called because it was conserved in Nancy, France, now owned 
 by the heirs of Sir Thomas Phillips, Cheltenham, England. The 
 MSS. of the Bibliothèque Nationale are both shorter than the 
 Italian MS. The Nancy MS. is said to be the most complete of 
 the French manuscripts. The best bibliographical account of 
 these four MSS. that has yet appeared is by Mosto ut supra. A 
 full bibliographical account of both the MSS. and printed books 
 will be given in the volume on bibliography in this series. 
 
 There are a number of radical differences between the Paris 
 MS. no. 5,650 (which will be hereafter referred to simply as MS. 
 5,650) and the Italian MS., these differences including paragraph 
 structure and the division of MS. 5,650 into various chapters, 
 although the sequence is on the whole identical. The most radical 
 of the differences will be shown in these notes. MS. 5,650 con- 
 tains the following title on the page immediately preceding the 
 beginning of the relation proper: “ Navigation and discovery of 
 Upper Indie, written by me, Anthoyne Pigaphete, a Venetian, 
 and knight of Rhodes.” 
 
 5 The emperor Charles V ; but he was not elected to that 
 dignity until June, 1519. Pigafetta writing after that date is not 
 explicit. 
 
 6 Francesco Chiericati was born in Venice, in one of the most 
 ancient and famous families of that city, at the end of the fifteenth 
 century. He attained preeminence at Sienna in both civil and 
 ecclesiastical law. Aided by Cardinal Matteo Lang, bishop of 
 Sion, he was received among the prelates of the apostolic palace. 
 Later he conducted several diplomatic missions with great skill. 
 He left Rome for Spain in December, 1518, on a private mission 
 for the pope, and especially to effect a crusade against the Turks 
 who were then invading Egypt and threatening Christianity. His 
 house at Barcelona became the meeting-place of the savants of that 
 day who discussed literature and science. See Mosto, p. 19, note 3. 
 
 7 MS. 5,650 adds: “scholars and men of understanding.” 
 
 8 MS. 5,650 reads: “so that I might satisfy the wish of the 
 said gentlemen and also my own desire, so that it could be said 
 that I had made the said voyage and indeed been an eyewitness 
 of the things hereafter written.” 
 
202 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 9 See vol. i, p. 250, note 192 for sketch of Magalhàes. The 
 only adequate life of Magalhàes in English is that of Guillemard. 
 
 10 That is, the Order of Santiago. See vol. i, p. 145, note 
 1 7 1. Magalhàes and Falero were decorated with the cross of 
 comendador of the order by Carlos I in the presence of the royal 
 Council in July, 1518. See Guillemard’s Ferdinand Magellan , 
 p. 1 14. 
 
 11 See vol. 1 for various documents during the period of the 
 preparation of the fleet; also Guillemard’s Magellan , pp. 114-116 
 and 1 30-1 34; and Stanley’s First Voyage , pp. xxxiv-xlvi. 
 
 12 Pope Clement VII, who assumed the papacy November 19, 
 1523. Pigafetta was summoned to Rome very soon after Cle- 
 ment’s election, for he was in Rome either in December, 1523, or 
 January, 1524. 
 
 13 The Amoretti edition (Milan, 1800; a wofully garbled 
 adaptation of the Italian MS.) wrongly ascribes this desire to 
 Clement VII, instead of Villiers L’lsle-Adam. See Stanley, p. 36, 
 note 3. 
 
 14 MS. 5*650 reads: “ Finally, most illustrious Lordship, after 
 all provisions had been made and the ships were in readiness, the 
 captain-general, a wise and virtuous man, and one mindful of his 
 honor, would not commence his voyage without first making some 
 good and suitable rules, such as it is the approved custom to make 
 for those who go to sea, although he did not entirely declare 
 the voyage that he was about to make lest those men, through 
 astonishment and fear, should refuse to accompany him on the 
 so long voyage that he had determined upon. In consideration 
 of the furious and violent storms that reign on the Ocean Sea 
 where he was about to sail, and in consideration of another reason 
 also, namely, that the masters and captains of the other ships in 
 his fleet had no liking for him (the reason for which I know not, 
 unless because he, the captain-general, was a Portuguese, and 
 they Spaniards or Castilians, who have for a long while been 
 biased and ill-disposed toward one another, but who, in spite of 
 that, rendered him obedience), he made his rules such as follow, 
 so that his ships might not go astray or become separated from 
 one another during storms at sea. He published those rules and 
 gave them in writing to every master in the ships and ordered 
 them to be inviolably observed and kept, unless for urgent and 
 legitimate excuse, and the proof that any other action was im- 
 possible.” 
 
 15 A Spanish word, meaning “ lantern.” 
 
 16 Mosto wrongly derives strengue from the Spanish trema 
 “ braid ” or “ twist.” Instead it is the Spanish word estrenque , 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 203 
 
 which denotes a large rope made from Spanish grass hemp {stipa) 
 -known to the Spaniards as esparto . MS. 5,650 reads: “ Some- 
 times he set out a lantern ; at other times a thick rush cord which 
 was lighted and was called ‘ trenche ’ [i.e., ‘estrenque,’ ‘ rope of 
 Spanish grass hemp’].” Barcio ( Diccionario general etimològico ) 
 says that the origin of estrenque is unknown. 
 
 17 MS. 5,650 reads: “ If he wished the other ships to haul in 
 a bonnet-sail, which was a part of the sail attached to the main- 
 sail, he showed three lights. Also by three lights notwithstand- 
 ing that the weather might be favorable for making better time, 
 it was understood that the bonnet-sail was to be hauled in, so that 
 the mainsail might be sooner and easier struck and furled when 
 bad weather came suddenly in any squall or otherwise.” 
 
 18 MS. 5,650 adds: “which he had extinguished immediately 
 after;” and continues: “then showing a single light as a sign 
 that he intended to stop there and wait until the other ships 
 should do as he.” 
 
 19 MS. 5,650 adds: “ that is to say, a rock in the sea.” 
 
 20 Stanley translates the following passage wrongly. Rightly 
 translated, it is : “ Also when he desired the bonnet-sail to be re- 
 attached to the sail, he showed three fires.” 
 
 21 This passage is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 22 Hora de la modorra is in Spanish that part of the night 
 immediately preceding the dawn. Mosto, p. 52, note 8. 
 
 23 Contra maestro (boatswain) corresponding to the French 
 contremaitre and the Spanish contramaestre, was formerly the 
 third officer of a ship’s crew. Nochiero (French nocher) was the 
 officer next to contramaestre, although the name, according to 
 Littré was applied to the master or seacaptain of certain small 
 craft. The maestro (French maitre) was a sub-officer in charge 
 of all the crew. The pilot was next to the captain in importance. 
 The translator or adapter who made MS. 5,650 confuses the 
 above officers (see following note). 
 
 24 The instructions pertaining to the different watches are as 
 
 follows in MS. 5,650: “ In addition to the said rules for carry- 
 
 ing on the art of navigation as is fitting, and in order to avoid 
 the dangers that may come upon those who do not have watches 
 set, the said captain, who was skilled in the things required and 
 in navigation, ordered three watches to be set. The first was 
 at the beginning of the night; the second at midnight; and the 
 third toward daybreak, which is commonly called the ‘ diane ’ 
 [i.e., ‘morn’] or otherwise ‘the star of dawn.’ The above- 
 named watches were changed nightly: that is to say, that he who 
 had stood first watch stood second the day following, while he 
 
204 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 who had stood second, stood third ; and thus did they continue to 
 change nightly. The said captain ordered that his rules, both 
 those of signals and of watches, be thoroughly observed, so that 
 their voyage might be made with the greatest of safety. The men 
 of the said fleet were divided into three divisions: the first was 
 that of the captain; the second that of the pilot or boatswain’s 
 mate; and the third that of the master. The above rules having 
 been instituted, the captain-general determined to depart, as fol- 
 lows.” 
 
 25 See Guillemard’s Magellan , pp. 329-336, and Navarrete, 
 Col. de viages, iv, pp. 3-1 1, 162-188, for the stores and equip- 
 ments of the fleet and their cost. The stores carried consisted 
 of wine, olive oil, vinegar, fish, pork, peas and beans, flour, garlic, 
 cheese, honey, almonds, anchovies, raisins, prunes, figs, sugar, 
 quince preserves, capers, mustard, beef, and rice. The apothecary 
 supplies were carried in the “ Trinidad,” and the ecclesiastical 
 ornaments in that ship and the “ San Antonio.” 
 
 26 The exact number of men who accompanied Magalhàes is 
 a matter of doubt. A royal decree, dated Barcelona, May 5, 
 1519, conserved in the papers of the India House of Trade in 
 Archivo general de Indias at Sevilla, with pressmark est. 41, caj. 
 6, leg. 2-25, orders that only two hundred and thirty-five per- 
 sons sail in the fleet. The same archives contain various registers 
 of the fleet (see Llorens Ascensio’s P rimerà vuelta al mundo , 
 Madrid, 1903), one of which is published by Medina in his 
 Colección (i, p. 113). Guillemard ( Magellan , p. 326) says that 
 at least two hundred and sixty-eight men went as is shown by the 
 official lists and “ the casual occurrence of names in the numerous 
 and lengthy autos fiscales connected with the expedition.” Guille- 
 mard conjectures that the total number must have been between 
 two hundred and seventy and two hundred and eighty. Mosto 
 (p. 53> note 2 ) says: “ Castanheda and Barros say that the crews 
 amounted to 250 men, while Herrera says 234. Navarrete’s lists 
 show a total of 265 men. At least 37 were Portuguese, and in 
 addition to them and the Spaniards, the crews contained Genoese 
 and Italians (thirty or more), French (nineteen), Flemings, 
 Germans, Sicilians, English, Corfiotes, Malays, Negroes, Moors, 
 Madeirans, and natives of the Azores and Canary Islands. But 
 seventeen are recorded from Seville, while there are many Bis- 
 cayans. (See Guillemard, ut supra , pp. 326-329.) The registers 
 of men as given by Navarrete (Col. de viages , iv, pp. 12-26) are 
 as follows. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 205 
 
 Trinidad 
 
 (Flagship of no tons) 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Chief cap- 
 tain of 
 the fleet 
 
 Hernando de Magallanes 
 
 Portuguese, citizen of 
 
 Pilot of his 
 Highness 
 
 Esteban Gomez 
 
 Oporto 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Notary 
 
 Leon de Espeleta 
 
 
 Master 
 
 Juan Bautista de Pun- 
 
 
 
 zorol 1 
 
 Cestre, on the Genoese 
 
 Alguacil 2 
 
 Gonzalo Gomez de Espi- 
 
 shore 
 
 
 nosa 
 
 Espinosa 
 
 Contra- 
 
 maestre 
 
 Francisco Albo 3 
 
 Axio, citizen of Rodas 
 
 Surgeon 
 
 Juan de Morales 4 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Barber 
 
 Marcos de Bayas 
 
 San Lucar de Alpechin 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Master Antonio 
 
 Genoese 
 
 Steward 
 
 Cristobal Ros or 
 
 Lepe 
 
 Calker 
 
 Rodriguez 
 
 Felipe 5 
 
 Genoese, native of Reco 
 
 Cooper 
 
 Francisco Martin 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Francisco de Espinosa 
 
 De le Brizuela 
 
 <« 
 
 Ginés de Mafra 
 
 Jerez 
 
 << 
 
 Leon Pancaldo 6 
 
 Saona, in Génova 
 
 u 
 
 Juan Ginovés 7 
 
 San Remò 
 
 a 
 
 Francisco Piora 
 
 Saona 
 
 it 
 
 Martin Ginovés 
 
 Cestre 
 
 it 
 
 Anton Hernandez Col- 
 
 
 
 menero 
 
 Huelva 
 
 l( 
 
 Anton Ros, or Rodriguez 
 
 Huelva 
 
 1 Called in other lists Juan Bautista, Bautista de Poncero, Ponceron, and by Herrera, 
 Juan Bautista de Poncevera. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 A marine officer above the rank of soldier, but below that of ensign. 
 
 3 The pilot who wrote the logbook of the ship “Victoria ” from its arrival at the 
 cape of San Augustin in Brazil until its return to Spain. Navarrete says that Herrera 
 calls him Francisco Calvo. 
 
 4 Called Bachelor Morales in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 Called Filipo de Troa in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 Called Pancado in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 1 Called Sanrremo Ginovés in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
200 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Bartolomé Sanchez 
 
 Huelva 
 
 U 
 
 Tomas de Natia 
 
 Cestre 
 
 << 
 
 Diego Martin 
 
 Huelva 
 
 it 
 
 Domingo de Urrutia 1 
 
 Lequeitio 
 
 << 
 
 Francisco Martin 
 
 Huelva 
 
 a 
 
 Juan Rodriguez 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Gunner 
 
 Master Andres, chief 
 
 
 
 gunner 
 
 Bristol, in England 
 
 << 
 
 Juan Bautista 
 
 Mompeller 
 
 «< 
 
 Guillermo Tanegui 
 
 Lila de Groya 
 
 Common 
 
 
 
 seaman 
 
 Antonio de Goa 
 
 Loro 
 
 a 
 
 Anton de Noya 2 
 
 Noya in Galicia 
 
 a 
 
 Francisco de Ayamonte 
 
 Ayamonte 
 
 a 
 
 Juan de Santandres 3 
 
 Cueto 
 
 tt 
 
 Bias de Toledo 4 
 
 Almunia in Aragon 
 
 tt 
 
 Anton 5 
 
 Black 
 
 a 
 
 Basco Gomez Gallego 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 tt 
 
 Juan Gallego 
 
 Pontevedra 
 
 <( 
 
 Luis de Beas 6 
 
 Beas in Galicia 
 
 a 
 
 Juan de Grijol 
 
 Grijol in Portugal 
 
 Boy 
 
 Gutierrez 
 
 Asturian from Villasevil 
 
 a 
 
 Juan Genovés 7 
 
 A port on the Genoese 
 shore 
 
 tt 
 
 Andres de la Cruz 8 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Servants of the captain and sobresalientes 9 
 
 Servant 
 
 Cristobal Rabelo 
 
 Portuguese, native of 
 Oporto 
 
 Sobresa- 
 
 
 
 liente 
 
 Joan Minez or Martinez 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 1 Called in other registers, Barruti, Barrutia, Barote, and Domingo Vizcaino. — Nava- 
 
 RRETE. 
 
 2 Called Anton Gallego and Antonio Varela in other registers. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Juan de Santander in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Bias Durango in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 The slave of Gonzalo Gomez de Espinoza, called Anton Moreno in another register. 
 — Navarrete. 
 
 8 Said to be a Portuguese in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 Called Juan Antonio in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 8 Called Andres Paye in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 9 Sobresaliente is thus defined by Las Partiday — the laws of Castilla, compiled by Al- 
 fonso X. — parte I., tit. 24, ley 6: “ Sobresalientes are called otherwise men who are 
 placed over and above the requisite number in the ships, both as crossbowmen and other 
 classes of soldiers. Such men have no other duty than to defend those who might be in 
 their ships when fighting with enemies.” Cited by Mosto from A. Jal in Glossaire 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 207 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Servant 
 
 Fernando Portogues 1 
 
 Portuguese, native of 
 
 Sobresa- 
 
 
 Oporto 
 
 liente 
 
 Antonio Lombardo 2 
 
 Lombardia 
 
 
 Peti-Joan 
 
 French, native of Angeo 
 
 
 Gonzalo Rodriguez 
 
 [i.e., Anjou] 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 
 Diego Sanchez Barrasa 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 
 Luis Alonso, de Gois 3 
 
 Portuguese, citizen of 
 
 
 Duarte Barbosa 
 
 Ayamonte 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 
 Albaro de la Mezquita 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Servant 
 
 Nuno 
 
 Portuguese, native of 
 
 Servant 
 
 Diego 
 
 Montemayor Nuevo 
 
 San Lucar 
 
 Captain’s 
 
 
 boy 
 
 F rancisco 4 
 
 Portuguese, native of Es- 
 
 Idem 
 
 Jorge Morisco 
 
 tremiz 
 
 Lombardia 
 
 Chaplain 
 
 Pedro de Balderrama 
 
 Ecija 
 
 Merino 
 
 Alberto 5 Merino 
 
 Cordova 
 
 Servant of 
 the al- 
 
 
 
 guacil 
 
 Pero Gomez 
 
 Hornilla la Prieta 
 
 Armorer 
 
 Pero Sanchez 6 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Interpre- 
 ter, a 
 
 
 
 servant 
 
 Henrique de Malaca 7 
 
 Malaca 
 
 
 Làzaro de Torres 
 
 Aracena 
 
 nautique. (Paris, 1848). Mosto speaks of them as soldiers or volunteers who were em- 
 barked to take part in battles and in boarding. Guillemard says of them: “The young 
 men of good family, who took part in the expedition from love of adventure or desire for 
 advancement in military service, shipped as sobresa/ientes , or supernumeraries” (ut 
 supra, p. 328). 
 
 1 Called in another register, Fernan Lopez, volunteer. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 Called Antonio de Plegafetis \j.e., Pigafetta] in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Luis Alfonso in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Francisco de la Mezquita in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Called Albertos, a sobresaliente, in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 Merino: A shepherd, and formerly by extension an alguacil, which is its meaning here. 
 
 •Called Pedro Sanildes in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 Magalhae’s slave, who afterward, according to Pigafetta, plotted the death of the 
 Europeans, by conspiring with the ruler of Cebu. 
 
2o8 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 San Antonio 
 ( 120 tons) 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Captain 
 and su- 
 pervisor 
 of the 
 
 
 
 fleet 
 
 Juan de Cartagena 
 
 
 Accountant 
 
 Antonio de Coca 
 
 
 Notary 
 
 Hierónimo Guerra 
 
 
 His Maj- 
 esty’s 
 
 
 
 pilot 
 
 Andres de San Martin 
 
 
 Pilot of his 
 
 
 
 Highness 
 
 Juan Rodriguez de 
 
 Mafra 
 
 
 Master 
 
 Juan de Elorriaga 1 
 
 Guipuzcoa 
 
 Boatswain 
 
 Diego Hernandez 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Barber 
 
 Pedro Olabarrieta 2 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 Steward 
 
 Juan Ortiz de Gopegar 3 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 Calker 
 
 Pedro de Bilbao 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Pedro de Sabtua 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 Calker 
 
 Martin de Goytisolo 
 
 Baquio 
 
 Cooper 
 
 Joan de Oviedo 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Sebastian de Olarte 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 u 
 
 Lope de Uguarte 
 
 
 (< 
 
 Joanes de Segura 
 
 Segura in Guipuzcoa 
 
 <« 
 
 Joan de Francia 
 
 Ruan [i.e., Rouen] 
 
 <( 
 
 Jàcome de Mecina 
 
 Mesina 
 
 <« 
 
 Christóbal Garcia 
 
 From Palos 
 
 << 
 
 Pero Hernandez 
 
 Rivadesella 
 
 <( 
 
 Hernando de Morales 1 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 a 
 
 Antonio Rodriguez, Cal- 
 derero [ i.e ., black- 
 
 - 
 
 
 smith] 
 
 From Moguer 
 
 a 
 
 Francisco, Marinerò [i.e., 
 
 
 
 a sailor] 
 
 Citizen of Huelva 
 
 <( 
 
 Francisco Ros, or Rodri- 
 
 
 
 guez 
 
 From Huelva 
 
 u 
 
 Pedro de Laredo 
 
 Portogalete 
 
 <« 
 
 Simon de Asio 
 
 Axio 
 
 1 Called in other registers, Uriaga, Hurriaga, Loriaga, and Elorraga. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 In another register said to be the servant of Antonio de Coca. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Juan Ortiz de Goperi in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Francisco de Morales in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 209 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Gunner 
 
 Master Jacques, chief 
 
 
 
 gunner 
 
 From Tierra Lorena [i.e., 
 
 
 
 land of Lorraine] 
 
 << 
 
 Rojer Dupict 
 
 Monaym 
 
 ii 
 
 Joan Jorge 
 
 Silvedrin 
 
 Common 
 
 
 
 seaman 
 
 Luis, 1 Grumete [i.e., a 
 
 
 
 common seaman] 
 
 Galicia 
 
 u 
 
 Martin de Aguirre 
 
 Arrigorriaga 
 
 ii 
 
 Columbazo 
 
 Bolonia [i.e., Bologna] 
 
 U 
 
 Lucas de Mecina 
 
 Mesina 
 
 a 
 
 Lorencio Rodriguez 
 
 From Moguer 
 
 a 
 
 Miguel 
 
 Pravia, in Asturias 
 
 << 
 
 Joanes de I run Iranzo 
 
 Irun Iranza in Guipuz- 
 
 
 
 coa 
 
 ii 
 
 Joan Ginoves 
 
 Saona 
 
 a 
 
 Joan de Orue 
 
 Munguia 
 
 a 
 
 Alonso del Puerto 2 
 
 Puerto de Santa Maria 
 
 Boy 
 
 Diego, son of Cristobal 
 
 
 
 Garcia 
 
 From Palos 
 
 a 
 
 Diego, son of Juan Rodri- 
 
 
 
 guez de Mafra 
 
 
 
 Servants and sobresalientes 
 
 Chaplain 
 
 Sobresa- 
 
 Bernardo Calmeta 
 
 Lay torà in France 
 
 liente 
 
 Joan de Chinchilla 
 
 Murcia 
 
 a 
 
 Anton de Escobar 
 
 Talavera 
 
 a 
 
 Francisco de Angulo 
 
 Moron 
 
 Servant to 
 
 
 the cap- 
 tain 
 
 Francisco de Molino 
 
 Baeza 
 
 a 
 
 Roque Pelea 
 
 Salamanca 
 
 a 
 
 Rodrigo Nieto, a Galician 
 
 Orense 
 
 a 
 
 Alonso del Rio 
 
 Burgos 
 
 a 
 
 Pedro de Balpuesta 
 
 Citizen of Burgos 
 
 a 
 
 Joan de Leon 
 
 Leon 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 Gutierre de Tunon 3 
 
 Joan de Sagredo, 4 
 
 Tunon in Asturias 
 
 
 merino 
 
 Revenga, in the land of 
 
 
 
 Burgos 
 
 a 
 
 Joan de Minchaca, a 
 
 
 
 crossbowman 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 1 Luis de Avendano in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 Called Alonso de Palos in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Garcia de Tunon in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Segredo in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
210 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 Voi. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Captain’s 
 
 Antonio Hernandez, in- 
 
 
 servant 
 
 terpreter 
 
 Ayamonte 
 
 Servant to 
 the ac- 
 
 
 countant 
 
 Juan Gomez de Espinosa 
 
 Espinosa 
 
 it 
 
 Pedro de Urrea 
 
 Brujas 
 
 Captain 
 
 Concepcion 
 ( 90 tons) 
 
 Gaspar de Quesada 
 
 
 Notary 
 
 Sancho de Heredia 
 
 
 Pilot of his 
 
 
 
 Highness 
 
 Joan Lopez Caraballo 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Master 
 
 Joan Sebastian de El- 
 
 
 
 cano 1 
 
 Guetaria 
 
 Boatswain 
 
 Joan de Acurio 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 Barber 
 
 Hernando de Busta- 
 
 
 
 mente 2 
 
 Mérida 
 
 Calker 
 
 Antonio de Basazabal 3 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Domingo de Iraza 4 
 
 Deva 
 
 Steward 
 
 Joan de Campos 
 
 Alcala de Henares 
 
 Cooper 
 
 Pero Perez 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Francisco Rodriguez 5 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 <( 
 
 Francisco Ruiz 
 
 Moguer 
 
 <( 
 
 Mateo de Gorfo 6 
 
 Gorfo 
 
 (< 
 
 Joan Rodriguez 7 
 
 Huelva 
 
 u 
 
 Sebastian Garcia 8 
 
 Huelva 
 
 tt 
 
 Gomez Hernandez 
 
 Huelva 
 
 tt 
 
 Lorenzo de I runa 9 
 
 Socavila in Guipuzcoa 
 
 tt 
 
 Joan Rodriguez, 10 el sordo 
 
 
 
 [*.£., the deaf man] 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 it 
 
 Joan de Aguirre 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 tt 
 
 Joan de Ortega 
 
 Cifuentes 
 
 1 In other registers called Del Cano, Delcano, and simply Juan Sebastian. — Nava- 
 
 RRETE. 
 
 2 Said to be a native of Alcantara in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Anton de Bazaza in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Domingo de Yarza in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Said to be a native of Portugal in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 8 Called Mateo Griego in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 Called in another register Juan Rodriguez de Huelva, native of Mallorca. — Nava- 
 rrete. 
 
 8 Called Sebastian de Huelva in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 9 Called Lorenzo Duirna in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 10 Called Juan Roiz in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 21 I 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Gunner 
 
 Hans Vargue, 1 chief gun- 
 
 
 
 ner 
 
 German 
 
 ii 
 
 Master Pedro 
 
 Bruselas 
 
 « 
 
 Roldan de Argote 
 
 Flandes, in Brujas 
 
 Common 
 
 
 
 seaman 
 
 Joan de Olivar 2 
 
 
 ii 
 
 Guillermo de Loie 3 
 
 
 ii 
 
 Cristobal de Costa 4 
 
 Jerez 
 
 a 
 
 Guillen 
 
 Galvey 
 
 a 
 
 Gonzalo de Vigo 
 
 Vigo 
 
 ii 
 
 Pedro de Muguertegui 
 
 Muguertegui 
 
 a 
 
 Martin de Isaurraga 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 << 
 
 Rodrigo Macias 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 u 
 
 Joan Navarro 5 
 
 Pamplona 
 
 a 
 
 Joanes de Tuy 
 
 
 Boy 
 
 Juanillo 6 
 
 Galbey 
 
 ii 
 
 Pedro de Churdurza 7 
 
 Sobresalientes 
 
 Bermeo 
 
 Captain’s 
 
 
 
 servant 
 
 Luis del Molino 
 
 Baeza 
 
 ii 
 
 Antonio Fernandez 
 
 Portuguese, of Sevilla 
 
 ii 
 
 Alonso Coto 8 
 
 Genoese 
 
 ii 
 
 Francisco Diaz de Mad- 
 
 
 
 rid 
 
 Madrid 
 
 Merino 
 
 Martin de Judicibus 
 
 Genoese 
 
 
 Juan de Silva 
 
 Isla Graciosa, in Azores 
 
 Blacksmith 
 
 Gonzalo Hernandez 
 
 Santa Maria del Puerto 
 
 
 Martin de Magallayns 
 
 Portuguese, of Lisboa 
 Almonaster, a boundary 
 
 
 Joan de la Torre 
 
 Victoria 
 (85 tons) 
 
 of Sevilla 
 
 Captain 
 
 and 
 
 treasurer 
 
 
 
 of fleet 
 
 Luis de Mendoza 
 
 
 1 In other registers called Master Ance and Master Otans. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 Called Oliver de Valencia in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Guillermo Irés in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Cristobal de Jerez in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Called Juan Novoro in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 In another register called the young son of Juan Caraballo. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 Called Pedro Chindurza in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 8 In other registers called Alonzo Genoves, Cota, and Costa. — Navarrete. 
 
212 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Pilot of his 
 Highness 
 
 Basco Gallego 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Notary 
 
 Martin Mendez 
 
 Citizen of Sevilla 
 
 Master 
 
 Anton Salomon 
 
 Trapana in Sicilia 
 
 Boatswain 
 
 Miguel de Rodas 
 
 Rodas 
 
 Alguacil 
 
 Diego de Peralta 
 
 Peralta in Navarra 
 
 Steward 
 
 Alonso Gonzales 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Calker 
 
 Simon de la Rochela 
 
 From La Rochela 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Martin de Griate 1 
 
 From Deva 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Miguel Benesciano 
 
 Bresà 
 
 (< 
 
 Diego Gallego 
 
 Bayona in Galicia 
 
 ii 
 
 Lope Navarro 
 
 Tudela 
 
 ii 
 
 Nicolas Ginoves 
 
 Genova 
 
 << 
 
 Nicolao de Nàpoles 
 
 Nàpoles de Romania 
 
 «< 
 
 Miguel Sanchez 
 
 Rodas 
 
 «1 
 
 Nicolao de Capua 
 
 Capua 
 
 << 
 
 Benito Genovés 
 
 Arvenga 
 
 <« 
 
 Felipe de Rodas 
 
 Rodas 
 
 «< 
 
 Esteban Villon 2 
 
 Troya 
 
 a 
 
 Joan Griego 
 
 Nàpoles de Romania 
 
 Gunner 
 
 a 
 
 Jorge Aleman [i.e., the 
 German], chief gunner 
 Filiberto de Torres 3 
 
 From Estric 
 
 Toriana 
 
 a 
 
 Hans, a German 4 
 
 Agan 
 
 Common 
 
 seaman 
 
 Joanico, 5 a Viscayan 
 
 Somorostro 
 
 ii 
 
 Joan de Arratia 6 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 ii 
 
 Ochote 7 
 
 Bilbao 
 
 ii 
 
 ii 
 
 Martin de Ayamonte 
 Pedro de Tolosa 
 
 Tolosa in Guipuzcoa 
 
 ii 
 
 Sebastian Ortiz 
 
 Gelver 
 
 ii 
 
 Antonio 
 
 Baresa in Genova 
 
 « 
 
 Bernal Mahuri 8 
 
 Narbona 
 
 ii 
 
 Rodrigo Gallego [i.e., a 
 Galician] 
 
 Coruna 
 
 1 Called in other registers Garate, Yarat, and Perez. — N a varrete. 
 
 2 Called in another register Estéban Breton, and a third register says that he was a native 
 of Trosig in BretarTa. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Another register says that he was a native of Hourienes in Torayn [i.e., Tourraine.] 
 — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Another register calls him Airés, and says that he was afterward chief gunner in the 
 “ Victoria.” — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Called in another register Machin Vizcaino [i.e., a Viscayan]. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 In other registers called Juan de Sahelices and Saylices. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 Called in another register Ochot de Randio. — Navarrete. 
 
 8 In other registers called Cristobal Mahuri and Bernardo Mauri. — Navarrete. 
 
NOTES 
 
 213 
 
 One] 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Common 
 
 Domingo Portogues [z.e., 
 
 
 seaman 
 
 a Portuguese] 
 
 Coimbra 
 
 Boy 
 
 Juan de Zuvileta, the son 
 
 
 of Basco Gallego 
 
 Baracaldo 
 
 
 Sobresalientes 
 
 The cap- 
 tain’s 
 
 
 
 servant 
 
 Francisco Carvajal 
 
 Salamanca 
 
 << 
 
 Joan Martin 1 
 
 Aguilar de Campo 
 
 <« 
 
 Simon de Burgos 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 «< 
 
 Bartolomé de Saldana 
 
 Palos 
 
 Blacksmith 
 
 Gonzalo Rodriguez 
 
 
 << 
 
 Pero Garcia de Herrero 2 
 
 Ciudad Real 
 
 
 Joan Villalon 
 
 Alonso de Mora, or de 
 
 Antequera 
 
 
 Ebora 3 
 
 Mora, in Portugal 
 
 Cooper 
 
 Joan de Cordoba 
 
 Sanlucar 
 
 
 Diego Diaz 
 
 Santiago 
 ( 75 tons) 
 
 Sanlucar 
 
 Captain 
 and pilot 
 of his 
 
 
 
 Highness 
 
 Joan Serrano 
 
 Citizen of Sevilla 
 
 Notary 
 
 Antonio de Costa 
 
 
 Master 
 
 Baltasar Ginoves 
 
 Ribera de Génova [ i.e. } 
 the Genoese shore] 
 
 Boatswain 
 
 Bartolomé Prior 4 
 
 San Maio 
 
 Steward 
 
 Gaspar Diaz 
 
 Isla Graciosa, in the 
 Azores 
 
 Calker 
 
 Joan Garcia 
 
 Génova 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Ripart 5 
 
 Bruz in Normandia [i.e. } 
 Normandy] 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Antonio Flamenco [i.e., 
 
 
 
 a Fleming] 
 
 Enveres 
 
 1 Another register declares him to be a native of Sevilla. — Na varrete. 
 
 2 Called Pedro Herrero [/.*., the blacksmith] in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Alonso Portugués [».*., the Portuguese] in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called in other registers Maio a Frenchman, Malvo, and Amalo. — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Called in other registers Ricarte, Ruxar, and Rigarte; while another says that he was 
 a native of Ebras in France. — Navarrete. 
 
2I 4 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Luis Martinez 
 
 Huelva 
 
 44 
 
 Bartolomé Garcia 
 
 Palos 
 
 » 
 
 Joan Garcia 
 
 Palos 
 
 << 
 
 Agustin 
 
 Saona 
 
 << 
 
 Bocacio Alfonso 1 
 
 Bollullos 
 
 (< 
 
 Pedro Gascon 2 [ i.e ., a 
 
 
 
 Gascon] 
 
 Burdeos [i.e., Bordeaux] 
 
 << 
 
 Domingo 3 
 
 
 <t 
 
 Diego Garcia de Trigu- 
 
 
 
 eros 
 
 Trigueros 
 
 Gunner 
 
 Lorenzo (Jorrat 
 
 Talesa in Normandia 
 [i.e., Normandy] 
 
 « 
 
 Common 
 
 Joan Macia 4 
 
 Troya 
 
 seaman 
 
 Pedro Diaz 5 
 
 Huelva 
 
 44 
 
 Antonio Hernandez 6 
 
 Palos 
 
 44 
 
 Juan, 7 a negro 
 
 
 << 
 
 Joan Breton [i.e., a Bre- 
 
 
 
 ton] 
 
 Cruesic in Bretana [i.e., 
 Brittany] 
 
 ct 
 
 Pedro Bello 8 
 
 Palos 
 
 a 
 
 Hieronimo Garcia 9 
 
 Sevilla 
 
 << 
 
 Pero Arnaot 
 
 Horrai 
 
 a 
 
 Pero Garcia 
 
 Trigueros 
 
 Boy 
 
 Joan Flamenco [i.e., a 
 
 
 
 Fleming] 
 
 Enveres 
 
 44 
 
 Francisco Paxe 10 
 
 Sobresalientes 
 
 
 Merino 
 
 Joan de Aroche 
 
 Aroche, boundary of Se- 
 villa 
 
 
 Martin Barrena 
 
 Villafranco in Guipuzcoa 
 
 
 Hernan Lorenzo 
 
 Aroche 
 
 1 Called Socacio Alonso in another register. — Na varrete. 
 
 2 Called Pedro Gaston in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 3 Called Domingo Marinerò [i.e., a sailor] in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 4 Called Juan de Troya in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 5 Called Pedro de Huelva in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 6 Called Alonso Hernandez in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 7 The slave of Juan Serrano. — Navarrete. 
 
 8 Pedro Brito in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 0 Geronimo Sevillano [i.e., a native of Sevilla] in another register. — Navarrete. 
 
 10 Another register calls him Francisco, the son-in-law of Juan Serrano. — Navarrete. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 21 5 
 
 The total number of men for the ships as above given is 235. 
 Navarrete made his list from the list conserved in Archivo general 
 de Indias, and notes of Juan Bautista Munoz, and various other 
 sources. The obstacles in the way of a correct register were the 
 abbreviation of names and places, the custom prevalent of naming 
 people from their native town or province, and the fact that the 
 various registers were made between 1519 and 1525. From some 
 of these registers, it appears that the following men were also in 
 the fleet. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Aroca 
 
 Viscayan 
 
 Steward 
 
 Bias Alfonso 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Calker 
 
 Juan Gutierrez 
 
 Maestre Pedro 1 
 
 
 Sailor 
 
 Common 
 
 Bautista Genovés 
 
 Genova 
 
 seaman 
 
 Perucho de Bermeo 
 
 
 <( 
 
 Domingo Alvarez 
 
 
 it 
 
 Domingo Gonzalez 
 
 
 « 
 
 Domingo de Zubillan 2 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 n 
 
 Andres Blanco 
 
 
 u 
 
 Antonio Gomez 
 
 Axio 
 
 it 
 
 Juan Portugués [i.e., a 
 Portuguese] 
 
 
 a 
 
 Juan Bras 
 
 
 « 
 
 Gonzalo Gallego 
 
 
 it 
 
 Rodrigo de Hurrira 
 Sebastian Portugués [i.e., 
 a Portuguese] 
 
 Juan de Ircepais 
 
 
 
 Sobresalientes 
 
 Secular 
 
 
 
 priest 
 
 Pero Sanchez de Reina 
 Licentiate Morales 
 Hernando Rodriguez 
 Hartiga 
 
 Diugurria 
 
 
 1 This man was Shanghaied at the island of Teneriffe by order of Magalhaes, October 
 I, 1519, and embarked on the “Santiago,” but his occupation or country is unknown. 
 He returned in the “Victoria,” and was one of those captured by the Portuguese in the 
 island of Santiago in the Cape Verde Islands, as is proved by documents in Archivo Ge- 
 neral de Indias. — Navarrete. 
 
 2 Named in other registers Domingo, from Tovilla, Portugal, and Domingo, native of 
 Cobillana, Portugal.— Navarrete. 
 
2IÓ 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 Capacity 
 
 Name 
 
 Nationality 
 
 Soldier 
 
 Diego Arias 
 
 Sanificar 
 
 Blacksmith 
 Servant of 
 
 Juan Hernandez 
 
 Triana 
 
 Luis de 
 Men- 
 doza 
 
 Hernando de Aguilar 
 
 The negro of the pilot 
 
 
 
 Juan Carballo 
 
 
 In addition there were probably others, this list being still three 
 short of Guillemard’s figures, 268. Harrisse (Disc, of N. Amer. } 
 London and Paris, 1892, pp. 714 et seq .) gives a partial list. 
 
 27 The Moorish name of Guadalquivir (from Arabic Wad-al- 
 Kcbir, “the great river”), superseded the Roman name of Baetis. 
 The Romans formed all Southern Spain into one province called 
 Baetica after the name of the Baetis. By the town Gioan dal 
 Farax is meant San Juan de Aznalfarache (from Moorish Hisn 
 al-Faradj). Its Gothic name was Osset and its Roman name Julia 
 Constantia. It is a favorite resort of the inhabitants of Sevilla. 
 Coria was once a Roman potters’ town and is still celebrated for 
 its jars. San Lucar de Barrameda was named in honor of St. 
 Luke. It was captured from the Moors in 1264 and granted to 
 the father of Guzman el Bueno. It attained importance after 
 the discovery of America because of its good harbor. The house 
 of Medina-Sidonia was founded by Alfonso Pérez de Guzman, a 
 famous captain. 
 
 28 The original of this passage is obscure. The distance given 
 (ten leagues; and both MS. 5,650 and Eden agree substantially 
 with it) is far too short for the distance between San Lucar and 
 Cape St. Vincent, which is over one hundred miles. Pigafetta 
 may have forgotten the actual distance, or it may have been an 
 error of his amanuensis. It is possible to translate as follows: 
 “ which lies in 37 degrees of latitude, [that parallel being] x 
 leguas from the said port ; ” for “ longui ” may be taken as agree- 
 ing with “ gradi.” In all rendering of distances, the Spanish form 
 will be used in preference to the Italian ; and the same will apply 
 to the names of Spanish coins. 
 
 29 MS. 5,650 reads: “And after passing many small villages 
 along the said river, we at last reached a chateau belonging to the 
 duke of Medinacidonia, and called Sainct Lucar, where there is 
 a port with an entrance into the Ocean Sea. One enters that 
 port by the east wind, and leaves by the west. Nearby is the cape 
 of Sainct Vincent, which, according to cosmography, lies in a 
 latitude of thirty-seven degrees at a distance of twenty miles from 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 I 7 
 
 the said port. From the said city [of Sevilla] to the said port 
 by the river abovesaid, the distance is thirty-five or forty miles.” 
 This passage might be cited as a proof that Pigafetta did not trans- 
 late or write the French version, but that the work was done by 
 another, who takes various liberties with his original. 
 
 30 MS. 5,650 reads: “ furnish the fleet.” 
 
 31 Ninguna in original, a Spanish word. 
 
 32 MS. 5,650 adds: “otherwise called ‘labeiche.’ ” Labech 
 (Italian libeccio) is simply a name for the southwest wind. This 
 is another instance in which the French adapter adds an explana- 
 tion to the Italian, thus explaining the Italian term garbino , 
 “ southwest.” 
 
 33 MS. 5,650 reads wrongly: “sixteenth.” The so-called 
 Genoese pilot (the author of the “ Roteiro,” by which name his 
 account will be hereafter designated, and concerning whom, see 
 Guillemard’s Magellan , p. 145, and Mosto, p. 32, and note 4) 
 gives the date of departure as September 21 (with which Barros 
 agrees) and the arrival at Tenerife as the twenty-ninth (see Stan- 
 ley, p. 1). Peter Martyr, Gomara, and Oviedo agree with Piga- 
 fetta, while Castanheda makes the departure in January, 1520. 
 Hughes observes that if one keep in mind the circumstance that 
 the day of the arrival coincided with the day dedicated by the 
 Church to St. Michael, the date September 29 seems more ad- 
 missible. However, one may reconcile the two dates of the arrival 
 by observing that the ships stopped at Tenerife until October 2 ; 
 while Herrera says that the ships fetched Montana Roja (the 
 Monte rosso of the text) on September 29. See Mosto, p. 53, 
 notes 4 and 5. It should be noted that Gomara and Oviedo 
 are not entirely trustworthy authorities, and that many times 
 they have simply copied from authorities, such as Maximilianus 
 Transylvanus, who is not always to be relied upon. 
 
 34 The Canaries were known to the ancients under the names 
 of Islands of the Blest, Fortunate Islands, and the Hesperides. 
 The Moors knew of them under the name of Islands of Khaledat, 
 but had no practical acquaintance with them. In the fourteenth 
 century these islands began to be known to Europeans, especially 
 through the Portuguese. In 1402, the Frenchman Jean de Bethen- 
 court went there, and shortly after began their conquest under 
 the auspices of the crown of Castile. In consequence of the set- 
 tlements made by Bethencourt, the islands were definitely ceded 
 to Spain in 1481 (see Birch’s Alboquerque, London, 1875-1884, 
 Hakluyt Society Publications, ii, p. vi). The inhabitants of the 
 islands were known as Guanches or Guanchinet, the latter mean- 
 ing “ men of Tenerife.” The inhabitants of this island, holding 
 out longer than the others, were not subdued until 1496. See 
 also Conquest of Canaries (London, 1877) ; and History and De- 
 
21 8 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 scription of Africa (London, 1896), i, pp. 99-101: both publica- 
 tions of the Hakluyt Society. The island of Tenerife was formerly 
 called Nivana and by some the Island of Hell. Like all the other 
 islands of the Canaries it is volcanic in formation, and its peak, 
 the Teyde, is one of the largest volcanic cones known. Its latitude 
 is 28° 15'. 
 
 35 Guillemard conjectures that this is Punta Roxa, located at 
 the south end of Tenerife. 
 
 36 MS. 5,650 adds: “which is a substance needed by ships.” 
 Herrera says that they waited three days at the port awaiting a 
 caravel that was laden with pitch for the fleet (Mosto, p. 53, 
 note 8). 
 
 37 MS. 5,650 reads: “ water coming from spring or river.” 
 
 38 Eden (p. 250) adds to this account which he greatly 
 abridges: “The lyke thynge is al/o fee ne in the Hand of /aynt 
 Thomas, lyinge directly vnder the Equinoctiall lyne.” Of this 
 island of Hierro, Pory (History and description of Africa , Hakluyt 
 Society edition, p. 100) says: “ Hierro hath neither spring nor 
 well, but is miraculously furnished with water by a cloud which 
 over-spreadeth a tree, from whence distilleth so much moisture, as 
 sufficeth both for men and cattel. This cloud ariseth an hower 
 or two before the sunne, and is dissolued two howers after sunne 
 rising.” This is an old story and is related by Pliny and founded 
 upon fact “ for both in Madeira and the Canaries the laurel and 
 other heavy-foliaged evergreens condense abundant water from 
 the daily mists” (Guillemard’s Magellan , p. 149). Gregorio 
 Chil y Naranio (Estudios históricos ... de las islas Cana- 
 rias , 1879) believes Pigafetta means here the island of Palma, and 
 that the first navigators visited only the coast and so did not see 
 the lake in the interior (Mosto, p. 53, note 9). 
 
 30 MS. 5,650 adds: “which the sailors of the east call 
 ‘ Cyroc.’ ” This is the Italian sirocco , which is the name for the 
 southeast wind instead of the south. Herrera says they left the 
 port October 2 (Mosto, p. 54, note 2). 
 
 40 Eden (p. 250) reads incorrectly: “In this coa/t they had 
 no maner of contrary wynds but a great calme and fayre wether 
 for the /pace of three /core and tenne dayes, in the which they 
 came vnder the Equinoctiall lyne.” 
 
 41 MS. 5,650 adds: “and of those persons who have sailed 
 there often.” 
 
 42 MS. 5,650 reads: “And in order that our ships might not 
 be wrecked or broach to (which often happens when the squalls 
 come together).” 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 219 
 
 43 This last phrase, as well as the two following sentences are 
 missing in MS. 5,650. The third sentence following begins: 
 “ During the calm weather, large fish called tiburoni,” etc. The 
 word tiburoni , “ sharks ” is from the Spanish tiburon , which comes 
 from the French tibéron (tiburin, tiburon) . - Echagaray’s Dic- 
 cionario Etimològico (Madrid, 1889). 
 
 44 MS. 5,650 reads: “The said fish are caught by means of 
 a contrivance which sailors call ‘ hame ’ which is an iron fish- 
 hook.” Hame ( ain ) is the French form of the Italian Amo, 
 meaning “ fishhook.” 
 
 46 MS. 5,650 adds: “ because of the bad weather.” 
 
 46 MS. 5,650 reads “ a quarter of an hour,” and the same dura- 
 tion of time is given by Eden (p. 250). 
 
 47 MS. 5,650 adds: “It is to be noted that whenever that 
 fire that represents the said Saint Anseime ascends and descends 
 the mast of a ship while in a storm at sea, that the said ship is 
 never wrecked.” Herrera (cited by Mosto, p. 54, note 5) says 
 that St. Elmo appeared on the masthead with a lighted candle and 
 sometimes two during the storms encountered along the coasts 
 of Guinea, and that the sailors were greatly comforted thereby, 
 and saluted the saint as is the custom of seamen. When he ap- 
 peared, he remained a quarter of an hour, and at his departure a 
 great flash of light occurred which blinded all the men. Eden 
 (p. 250) calls it the fire of St. Helen. Continuing, Eden injects 
 into his abridgment of the first circumnavigation a description of 
 St. Elmo’s fire by Hieronimus Cardanus in the second book of 
 De Subtilitate. He says: “Of the kynde of trewe fyer, is the 
 fyer baule or f tarre commonly cauled /aynt Helen which is fum- 
 tyme fee ne abowt the ma/tes of / hyppes, beinge of fuche fyery 
 nature that it f umetyme melteth bra/en veffe Is, and is a token of 
 drownyng, fora/ much as this chaunceth only in great tempe/tes. 
 For the vapoure or exhalation whereof this fyre is engendered, 
 can not bee dryven togyther or compacte in forme of fyre, but of 
 a gro/e vapoure and by a great poure of wynde, and is therfore a 
 token of imminent perell.” The fires called after St. Peter and 
 St. Nicholas are on the contrary, he says, good omens, and are 
 generally to be seen on the cables, after a storm. Being little 
 and swift moving they can do no damage as they could do if 
 massed and of slow movement. St. Elmo’s fire is the popular 
 name for the atmospheric electricity that gathers in the form of 
 a star or brush about the masthead of ships and on the rigging. 
 It was sometimes accompanied by a hissing noise and was con- 
 sidered as a good omen by sailors. The Greeks who observed 
 this phenomenon wove it into the Castor and Pollux myth; and 
 the French edition of Pigafetta’s relation published by Simon de 
 
220 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 Colines has the passage (see Mosto, p. 54) : “ They saw the fires 
 called Sainct Eline and Sainct Nicolas like blazing torches (whom 
 the ancients called Castor and Pollux).” “Elmo” is said by 
 some to be a corruption of “ Helena,” the sister of Castor and 
 Pollux, and the name “Hellene ” or “ Helen ” was often given 
 to the fire when only one light was visible. It is, however, more 
 probably derived from St. Elmo, bishop of Formine who died 
 about 304, and who is invoked by sailors on the Mediterranean. 
 The phenomenon is also called fire of “ St. Elias,” “ St. Clara,” 
 “ St. Nicolas,” and “ composite,” “ composant,” and “ corposant 
 ( i.e., corpus sanctum ) .” 
 
 48 The second bird mentioned is the stormy petrel (of the 
 family Laridce and genus Thalassidroma) , which is found along 
 all the Atlantic coasts and on some of the Pacific. The tale of 
 the text was current among sailors (see Wilkes, U. S. Exploring 
 Expedition , viii, pp. 402, 403). The cagassela (“cagaselo” in 
 MS. 5,650) is the Stercorarius parasiticus , called also the jaeger, 
 and by sailors “ boatswain,” “ teaser,” and “ dung-hunter.” The 
 last name arose from the belief, long held even by scientists, that 
 this bird fed on the dung of gulls and terns. In reality it pur- 
 sues the latter birds and compels them to disgorge the fish that 
 they have swallowed. The flying-fish is either a species of Exo- 
 coetus , or the Scomberesox saurus of Europe and America, both of 
 which feed in large schools and jump from the water to escape 
 their enemies. See Riverside Natural History (Boston and New 
 York). 
 
 49 MS. 5,650 adds: “which is the collateral wind between 
 the south and the west;” and below reads: “twenty-four and 
 one-half degrees; ” while Eden (p. 250) reads: “ xxii degrees and 
 a halfe.” 
 
 50 Verzino , the etymology of which is unknown (see Varthema’s 
 Travels , Hakluyt Society edition, p. lxxviii, note, and 205 note), is 
 the Italian name for brazil-wood, from which Brazil, which was 
 first visited by Vicente Pinzon, Diego Lope, Pedro Alvares Cabral, 
 and Amerigo Vespucci, was named. The first names of the country 
 were Vera Cruz and Santa Cruz. Cape Santo Agostinho, men- 
 tioned below, lies in 8° 21' south latitude, and is the most east- 
 ern headland of South America. It was the first land of that 
 continent to be discovered, being sighted at least as early as 1500 
 by Pinzon. Before sighting the above cape, Magalhàes arrested 
 Juan de Cartagena for insubordination and gave the command of 
 the “ San Antonio ” to Antonio de Coca (see Guillemard’s Ma- 
 gellan 1, p. 153). Albo’s log begins slightly before the sighting of 
 the point, his first entry being November 29. See Burton’s “ In- 
 troduction ” in his Captivity of Hans Stade (Hakluyt Society 
 publications, London, 1874). 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 221 
 
 61 MS. 5*650 reads: “veal.” The anta is the tapir, once 
 very plentiful in South America, but now rare in the well civil- 
 ized districts. See Burton’s Captivity of Hans Stade , p. viii. Albo, 
 however, seems to designate the llama by this name, for he says 
 when speaking of the stay at Bay St. Julian: “ and many Indians 
 came there, who are clad in certain skins of antas, which resemble 
 camels without the hump.” (Navarrete, Col. de viages, iv, p. 
 214). 
 
 52 Stanley mistranslates the French phrase of MS. 5,650 et 
 est de la longueur dun naveau , “ and is of the length of a shuttle,” 
 confusing naveau with navette , “ shuttle.” Naveau here is equiva- 
 lent to navet , “ turnip ” or navette , “ rape,” a plant of the turnip 
 class, as is proved by the Italian. 
 
 53 MS. 5,650 reads: “And for a king of cards, of the kind 
 which are used to play with in Italy, they gave me five fowls.” 
 The four suits of Italian playing cards are called spade 
 (“swords”), bastoni (“clubs”), danari (literally: “money;” 
 “diamonds”), and coppe (“cups”). 
 
 54 MS. 5,650 reads: “five.” 
 
 55 MS. 5,650 adds: “which is an astrological term. That 
 zenith is a point in the sky, according to astrologers, but only in 
 the imagination, and is in a straight line over our head, as can 
 be seen by the treatise of the sphere, and in Aristotle, in the first 
 book De caelo et mondo." By the treatise of the sphere is evidently 
 meant the treatise of Pigafetta which follows his relation, and 
 which is not reproduced here as being outside the scope of the 
 present work. In the flyleaf of the Italian original is the follow- 
 ing: “Notices concerning the new world, with the charts of 
 the countries discovered, written by Antonio Pigafeta, Venetian 
 and knight of Rodi. At the end are added some rules for finding 
 the longitude and latitude of places east and west.” In the Italian 
 MS. this treatise occupies the last twelve folios. Stanley trans- 
 lates Amoretti’s version of the Treatise , which is greatly abridged. 
 Mosto (p. 35) conjectures that the treatise is the fruits of his 
 three-years’ experience during the expedition. 
 
 56 Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 210) says that the fleet continued to 
 
 coast southwest from November 29 until arriving at St. Lucy’s 
 bay on December 13 (St. Lucy’s day). Of the coast he says: 
 “ The mountains are peaked and have many reefs about them. 
 There are many rivers and ports in the said Brasil and San 
 Tomé, and some six leguas down the coast there are many bays 
 running two leguas into the land. But the coast runs northeast 
 and southwest to Cape Frio, and has many islands and rivers. 
 Cape Frio is a very large river. ... At the entrance of the 
 said bay is a very large bay, and at the mouth a very low island, 
 and inside it spreads out extensively and has many ports . . . 
 
222 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 and is called the bay of Santa Lucia. ... In the said bay, 
 one finds a well-disposed and numerous race, who go naked and 
 trade for fishhooks, mirrors, and hawk’s bells with food. . . . 
 We entered that place on the very day of St. Lucy, and stayed 
 there until the day of St. John, namely, the twenty-seventh of the 
 said month of December. On that day we went and took our 
 course west southwest, and found seven islands. To the right 
 of them is a bay called the bay of Los Reyes [i.e., the Kings] 
 which has a good entrance.” The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. i) says: 
 “ as soon as they sighted the other coast of Brazil, he steered to 
 the south-east [mc] along the coast as far as Cabo-frio, which 
 is in twenty-three degrees south latitude; and from this cape he 
 steered to the west, a matter of thirty leagues, to make the Rio 
 de Janeiro, which is in the same latitude as Cabo-frio, and they 
 entered the said river on the day of St. Lucy, which was the 13th 
 December, in which place they took in wood, and they remained 
 there until the first octave of Christmas, which was the 26th 
 of December of the same year.” Brito (Navarrete, iv, p. 306) 
 says: “Setting sail thence [i.e., from Tenerife], the first land 
 sighted was the cape of the shoals of Ambas. They descended 
 the coast as far as the river called Janeiro, where they stayed 15 
 or 16 days.” 
 
 57 Eden (p. 251) says: “ bygger then all Spayne, Portugale, 
 Fraunce, and Italie.” 
 
 68 MS. 5,650 adds: “ more like beasts than anything else.” 
 
 69 MS. 5,650 reads: “And some of those people live to the 
 age of one hundred, one hundred and twenty, one hundred and 
 forty, or more.” Eden (p. 251) says: “ C.xx. and C.xl. yeares.” 
 For description of the Brazil Indians, and their manners and 
 customs, see Captivity of Hans Stade (Hakluyt Society edition), 
 pp. 117-169. 
 
 60 Wrongly transcribed by Stanley as “ boy.” 
 
 61 MS. 5,650 reads: “You must know that a family of one 
 hundred persons, who make a great racket, lives in each of those 
 houses called boii .” One of these houses (called Oca, in Tupi) 
 is described by Wilson ( Transactions of Ethnological Society , new 
 series, voi. i) as being “ 60 or 70 feet long, divided into rooms 
 for several families by rush mats, and provided with a central 
 fire whose smoke passed through the roof. Some of them contained 
 200 head.” See Burton’s Captivity of Hans Stade , pp. 59, 60, 
 note. The Indians described by Pigafetta are probably the Tamo- 
 yos of the Tupi or Guarani stock (Mosto, p. 56, note 1 ; see also 
 Burton, ut supra, pp. lxi-lxxvi). 
 
 62 Amoretti makes this passage read : 
 
 “ Their boats, called 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 223 
 
 canoes, are hollowed out from the single trunk of a huge tree ; ” 
 understanding maschize as massiccio “ huge.” Mosto prefers to read 
 maschize as two words ma schize (notwithstanding that it is one 
 word in the original), for ma schiacciate , “but flattened.” Ac- 
 cepting this, the translation would be : “ They have boats made 
 
 from one single tree, only flattened.” Amoretti’s interpretation is 
 to be preferred. 
 
 63 MS. 5,650 reads: “and one would believe them to be 
 enemies from hell.” 
 
 64 MS. 5,650 adds: “ of the said country of Verzin.” 
 
 65 MS. 5,650 reads: “daily.” Amerigo Vespucci says in a 
 letter (Mosto, p. 55, note 6): “I saw human flesh salted and 
 suspended from the beams, in the same way as we are wont to 
 hang up bacon and swine’s flesh.” See Jesuit Relations and Allied 
 Documents (Cleveland reissue), for instances of cannibalism 
 among the North American Indians. See also Captivity of Hans 
 Stade (Hakluyt Society edition), pp. 15 1, 1 55-1 59 ; and Domin- 
 guez’s Conquest of the River Plate (Hakluyt Society publications, 
 London, 1891), pp. 129, 130. 
 
 66 For Carvagio, as in MS. 5,650, and later in the Italian; an 
 error of the amanuensis. This was Joao Carvalho (the Juan 
 Lopez Caraballo of the register -see note 26, ante). Carvalho 
 was a Portuguese, of none too scrupulous morals, even in his age, 
 as appears later in Pigafetta’s narrative. After the fatal banquet 
 in the island of Cebu, he became the leader of the remaining men 
 of the fleet, but was later deposed (see post , note 441). He re- 
 mained behind with the ill-fated “Trinidad,” and never returned 
 to Europe. His son, borne to him by a native woman of Brazil, 
 was left behind in Borneo. See Stanley, pp. 252-255, for Correa’s 
 account of the actions of Carvalho after the death of Magalhàes. 
 
 67 The early French edition and the Italian edition of 1536 
 both include the women and children. - Stanley. 
 
 68 It is a widespread (perhaps universal) characteristic of the 
 American Indian to pull out the hair of the body. See Jesuit 
 Relations and Allied Documents (Cleveland reissue). 
 
 69 Eden (p. 45), defines gatti mammoni as monkeys. Monkeys 
 of the genus Cebus are probably meant (Mosto, p. 55, note 8). 
 
 70 MS. 5,650 reads: “fresh cheese.” Pigafetta may here 
 refer to the bread made from the casava or manioc root. See 
 Burton’s Captivity of Hans Stade , pp. 130- 132, for a description 
 of the method of preparing this root. 
 
 71 The swine mentioned by Pigafetta is the Tayasu (Tagagu), 
 or peccari ( Dicotyles torquatus) , which has quills resembling those 
 
224 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 of the porcupine, and is generally of a whitish color. It is tailless 
 and very fierce and difficult to domesticate. The flesh was eaten; 
 and the teeth were worn by some of the chiefs as necklaces. Bur- 
 ton (ut supra), p. 160, note. 
 
 72 The Platalea ajaja or rosy spoonbill, belonging to the family 
 of the Plataleidre , whose habitat extends through all of tropical 
 and subtropical America, including the West Indies, south to the 
 Falkland Islands, Patagonia and Chile, and north to the southern 
 part of the United States. 
 
 73 Hans Stade (Burton, ut supra) testifies to the chastity of 
 the people of Eastern Brazil among whom he lived as a prisoner. 
 
 74 MS. 5,650 reads: “ The women attend to the outside affairs, 
 and carry everything necessary for their husband’s food in small 
 panniers on the head or fastened to the head.” 
 
 75 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and compassion.” 
 
 76 MS. 5,650 reads: “When we departed they gave us a very 
 great quantity of verzin;” and adds: “That is a color which 
 comes from trees which grow in the said country, and so abun- 
 dantly, that the country is called Verzin from it.” 
 
 77 MS. adds: “ which was a piece of great simplicity.” 
 
 78 This sentence is preceded by the following in MS. 5,650: 
 “ Besides the abovesaid which proclaims their simplicity, the peo- 
 ple of the above place showed us another very simple thing.” 
 
 79 This passage in Stanley reads as follows: “A beautiful 
 young girl came one dày inside the ship of our captain, where I 
 was, and did not come except to seek for her luck: however, she 
 directed her looks to the cabin of the master, and saw a nail, of a 
 finger’s length, and went and took it as something valuable and 
 new, and hid it in her hair, for otherwise she would not have been 
 able to conceal it, because she was naked, and, bending forwards, 
 she went away; and the captain and I saw this mystery.” The 
 matter between the words “ length ” and “ naked ” is taken from 
 MS. 24,224 (wrongly declared by Stanley to be the copy of his 
 travels presented to the regent Louise by Pigafetta, the conclusion 
 being based on the fact that some of the details are softened down), 
 as Stanley considered the incident as told in MS. 5,650, the Italian 
 MS. and the first French edition, as unfit for publication. Stanley 
 cites the following (in the original) from the edition of 1536 
 which omits the above story: “At the first land at which we 
 stopped, some female slaves whom we had brought in the ships 
 from other countries and who were heavy with child, were taken 
 with the pains of childbirth. Consequently, they went alone out 
 of the ships, went ashore, and after having given birth, returned 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 22 $ 
 
 immediately to the ships with their infants in their arms.” He also 
 cites the following passage from the first French printed edition, 
 which also narrates the above story of the girl: “At the first coast 
 that we passed, some slave women gave birth. When they were in 
 travail, they left the boat, after which they immediately returned, 
 and nursed their children.” Stanley adds that this story of the 
 slave women is improbable, as women were not allowed to come 
 aboard ship. 
 
 80 MS. 5,650 gives the words of the Brazil as follows: “ maiz, 
 huy,'pinda, taesse, chignap, pirame, itenmaraca, turn maraghatom.” 
 Amoretti (see Stanley’s edition, p. 48) reads tacse as tarse and 
 itanmaraca as Hanmaraca. Stanley mistranslates the French 
 forcette (“ scissors ”) as “ fork.” 
 
 81 Eden says (p. 251): “ xxxiiii. degree and a halfe toward 
 
 the pole Antartike.” 
 
 82 MS. 5,650 reads: “and to ask whether the others might 
 come.” 
 
 83 MS. 5,650 reads: “That place was formerly called Cape 
 Saincte Marye and it was thought that one could pass thence 
 to the sea of Sur, that is to say the South Sea, but it has not been 
 ascertained that any ships have ever discovered anything farther 
 on.” Eden (p. 251) reads: “Abowt the mouth of this ryuer, are 
 /even ilandes, in the bygge/t whereof, they founde certeyne precious 
 /tones, and cauled it the cape of Saynt Marie. The Spanyardes 
 thought that by this ryuer they might haue pa//ed into the / outh 
 ft a. But they were deceaued in theyr opinion. For there was 
 none other pa//age than by the ryuer which is xvii. leagues large 
 in the mouth.” This river was the Rio de la Plata. The “ Ro- 
 teiro ” (Stanley, p. 2) says that Magalhàes left Rio de Janeiro 
 December 26, proceeding to the cape Santa Maria and the river 
 which was called St. Christopher. There they remained until 
 February 2, 1520. Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 21 1) also mentions 
 the river which he calls the “ river of Solis.” The ships sent to 
 look for a strait through the river were gone two days, and a 
 careful exploration of the mouth of the river was made. Brito 
 (Navarrete, iv, pp. 306, 307) says: “They left that place [i.e., 
 Rio de Janeiro] and coasted along shore until they reached the 
 river called Solis, where Fernando Magallanes thought that he 
 could find a strait. They stayed there forty days. Magallanes 
 ordered the ship ‘ Santiago ’ to sail forward for about 50 leguas 
 to see whether there was any passage. Not finding a passage, he 
 crossed the river which is about 25 leguas wide and found the 
 [opposite] coast which runs northeast and southwest.” For early 
 history of this region, see Dominguez’s Conquest of the River 
 Plata. 
 
22Ó 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 84 Juan Diaz de Solis, a famous Spanish navigator, was born 
 at Lebrixa, in 1470. He is said, although without sufficient 
 authority, to have discovered Yucatan with Pinzon in 1506. He 
 was appointed chief pilot of Spain after the death of Amerigo 
 Vespucci in 1512. In October, 1515, he sailed in command of an 
 expedition in search of a southwest passage to India. He dis- 
 covered Rio de la Plata which he explored as far as the region 
 of the Charrua tribe, by whom he and some of his men were killed 
 and eaten before September, 1516. The remnant of the expedi- 
 tion was conducted back to Spain by his brother-in-law. 
 
 85 Eden adds (p. 251): “which /um thynke to bee tho/e 
 fy//hes that wee caule pikes.” Below, the sea-wolf is described 
 as having a head “ of golden coloure.” They were probably some 
 species of the O tariidee or fur-seals (Guillemard, p. 160, note). 
 The “ geese ” were penguins. Albo, Herrera, and others, also 
 mention the “ sea-wolves and ducks.” Kohl ( Zeitschrift der 
 Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde , xi, 362) says that this bay where the 
 ships were laden with the seals and penguins is probably Desvelos 
 Bay, but it is more probably Puerto Deseado (“Port Desire;” 
 see Mosto, p. 57, note 2). Drake also secured fresh provisions 
 from these “ sea-wolves,” calling the bay where he secured them 
 “ Seale Bay.” See World Encompassed (Hakluyt Society edition), 
 PP. 54 , 55 - 
 
 86 Port St. Julian. The “Roteiro ” pilot (Stanley, p. 3) says 
 that they reached it on March 31, 1520, and places it in 49 0 20' 
 south latitude. Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 214) says: “We went 
 to a port called San Julian, where we entered the last day of 
 March, and where we stayed until the day of St. Bartholomew. 
 The said port lies in a latitude of 49 and two-thirds degrees. We 
 pitched the ships in that port.” Other writers give slightly dif- 
 ferent locations (see Mosto, p. 57, note 5). Antonio Brito, the 
 Portuguese, whose MS. is preserved in the Torre do Tombo at 
 Lisbon, writes in 1523 to the king of Portugal certain news 
 obtained from some of the men of the “Trinidad.” His informa- 
 tion as might be expected, is at times faulty. Of Port St. Julian, 
 he says: “They coasted along shore until they reached a river 
 called San Juan where they wintered for four months.” 
 
 87 MS. 5,650 adds: “jumping up and down.” The only 
 reference made to the Patagonians by Albo is as follows: “ Many 
 Indians came there, who dress in certain skins of the anta , which 
 resemble camels without the hump. They have certain bows made 
 from cane, which are very small and resemble turkish bows. The 
 arrows also resemble Turkish arrows, and are tipped with flint 
 instead of iron. Those Indians are very prudent, swift runners, 
 and very well-built and well-appearing men.” (Navarrete, iv, 
 
One] NOTES 227 
 
 pp. 214, 215). Cf. with Pigafetta’s account that given by Maxi- 
 milianus Transylvanus, in VOL. I, pp. 303-337. 
 
 88 MS. 5,650 reads: “ he began to marvel and to be afraid.” 
 
 89 Guillemard, who follows the Amoretti edition, translates 
 (p. 180) this passage: “ His hair was short and colored white,” 
 but this translation is borne out by neither the Italian MS. nor 
 MS. 5,650. Guillemard presents a picture of a Patagonian, as 
 does also Wilkes ( Narrative of U. S. Exploring Expedition , 1838- 
 1842), i, facing p. 95. The latter describes Indians, whom the 
 officers of the expedition thought to be Patagonians, and who were 
 taller than average Europeans, as follows: “They had good 
 figures and pleasant looking countenances, low foreheads, and 
 high cheekbones, with broad faces, the lower part projecting; their 
 hair was coarse and cut short on the crown leaving a narrow 
 border of hair hanging down; over this they wore a kind of cap 
 or band of skin or woolen yarn. The front teeth of all of them 
 were very much worn, more apparent, however, in the old than 
 in the young. On one foot they wore a rude skin sandal. Many 
 of them had their faces painted in red and black stripes, with clay, 
 soot, and ashes. Their whole appearance, together with their in- 
 flamed and sore eyes, was filthy and disgusting.” They showed 
 that they had had previous communication with white men. Their 
 food was fish and shellfish, and they carried bows and arrows and 
 had dogs. Brinton ( American Race, New York, 1891) says that 
 “ The Patagonians call themselves Chonek or Tzoneca, or Inaken 
 (men, people), and by their Pampean neighbors are referred to 
 as Tehuel-Che, southerners.” Many of them are “ from six to six 
 feet four inches in height, and built in proportion. In color they 
 are a reddish brown, and have aquiline noses and good foreheads.” 
 Ramon Lista ( Viage al pais de los Tehuel-Ches) gives the average 
 height of the Patagonians as 1.854 and hence the early accounts 
 of their great stature are greatly exaggerated (Mosto, p. 57, note 
 6). See also the description of the Patagonians in the “ Roteiro ” 
 (Stanley, p. 5); and World encompassed by Sir Francis Drake 
 (Hakluyt Society edition), pp. 40, 56-61 (where the origin of 
 the name “ Patagonian ” is wrongly given). 
 
 90 The guanaco, a species of llama. See also vol. 11, p. 34, 
 note 5*. 
 
 91 Hence arose the name “ Patagonians ” or “ men with big 
 feet,” given by Magalhàes, because of the awkward appearance of 
 the feet in such coverings, which were stuffed with straw for 
 greater warmth. 
 
 92 The words “ somewhat thicker than those of a lute ” are 
 lacking in MS. 5,650. 
 
228 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 93 This sentence is omitted by MS. 5,650. 
 
 94 Eden (p. 251) says “two,” and following says that Magal- 
 hàes gave the giant “ certeyne haukes belles and other great belles, 
 with al/o a lookynge gla//e, a combe, and a payre of beades of 
 gla ffe” 
 
 95 MS. 5,650 adds: “ on the face.” 
 
 96 MS. 5,650 omits “ face.” 
 
 97 “ For the smiths ” is omitted by MS. 5,650. 
 
 98 Maximilianus Transylvanus says that only one Patagonian 
 was captured, but that he died shortly from self-starvation (vol. I, 
 pp. 314, 315). The “ Roteiro ” says (Stanley, p. 5) that three 
 or four were captured, but all died except one, who went to Spain 
 in the “ San Antonio.” Pigafetta’s account, as given by an eye- 
 witness, is to be preferred. 
 
 99 MS. 5,650 reads: “for otherwise they could have caused 
 some of our men trouble.” Below Stanley (p. 53) again mis- 
 translates the French “ forces ” as “forks.” 
 
 100 MS. 5,650 adds: “of malefactors,” and reads farther: 
 “ and their faces lighted up at seeing those manacles.” 
 
 101 MS. 5,650 reads: “and they were grieved that they could 
 not take the irons with their hands, for they were hindered by 
 the other things that they were holding.” Eden (p. 252) says at 
 the end of his account of the capture: “ Being thus taken, they 
 were immediately /eperate and put in /undry / hyppes.” 
 
 102 MS. 5,650 adds: “ that is, the big devil.” 
 
 Arber in his introduction to The first three English books on 
 America says that Shakespeare had access to The decades of the 
 newe worlde of Eden, and created the character of Caliban (who 
 invokes Setebos) in the Tempest from the description of the Pata- 
 gonian giants. See also W orld encompassed by Sir Francis Drake 
 (Hakluyt Society edition), p. 48, for mention of the god Settaboth. 
 
 103 MS. 5,650 reads: “ the wife of one of the giants who had 
 remained behind in irons.” 
 
 104 MS. 5,650 makes this plural. 
 
 105 See ante , note 103. 
 
 106 This word is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 107 MS. 5,650 adds: “ in their language.” 
 
 108 MS. 5,650 omits this sentence. 
 
 109 MS. 5,650 reads “ instead of taking medicine.” See Jesuit 
 Relations and Allied Documents (Cleveland reissue) for examples 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 229 
 
 of medicine and surgery as practiced by the North American In- 
 dians. 
 
 110 MS. 5,650 reads “ two feet or so.” 
 
 111 MS. 5,650 reads “ cut short and shaven like religious.” 
 Hans Stade also notices the tonsure among the Indians who cap- 
 tured him (see Captivity of Hans Stade , Hakluyt Society edition, 
 pp. 136-138, and note, from which it appears that this manner 
 of wearing the hair, was practiced among many Tupi tribes). 
 
 112 Stanley (p. 55) does not translate this sentence, but gives 
 the original from MS. 5,650. 
 
 113 In MS. 5,650 this sentence reads as follows: “ They seem 
 to be painted, and one of those enemies is taller than the others, 
 and makes a greater noise and gives expression to greater joy than 
 the others.” 
 
 114 Mosto (p. 59) mistranscribes or misprints “ Setebas.” Ron- 
 cagli {Da punta arenas a Santo Cruz , in “ Bollettino della Società 
 geografica italiana,” 1884, p. 775) says that the Patagonians 
 sacrificed to an evil spirit called “ Wallichu.” Brinton, ut supra , 
 p. 328, says: “They are not without some religious rites, and 
 are accustomed to salute the new moon, and at the beginning of 
 any solemn undertaking to puff the smoke of their pipes to the 
 four cardinal points, just as did the Algonquins and Iroquois.” 
 
 115 See ante , note 91. Stanley mistranscribes “ Pataghoni ” of 
 MS. 5,650 as “ Palaghom.” 
 
 116 A reference to the gypsies who had made their appearance 
 in Italy as early as 1422, where they practiced various deceptions 
 upon the credulous people. The name “ Cingani ” or Zingari, as 
 they are generally called in Italy, comes from the Greek word 
 àT<riyxavot, by which they were called by Byzantine writers 
 of the ix-xii centuries; the same name appearing also in slightly 
 different forms in Turkey, Bulgaria, Roumania, Hungary, Bo- 
 hemia, and Germany. Their ancestral home was probably in 
 northwestern India, whence they emigrated in successive waves. 
 In many countries extreme and harsh measures were taken against 
 them, especially in Germany, where they had appeared as early as 
 1417. They were never allowed a foothold in France, but have 
 become a significant part of the population in Russia, Hungary, and 
 Spain. In the latter country, where they are called Gitànos 
 (Egyptians), in spite of many severe laws passed against them until 
 the reign of Carlos III, they continued, more fortunate than the 
 Jews, to thrive. They are mentioned by Cervantes in his Don 
 Quixote (pt. i, chap, xxx), but the name Gitano had first appeared 
 in a Spanish document of 1499, where their customs are described. 
 
230 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 The few in Italy have been allowed to remain, and those in the 
 Slavic countries and England were generally treated kindly. Their 
 language is Aryan and was highly inflected; and while they have 
 been given many names by the nations among whom they have 
 lived, their own appellation is “Rom” “the man.” See New 
 International Encyclopedia (New York, 1903). 
 
 117 MS. 5*650 reads: “ capae; ” but Stanley has mistranscribed 
 
 u yy 
 
 capac. 
 
 118 Albo (Navarrete iv, p. 215), the “Roteiro” (Stanley, 
 p. 4), Transylvanus and Oviedo (Mosto, p. 59, note 3) give the 
 date of departure from Port San Julian August 24, 1520; but the 
 second errs in giving 5 instead of 4j4 months for the period for 
 which the fleet remained there. Peter Martyr places the date of 
 departure as August 21. Castanheda, who gives the same date 
 says that the name “ St. Julian ” or “ of the ducks ” was given to 
 that bay which he calls a river. Barros gives the date of arrival as 
 April 2, and says that the place was called “ river of Sao Juliao.” 
 See Mosto, ut supra. 
 
 119 A portion of the passage relating to the attempted mutiny 
 
 reads as follows in MS. 5,650: “ However the treason was dis- 
 
 covered, and as a consequence the treasurer was killed by a 
 dagger and then quartered. Gaspar de Casada was beheaded and 
 then quartered. The overseer trying shortly after to lead another 
 mutiny, was banished together with a priest and set ashore on 
 that land of Pathagonia.” The Italian MS. is badly confused, 
 while the above is more in accordance with the facts, and shows 
 the hand of the translator and adapter. Eden (p. 252) says of 
 the attempted mutiny: “They remayned fyue monethes in this 
 porte of Sainte Iulian, where certeyne of the vnder capitaynes con- 
 /pirynge the death of theyr general, were hanged and quartered: 
 Amonge whom the treasurer Luigo of Mendozza was one. Cer- 
 teyne of the other con/pirators, he left in the f ayd land of Pato- 
 goni.” See the short account of the mutiny given by Trar.ylvanus 
 in vol. 1, p. 317, and the account given in the same volume, pp. 
 297, 299. The Roteiro (Stanley, p. 3) says that three of the ships 
 revolted against Magalhàes “ saying that they intended to take him 
 to Castile in arrest, as he was taking them all to destruction ; ” but 
 Magalhàes subdued the mutiny by the aid of the foreigners with 
 him. Mendoza was killed by Espinosa the chief constable of the 
 fleet, and Gaspar Quesada was beheaded and quartered. Alvaro 
 de Mesquita, Magalhaes’s cousin, is wrongly reported to have been 
 given command of one of the ships of those killed, but the com- 
 mand of the “ San Antonio ” that had previously been given to 
 Antonio de Coca, after Magalhàes had deprived Cartagena of it, 
 had been given him before the real outbreak of the mutiny. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 23 1 
 
 The narrative of the mutiny as given by Navarrete (Co/, de 
 viages, iv, pp. 34-38) which was compiled mainly from docu- 
 ments presented in the same volume and from Herrera, is as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 “ March 31, the eve of Palm Sunday, Magallanes entered the 
 port of San Julian, where he intended to winter, and consequently 
 ordered the rations to be served by measure. In view of that and 
 of the barrenness and cold of the country, the men asked Maga- 
 llanes by various arguments to increase the rations or turn back, 
 since there was no hope of finding the end of that country or any 
 strait. But Magallanes replied that he would either die or accom- 
 plish what he had promised ; that the king had ordered the voyage 
 which he was to accomplish; and that he had to sail until he 
 found that land or some strait which must surely exist; that in 
 regard to the food, they had no reason to complain, since that bay 
 had an abundance of good fish, good water, many game birds, and 
 quantities of wood, and that bread and wine had not failed them, 
 nor would fail them if they would abide by the rule regarding 
 rations. Among other observations, he exhorted and begged them 
 not to be found wanting in the valorous spirit which the Castilian 
 nation had manifested and showed daily in greater affairs; and 
 offering them corresponding rewards in the king’s name. By such 
 means did he quiet the men. 
 
 “April 1, Palm Sunday, Magallanes summoned all his cap- 
 tains, officers, and pilots to go ashore to hear mass and afterward 
 to dine in his ship. Alvaro de la Mezquita, Antonio de Coca, and 
 all the men went to hear mass. Louis de Mendoza, Gaspar de 
 Quesada, and Juan de Cartagena (the latter because he was a 
 prisoner in Quesada’s keeping) did not go, however; and Alvaro 
 de la Mezquita alone went to dine with Magallanes. 
 
 “ During the night, Gaspar de Quesada and Juan de Cartagena 
 with about thirty armed men of the ship ‘ Concepcion ’ went to 
 the ‘ San Antonio,’ where Quesada requested that the captain, 
 Alvaro de la Mezquita, be surrendered to him, and told the crew 
 of the ship to seize it, as they had already done with the * Concep- 
 cion ’ and ‘ Victoria.’ [He said] that they already knew how 
 Magallanes had treated and was treating them, because they had 
 asked him to fulfil the king’s orders ; that they were lost men ; and 
 that they should help him make another request of Magallanes, 
 and if necessary, seize him. Juan de Elorriaga, the master of the 
 ‘ San Antonio,’ spoke in favor of his captain, Alvaro de la Mez- 
 quita, saying to Gaspar de Quesada: ‘ I summon you, in God’s 
 name and that of the king, Don Carlos, to go to your ship, for the 
 present is no time to go through the ships with armed men; and 
 I also summon you to release our captain.’ Thereupon Quesada 
 replied : ‘ Must our deed remain unaccomplished because of this 
 
 madman?’ and drawing his dagger stabbed him four times in 
 
232 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 the arm, thus overawing the men. Mezquita was kept prisoner, 
 Elorriaga was cared for, Cartagena went to the ship ‘ Concepcion,’ 
 while Quesada remained in the ‘ San Antonio.’ Thus were Que- 
 sada, Cartagena, and Mendoza masters of the three ships, * San 
 Antonio,’ ‘ Concepcion,’ and ‘ Victoria.’ 
 
 “ Thereupon, they sent a message to Magallanes to the effect 
 that they held three ships and the small boats of all five at their 
 disposal in order to require him to fulfil his Majesty’s provisions. 
 They said that they had done that in order that he might no 
 longer illtreat them as he had done thitherto. If he would agree 
 to fulfil his Majesty’s orders, they would obey his commands, and 
 [said] that if they had thitherto treated him as a superior, they 
 would thenceforth treat him as a master, and would be most re- 
 spectful to him. 
 
 “ Magallanes sent word to them to come to his ship, where he 
 would hear them and do what was proper. They answered that 
 they did not dare come lest he illtreat them, but that he should 
 go to the ship ‘ San Antonio,’ where they would all assemble and 
 decide definitely on what the king’s orders commanded. 
 
 “ Magallanes believing that boldness was more useful than 
 meekness in the face of such actions, determined to employ craft 
 and force together. He kept the small boat of the ship ‘ San 
 Antonio ’ which was used for those negotiations, at his ship ; and 
 sent the alguacil, Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, in the skiff be- 
 longing to his ship, to the ‘ Victoria,’ with six men armed secretly 
 and a letter for the treasurer, Luis de Mendoza, in which he told 
 the latter to come to the flagship. While the treasurer was read- 
 ing the letter and smiling as if to say ‘You don’t catch me that 
 way,’ Espinosa stabbed him in the throat, while another sailor 
 stabbed him at the same instant on the head so that he fell dead. 
 Magallanes, being a man with foresight, sent a boat under com- 
 mand of Duarte Barbosa, sobresaliente of the ‘ Trinidad ’ with 
 fifteen armed men, who entering the ‘ Victoria ’ flung the banner 
 to the breeze without any resistance. That happened on April 
 2. Then the ‘ Victoria ’ approached the flagship, and they together 
 immediately approached the ‘ Santiago.’ 
 
 “ On the following day, the ‘ San Antonio ’ and the ‘ Concep- 
 cion ’ which were held by Quesada and Cartagena tried to put 
 to sea, but it was necessary for them to pass close to the flagship 
 which stood farthest out. The ‘ San Antonio ’ raised two anchors, 
 and being in danger with one, Quesada determined to free Alvaro 
 de la Mezquita, whom he held a prisoner in his ship, in order 
 to send him to Magallanes to arrange peace between them. Mez- 
 quita, however, told him that nothing would be obtained. Finally, 
 they arranged that when they set sail, Mezquita should station 
 himself forward and ask Magallanes as they approached his ship, 
 
One] NOTES 233 
 
 not to fire and that they would anchor provided affairs would 
 be settled favorably. 
 
 “ Before setting sail in the ‘ San Antonio,’ where they were 
 endangered, as it was night and the crew were asleep, the ship 
 dragged and ran foul of the flagship. The latter discharged some 
 large and small shots and men leaped aboard the ‘ San Antonio ’ 
 crying, ‘ For whom are you?’ they responding, ‘For the king, our 
 sovereign, and your Grace,’ surrendered to Magallanes. The 
 latter seized Quesada, the accountant, Antonio de Coca, and other 
 sobresalientes who had gone to the ‘ San Antonio ’ with Quesada. 
 Then he sent to the ‘ Concepcion ’ for Juan de Cartagena and 
 imprisoned him with them. 
 
 “ Next day Magallanes ordered the body of Mendoza taken 
 ashore and had it quartered, and Mendoza cried as a traitor. On 
 the seventh, he ordered Gaspar de Quesada beheaded and quar- 
 tered with a like cry. That was done by Quesada’s own follower 
 and sobresaliente, Luis de Molino, in order to save himself from 
 hanging, for that sentence had been passed on him. Magallanes 
 sentenced Juan de Cartagena and the lay priest, Pedro Sanchez 
 de la Reina, who had been active in causing the men to mutiny, 
 to be marooned in that country. He pardoned more than forty 
 men who merited death, as they were needed to work the ships, 
 and so that he might not excite hard feelings by the severity of 
 the punishment.” 
 
 Brito’s account of the mutiny (Navarrete, iv, p. 307) is very 
 brief and unsatisfactory: “ In that port the captains began to 
 ask him where he was taking them, especially one Juan de Carta- 
 gena, who said that he had a royal cedula naming him as associate 
 with Magallanes, as Rui Falero would also have been, had he 
 been there. Then they tried to rise against Magallanes and kill 
 him, and go back to Castilla or to Rodas. From that point they 
 went to the river of Santa Cruz, where they endeavored to put 
 their plan in execution. But when Magallanes discovered their 
 ill-considered attempt, for the captains said that they would kill 
 him or take him prisoner, he ordered his ship armed and Juan de 
 Cartagena arrested. As soon as the other captains saw their 
 chief arrested they thought no longer of prosecuting their at- 
 tempt. Magallanes, however, seized them all, for most of the 
 crew were in his favor. He sent the merino or alguacil to kill 
 Luis de Mendoza with his dagger, for the latter refused to be 
 arrested; while he had another named Gaspar Quesada beheaded. 
 When they set sail, he left Juan de Cartagena together with a 
 secular priest ashore at a place where there were no inhabitants.” 
 
 Correa (Stanley, pp. 247-250) gives a different and imperfect 
 account of the meeting. 
 
 Cf. with these accounts the one given by Guillemard ( Magel- 
 lan ), pp. 162-174. When the “San Antonio” deserted, Esteban 
 
2 34 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 Gomez is said to have rescued Cartagena and the priest. Joào 
 Serrào (after the loss of the “Santiago”) was given command 
 of the “ Concepcion,” Mesquita of the “ San Antonio,” and Duarte 
 Barbosa of the “ Victoria,” all Portuguese (Guillemard, ut supra , 
 p. 179). It is rather singular that Sir Francis Drake should also 
 have faced a mutiny in this same port, where Thomas Doughty 
 was executed. That the history of Magalhàes’s expedition was 
 generally known is evident from the following: “The next day 
 after, being the twentieth of June, wee harboured ourselues againe 
 in a very good harborough, called by Magellan Port S. Julian , 
 where we found a gibbet standing upon the maine, which we 
 supposed to be the place where Magellan did execution upon 
 some of his disobedient and rebellious company.” W orld encom- 
 passed (Hakluyt Society edition), p. 234. 
 
 120 MS. 5,650 reads: “twenty-five leagues.” 
 
 121 Instead of this last phrase, MS. 5,650 reads: “and very 
 little of that.” The account of the shipwreck and rescue as 
 given here is very confusing and inadequate. Cf. Guillemard, ut 
 supra , pp. 1 75-1 79, and Navarrete, iv, pp. 38, 39. One man was 
 lost, namely, the negro slave of Joào Serrào. The “ Roteiro ” 
 (Stanley, p. 4) gives the briefest mention of it. Brito (Navarrete, 
 iv, p. 307) says: “After this [ i.e ., the mutiny], they wintered 
 for three months; and Magallanes again ordered the ship ‘ San- 
 tiago 5 to go ahead in order to explore. The ship was wrecked 
 but all of its crew were saved.” Correa’s account (Stanley, 
 p. 250) is very short, and mentions that only the hull of the vessel 
 was lost. 
 
 122 Mosto (p. 60, note 3) derives this word from the Spanish 
 mejillon, a variety of cockle, which he thinks may be the Mytilus 
 or common mussel. 
 
 123 See vol. 11, p. 34, note 5*. 
 
 124 Eden (p. 252) says: “52. degree . . . lackynge a 
 
 thyrde parte.” 
 
 125 MS. 5,650 omits: “and the holy bodies,” and has in its 
 place: “by His grace.” 
 
 126 MS. 5,650 omits these last two words. The Italian form 
 braccio is retained in view of these words; for the Spanish braza 
 is a measure about equivalent to the English fathom, while the 
 braccio , although varying in different cities, is near three palmos 
 (spans) in length. The term is, however, translated brasse 
 ( “fathom”) in MS. 5,650. Mosto (p. 60, note 8), conjectures 
 this fish to be the Eliginus maclovinus. Of this fish, Theodore 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 35 
 
 Gill, the well-known ichthyologist, says in a letter of May 22, 
 1905: “ The Italian editor gave a shrewd guess in the suggestion 
 
 that the fish in question was what was formerly called Eliginus 
 maclovinus. The only vulgar name that I have been able to find 
 for it is ‘ robalo,’ and this name is applied to it by the Spanish- 
 speaking people of both sides of South America. Like most popu- 
 lar names, however, it is very misleading. ‘ Robalo ’ is the 
 Spanish name for the European bass, which is nearly related to our 
 striped bass or rock bass. To that fish the robalo of South America 
 has no affinity or real resemblance, and belongs to a very different 
 family peculiar to the southern hemisphere - the Nototheniids. 
 The so-called Eliginus maclovinus (properly, Eliginops maclo- 
 vinus) is the most common and widely distributed species and 
 probably the one obtained by the fleet of Magalhàes.” 
 
 127 Of the river Santa Cruz and the stay there, Albo (Na- 
 varrete, iv, p. 215) says: “We left that place [i.e., Port San 
 Julian] on the 24th of the said month [of August] and coasted 
 along to the southwest by west. About 30 leguas farther on, we 
 found a river named Santa Cruz, which we entered on the 26th 
 of the same month. We stayed there until the day of San Lucas, 
 the 1 8th of the month of October. We caught many fish there 
 and got wood and water. That coast extends northeast by east 
 and southwest by west, and is an excellent coast with good in- 
 dentations.” The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 4) places the river 
 Santa Cruz twenty leagues from San Julian and in about 50°. 
 That narrative says that the four remaining boats continued to 
 pick up the wreckage of the “ Santiago ” until September 18. The 
 name Santa Cruz was said to have been given to the river be- 
 cause they entered it on September 14, the day of the exaltation 
 of the holy cross (see Stanley, p. 4, note 4, and Mosto, p. 60, note 
 7), but Kohl (Mosto, ut supra) attributes the name to Joào 
 Serrào who was near that river on May 3, 1520, the day on 
 which the church celebrates the feast of the finding of the holy 
 cross. N avarrete (iv, p. 41) cites Herrera as authority for an 
 eclipse of the sun that happened while at this river on October 
 11, 1520. Guillemard ( ut supra, pp. 187, 188) is disinclined 
 to believe the report, although he mentions an annular eclipse of 
 the sun on October 20, 1520, which was however not visible in 
 Patagonia. Navarrete ( ut supra) says that Magalhàes gave in- 
 structions to his captains here “saying that he would follow those 
 coasts until finding a strait or the end of that continent, even if 
 he had to go to a latitude of 75°; that before abandoning that 
 enterprise, the ships might be twice unrigged ; and that after that 
 he would go in search of Maluco toward the east and ea'st north- 
 east, by way of the cape of Buena Esperanza and the island of 
 San Lorenzo.” 
 
236 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 A new chapter begins at this point in MS. 5,650, being simply 
 headed “ chapter.” 
 
 128 The anonymous Portuguese who accompanied Duarte Bar- 
 bosa says 53 0 30'; Barros, 52° 56'; Elcano, 54 0 ; and Albo, 52° 
 30'. Mosto, p. 60, note 9. 
 
 129 MS. 5*650 has the words in brackets. 
 
 130 Eden (p. 252) says of the strait: “ they founde the /traight 
 nowe cauled the /traight of Magellanus, beinge in /urn place 
 C.x. leagues in length: and in breadth /umwhere very large and 
 in other places lyttle more than halfe a league in bredth.” Stanley 
 (p. 57) is uncertain of the French et quasi autant de largeur 
 moins de demye lieue , which is (translated freely) simply “ some- 
 thing like almost a half-league wide.” The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, 
 p. 7) says that the channel “ at some places has a width of three 
 leagues, and two, and one, and in some places half a league.” 
 Transylvanus (vol. 1, p. 320) gives the width as two, three, five, 
 or ten Italian miles; Gomara, two leagues or so; Barros, one 
 league at the mouth, and the strait, from a musket or cannon 
 shot to one and one and one-half leagues; Castanheda, at the 
 mouth as wide as two ships close together, then opening up to one 
 league; Peter Martyr, a sling-shot’s distance in places. (Mosto, 
 p. 61, note 2.) 
 
 131 Proise or Proi ( proy , proic) is an ancient Catalonian word 
 meaning the “bow moorings;” Cf. Jal, Glossane nautique 
 (Mosto, p. 61, note 3). The old Spanish word is “ prois,” which 
 signifies both the thing to which the ship is moored ashore, and the 
 rope by which it is moored to the shore. 
 
 132 This passage is as follows in MS. 5,650: “The said strait 
 was a circular place surrounded with mountains (as I have said), 
 and the majority of the sailors thought that there was no exit 
 from it into the said Pacific Sea. But the captain-general declared 
 that there was another strait which led out, and that he knew 
 that well, for he had seen it on a marine chart of the king of 
 Portugal. That map had been made by a renowned sailor and 
 pilot, named Martin de Boesme. The said captain sent two of 
 his ships forward - one named the ‘ Sainct Anthoine,’ and the 
 other the ‘ Conception ’ - in order that they might look for and 
 discover the exit from the said strait, which was called the cape 
 de la Baya.” 
 
 Martin de Behaim (Beham, Behem, Behemira, Behen, Bcehem, 
 Boehm) was born about 1459 (some say also in 1430 or 1436) 
 of a family originally from Bohemia, in Nuremberg, Germany, 
 and died at Lisbon, July 29, 1506. He was a draper in Flanders, 
 1477-1479, after which he went to Lisbon (1480) where he be- 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 37 
 
 came acquainted with Columbus. In 1484 he was chosen geogra- 
 pher of Diego Cam’s expedition to Western Africa. On his re- 
 turn, he received the order of knighthood in the military order of 
 Christ of Portugal; after which he went to the island of Fayal 
 in the Azores where he became interested in colonization and 
 agriculture, and married the daughter of the governor. In 1491 
 he returned to Germany, where he lived at Nuremberg until 
 1493, and where, at the request of his townsmen, he constructed 
 an immense globe on the information of Ptolemy, Strabo, and 
 others, which contains many errors (see facsimile in Guillemard). 
 In 1493 he returned to Lisbon, and in 1494 to Fayal, where he 
 remained until 1506, when he went to Lisbon. Many myths 
 sprung up about him, such that he had visited America before 
 Columbus and the straits of Magellan before Magalhàes, the latter 
 of whom he may have known at Lisbon. See Rose, New Bio- 
 graphical Dictionary (London, 1848) ; Grande Encyclopedic 
 (Paris, Lamirault et Cie.) ; and Guillemard, pp. 73, 74. 
 
 See Guillemard ( ut supra , pp. 189-198) for a discussion of 
 knowledge regarding the existence of a strait to the south of the 
 American continent, prior to Magalhàes’s discovery and passage 
 of it. Guillemard, after weighing the evidence for and against, 
 decides that there may have been a “ more or less inexact knowl- 
 edge of the existence of some antarctic break ” that would allow 
 access to the eastern world. 
 
 133 Possession Bay, according to Mosto, p. 61, note 5, but Gui- 
 llemard (pp. 199, 200) thinks it may have been Lomas Bay. 
 
 134 Probably Anegada Point to the northwest of Cape Orange. 
 
 135 The “ First Narrows ” or Primera Garganta, just beyond 
 Anegada Point. 
 
 136 Lago de los Estrechos, St. Philip’s Bay, or Boucant Bay. 
 
 137 The “ Second Narrows ” and Broad Reach. 
 
 138 MS. 5*650 does not mention the smoke signals. 
 
 139 MS. 5*650 reads: “ When near us they suddenly discharged 
 a number of guns, whereat we very joyously saluted them with 
 artillery and cries.” 
 
 140 The first is the passage east of Dawson Island, which extends 
 to the northeast into Useless Bay and to the southeast into Ad- 
 miralty Sound. The second opening was the passage between 
 the western side of Dawson Island and Brunswick Peninsula. 
 
 141 Esteban Gomez was an experienced Portuguese navigator 
 and pilot with ambitions only less than those of Magalhàes, his 
 kinsman (Guillemard, p. 203). His desertion occurred probably 
 
238 first VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 in the first part of November, and was perhaps directly due to 
 pique at what he considered lack of appreciation from Magalhàes. 
 Conspiring with Geronimo Guerra, the notary, who was elected 
 captain of the “ San Antonio ” they made off with that ship, and 
 after imprisoning Alvaro de Mezquita, returned to Spain, anchor- 
 ing at Sevilla May 6, 1521. There Gomez was imprisoned after 
 the return of the “ Victoria,” but was liberated, and in 1524 
 proposed an expedition to discover a northwest passage.- An 
 expedition having been fitted out by Carlos I, he coasted Florida 
 and the eastern coast as far as Cape Cod, and returned to Spain 
 in 1525. See Grande Encyclopedic ; Navarrete, iv, pp. 42-45, 
 and 201-208; and Guillemard, ut supra , pp. 203-205. 
 
 Brito’s story of the exploration of the strait and the loss of 
 the “San Antonio” (Navarrete, iv, pp. 307, 308) is as follows: 
 “ They left that place [i.e., the river of Santa Cruz] on October 
 20, and went to enter a strait of which they had no knowledge. 
 The entrance of the strait extends for about 15 leguas; and after 
 they had entered, it seemed to them that it was all land-locked, 
 and they accordingly anchored there. Magallanes sent a Portu- 
 guese pilot named Juan Carballo ashore with orders to ascend 
 a mountain in order to ascertain whether there was any outlet. 
 Carballo returned saying that it appeared land-locked to him. 
 Thereupon Magallanes ordered the ships ‘ San Antonio * and 
 the ‘ Concepcion ’ to go in advance in order to explore the strait. 
 After having gone ahead for about 30 leguas, they returned to tell 
 Magallanes that the river went farther but that they could not 
 tell where it would take them. Upon receiving that information 
 Magallanes weighed anchor with all three ships, and advanced 
 along the strait until reaching the point to which the others had 
 explored. Then he ordered the ‘ San Antonio ’ of which Alvaro 
 de Mezquito, his cousin, was captain, and Esteban Gomez, a 
 Portuguese pilot, to go ahead and explore a southern channel that 
 opened in the strait. That ship did not return to the others and 
 it is not known whether it returned to Castilla or whether it was 
 wrecked. Magallanes proceeded with his remaining ships until 
 he found an exit.” Correa’s account of the desertion of the “ San 
 Antonio ” is as usual with him, inadequate, and evidently based on 
 hearsay evidence (see Stanley, p. 250). 
 
 142 Literally “ brother ; ” but to be understood probably as the 
 expression cugino germano , “ cousin german.” 
 
 143 MS. 5,650 begins this sentence as follows: “ But that ship 
 lost its time, for the other.” 
 
 144 Guillemard (p. 206) conjectures from the records of Albo, 
 Pigafetta, and Herrera that the river of Sardines is Port Gallant 
 which is located on the Brunswick Peninsula, opposite the Charles 
 Islands. Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 215) says that after taking the 
 
One] NOTES 239 
 
 course to the northwest they sailed about 15 leagues before 
 anchoring. 
 
 145 Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 216) says that the two capes at 
 the exit of the strait were called Fermosa and Deseado, this latter 
 being Cape Pillar (see Guillemard, map facing p. 198). 
 
 146 MS. 5,650 adds: “ which were on the other side.” 
 
 147 Joào Serrào, the brother of Magalhàes’s staunchest friend 
 Francisco Serrào, and a firm supporter of the great navigator. 
 Pigafetta errs in calling him a Spaniard (see p. 179), though 
 he may have become a naturalized Spaniard, since the register 
 speaks of him as a citizen of Sevilla. One document (Navarrete, 
 iv, p. 155) calls him a Portuguese pilot, and Brito (Navarrete, 
 iv, p. 308) a Castilian. He was an experienced navigator and cap- 
 tain, and had served under Vasco da Gama, Almeida, and Albu- 
 querque. Vasco da Gama (on his second voyage, 1502-1503) 
 made him captain of the ship “ Pomposa ” which was built in 
 Mozambique where he was left to attend to Portuguese affairs. 
 On this expedition he saw the coast of Brazil for the first time, for 
 Vasco da Gama’s fleet, ere doubling the Cape of Good Hope, 
 crossed to the Brazilian coast, which they followed as far as Cape 
 Santo Agostinho. He fought bravely in the battle of Cananor 
 under Almeida (March 16, 1506, in which Magalhàes also par- 
 ticipated). He was chief captain of three caravels in August, 
 1510, in Eastern water, and was in the Java seas in 1512, but must 
 have returned to Portugal soon after that, for he was there in 
 1 5 1 3 ; although he seems to have been appointed clerk at the 
 fortress of Calicut in the latter year. He embarked with Ma- 
 galhàes as captain and pilot of the “Santiago,” but after the wreck 
 of that vessel near port San Julian was given command of the 
 “ Concepcion,” in which he later explored the strait. Failing to 
 dissuade Magalhàes from attacking the natives of Matan, he be- 
 came commander, with Duarte Barbosa, of the fleet at Magalhàes’s 
 death, and was murdered by the Cebuans after the treacherous 
 banquet given by them to the fleet. See Guillemard ( ut supra), 
 and Stanley’s Three voyages of Vasco da Gama (Hakluyt Society 
 publications, London, 1869). 
 
 148 MS. 5,650 reads as follows: “ Such was the method ordered 
 by the captain from the beginning, in order that the ship that 
 happened to become separated from the others might rejoin the 
 fleet.” Then it adds: “Thereupon the crew of the said ship 
 did what the captain had ordered them and more, for they set 
 two banners with their letters,” etc. 
 
 149 The island of Santa Magdalena (Mosto, p. 62, note 11). 
 
 160 According to Guillemard the river of Isleo (or “of Is- 
 
240 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 lands ”) is located on Brunswick Peninsula, and is identified with 
 the port of San Miguel, just east of the “ River of Sardines; ” the 
 island where the cross was planted would be one of the Charles 
 Islands. 
 
 151 The “Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 3) mentions that the day at 
 the port of San Julian was about seven hours long; while the 
 anonymous Portuguese (Stanley, p. 30) says that the sun only 
 appeared for some “ four hours each day ” in June and July. 
 Transylvanus says the nights in the strait were not longer than 
 five hours. 
 
 152 MS. 5,650 adds: “which is the collateral wind between 
 the east and south.” 
 
 153 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and anchorages.” 
 
 154 Various kinds of these umbelliferous parsley plants are still 
 to be found in Patagonia, where they are highly esteemed (Mosto, 
 p. 63, note 3). 
 
 155 MS. 5,650 reads: “ I do not believe that there is a more 
 beautiful 'country or a better strait than that.” See Albo’s de- 
 scription of the strait, in vol. i, pp. 264-265 ; that of Transylvanus, 
 VOL. I, pp. 3 1 9-321; and that in World encompassed (Hakluyt 
 Society edition), pp. 236, 237 (this last account also mentioning 
 the difficulty of finding water sufficiently shallow for anchoring). 
 The anonymous Portuguese (Stanley, p. 31) says that the strait 
 was called the “Strait of Victoria, because the ship ‘Victoria’ 
 was the first that had seen it: some called it the Strait of Magal- 
 haens because our captain was named Fernando de Magalhaens.” 
 Castanheda says that Magalhàes gave it the name of “ bay of All 
 Saints ” because it was discovered on November 1 ; and San 
 Martin in his reply to Magalhaes’s request for opinions regarding 
 the continuance of the expedition calls it “ channel of All Saints: ” 
 but this name was first applied to only one gulf or one branch and 
 later extended to the entire channel. This name is found in the 
 instructions given for the expedition of Sebastian Cabot in 1527, 
 and in the map made that same year at Sevilla by the English- 
 man Robert Thorne. Sarmiento de Gamboa petitioned Felipe II 
 that it be called “ strait of the Mother of God.” It was also 
 called “ strait of Martin Behaim.” The anonymous Portuguese 
 (Stanley, p. 31) says that the strait is 400 miles long. The 
 “Roterio” (Stanley, pp. 7, 8) says that it is 100 leagues in length, 
 and that in traversing it, they “sailed as long as it was daylight, 
 and anchored when it was night.” Transylvanus (vol. i, p. 320) 
 gives the length as 100 Spanish miles; Oviedo, 100 or no leagues; 
 Herrera, 100 leagues, and twenty days to navigate; Gomara, no 
 to 120 leagues; Peter Martyr, no leagues. See Mosto, p. 60, 
 note 10, and p. 62, note 2; and ante , note 130. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 4 I 
 
 156 These fish are: a species of Coryphana\ the Thymnus 
 albacora, and the Thymnus plamys . 
 
 157 From the Spanish golondrina , the sapphirine gurnard or 
 tubfish ( T rigid hirundo ) . 
 
 158 MS. 5,650 reads: “one foot or more.” 
 
 159 At this point in the original Italian MS., which ends a page, 
 occurs the heading of the following page Sequitur V ocabuli pata- 
 ghoni , that is, “ Continuation of Patagonian words.” 
 
 160 Literally: “ for the nature of women.” 
 
 161 MS. 5,650 presents the following differences in the list of 
 Patagonian words from the Italian MS. 
 
 Eyes 
 
 ather 
 
 Eyelashes 
 
 occhechl 
 
 Lips 
 
 schiane 
 
 Hair 
 
 ajchir 
 
 Throat 
 
 ohumer 
 
 Shoulders 
 
 peles 
 
 Penis 
 
 scachet 
 
 Testicles 
 
 scaneos 
 
 Rump 
 
 schiachen 
 
 Arm 
 
 mar 
 
 Pulse 
 
 ohon 
 
 Legs 
 
 choss 
 
 Feet 
 
 teche 
 
 Heel 
 
 there 
 
 Sole of the foot 
 
 cartscheni 
 
 Fingernails 
 
 colini 
 
 To scratch 
 
 ghecare 
 
 Young man 
 
 calemi 
 
 Water 
 
 oli 
 
 Smoke 
 
 jaiche 
 
 We 
 
 chen 
 
 Yes 
 
 zei 
 
 Petre lazure 
 
 secheghi 
 
 Sun 
 
 calexcheni 
 
 To eat 
 
 mecchiere 
 
 To look 
 
 conne 
 
 To walk 
 
 rhei 
 
 Ship 
 
 theu 
 
 To run 
 
 haim 
 
 Ostrich eggs 
 
 The powder of the herb 
 
 jan 
 
 which they eat 
 
 capae 
 
 Red cloth 
 
 terechai 
 
242 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 Black 
 
 Red 
 
 To cook 
 A goose 
 
 Their little devils 
 
 theiche 
 j recoles 
 chache 
 Cheleult 
 
 amel 
 
 In the above list, chen corresponds in the Italian MS. to ehen , 
 the equivalent of “ no; ” theu is “ ship ” in the above, and “snow ” 
 in the Italian; courire (the equivalent of covrire or coprire , “to 
 cover ”) in the Italian, becomes courir (“ to run ”) in MS. 5,650. 
 All are to be regarded as errors of the French. Certain words 
 are left in Italian in MS. 5,650, which are as follows: la copa ; 
 alcalcagno] (Italian MS. al calcagno ); homo squerzo (Italian 
 MS. sguerco ) ; a la pignate (Italian MS. pigniata ) ; alstruzzo 
 vcelo (Italian MS. al seruzo ucelo) ; and alcocinare (Italian MS. 
 al coginare). Stanley offers this as proof that MS. 5,650 was 
 written by Pigafetta, and not translated from his Italian, but it 
 furnishes no evidence that Pigafetta even saw the French version 
 of his relation. It must be remembered that Stanley did not 
 himself see the Italian MS. but only the Amoretti mutilation of 
 it (from which, and from MS. 5,650, he reproduces the vocabu- 
 lary, without English translation), and hence bases his observa- 
 tions on that and the conjectures of its editor. Stanley points 
 out the fact that Amoretti has omitted several words of this list, 
 but they are all in the Italian MS. A sad blunder has been made 
 by Stanley in his transcription of La pouldre dherbe qui mangent 
 whose Patagonian equivalent is capac. He transcribes as follows: 
 la pouldre d’herhe with Patagonian eqqivalent qui (which it is to 
 be noted is only the wrong form of the French relative), and 
 mangent with Patagonian equivalent capac, explaining mangent 
 in a footnote as “ Food, the root used as bread.” Stanley also 
 makes the following mistranscriptions: orescho for oresche 
 (“nostrils”); canneghin for caimeghin (“palm of the hand”); 
 ochy for ochii (“bosom”); scancos for scaneos (“testicles”); 
 hou for hoii (“ buttocks ”) ; ohoy for ohon (“ pulse ”) ; cartschem 
 for cartscheni (“sole of the foot”); chol for thol (“heart”); 
 om for oni (“ wind ”) ; aschame for aschanie (“ earthen pot ”) ; 
 oamaghei for oamaghce (“ to fight ”) ; amet for amel (“ black ”) ; 
 and ixecoles for jrocoles (“to cook”). Amoretti has also made 
 many errors (see Stanley’s First Voyage, pp. 62, 63). Mosto, 
 who is on the whole a faithful transcriber, has sacancos as the 
 Patagonian equivalent of a li testiculi; om jani for a li sui, the 
 correct forms of the latter being jani and a li sui oui; and tcrechai 
 for the equivalent of “ red cloth.” Eden (p. 252) gives only the 
 following words: “ breade, Capar: water, Oli: redde clothe, 
 Cherecai: red colour, Cheiche: blacke colour, Amel.” 
 
 Mosto (p. 63, note 8) gives the following words from the 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 243 
 
 vocabulary of the Tehuel-ches compiled by the second lieutenant 
 
 of the ship 
 those given 
 
 “ Roncagli,” which 
 by Pigafetta. 
 
 correspond almost exactly with 
 
 English 
 
 Roncagli 
 
 Pigafetta 
 
 Nose 
 
 or 
 
 or 
 
 eye 
 
 óthel 
 
 other 
 
 hand 
 
 tzén 
 
 chene 
 
 ear 
 
 sha 
 
 sane 
 
 ostrich 
 
 óyue 
 
 hoi hoi 
 
 Brinton ( American Race , p. 328) cites Ramon Lista (Mis 
 exploraciones y descubrimientos en Patagonia , Buenos Ayres, 1880) 
 in proof that the language of the Patagonians has undergone but 
 slight change since the time of Pigafetta. See also lists of words 
 in Brinton (ut supra) , p. 364, from the Patagonian and Fuegian 
 languages. The vocabularies given by Horatio Hale (Wilkes’s 
 U. S. Exploring Expedition , 1838-1842, Philadelphia, 1846, viii, 
 pp. 651-656) bear no resemblance to Pigafetta’s vocabulary. Hale 
 says that guttural sounds are frequent among the Indians of the 
 Patagonian district. 
 
 162 MS. 5,650 reads: “ capae.” 
 
 163 Cf. with the methods of fire-making used by the North 
 American Indians in Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents 
 (Cleveland reissue) ; see also Captivity of Hans Stade (Hakluyt 
 Society edition), p. 126. 
 
 At this point (folio 14a) in the original Italian MS. occurs 
 the first chart, representing the straits of Magellan (see p. 82). 
 The cardinal points in all of Pigafetta’s charts are the reverse 
 of the ordinary, the north being below and the south above. MS. 
 5,650 precedes this chart (which there occupies folio 21a) by the 
 words: “ Below is depicted the strait of Patagonie.” Immediate- 
 ly following this chart in the Italian MS. (folio 15a) is the chart 
 of the Y sole Infortunate (“Unfortunate Isles;” see p. 88). 
 These islands are shown in MS. 5,650 on folio 23a, with the fol- 
 lowing notice: “Here are shown the two islands called ‘Un- 
 fortunate Islands.’ ” The charts in the Italian MS. are brown or 
 dull black on a blue ground. 
 
 164 The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 9) says that Magalhàes left 
 the strait November 26 (having entered it October 21); the 
 anonymous Portuguese (Stanley, p. 31) and Peter Martyr 
 (Mosto, p. 65, note 1), November 27. 
 
 165 MS. 5,650 reads: “And we ate only biscuits that had 
 fallen to powder, which was quite full of worms, and stank from 
 the filth of the urine of rats that covered it, and of which the 
 good had been eaten.” Eden (p. 252) reads: “And hauynge in 
 
244 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 this tyme con/umed all theyr by/ket and other vyttales, they fell 
 into f uche nece//itie that they were inforced to eate the pouder that 
 remayned therof beinge nowe full of woormes and /tynkynge 
 lyke py fft by rea/on of the /alte water.” Herrera (Navarrete, 
 iv, p. 51) says that the rice was cooked with salt water. 
 
 166 A curious coincidence in view of Magalhàes’s answer to 
 Esteban Gomez at a council called in the strait to discuss the 
 continuance of the voyage that “ although he had to eat the cow- 
 hide wrappings of the yardarms, he would still persevere and dis- 
 cover what he had promised the emperor” (Navarrete, iv, p. 43; 
 cited from Herrera). At that council André de San Martin, 
 pilot in the “ San Antonio,” advised that they continue explora- 
 tions until the middle of January, 1521, and then return to Spain; 
 and urged that no farther southward descent be made, and that 
 navigation along so dangerous coasts be only by day, in order 
 that the crew might have some rest (Navarrete, iv, pp. 45-49). 
 
 167 MS. 5,650 reads: “enough of them.” 
 
 168 This was the scurvy. Navarrete (iv, p. 54) following a 
 document conserved in Archivo general de Indias, says that only 
 eleven men died of scurvy during the voyage from the strait to 
 the Ladrones. 
 
 169 The anonymous Portuguese says ( Stanley, p. 3 1 ) that after 
 sailing west and northwest for 9,858 miles, the equator was 
 reached. At the line (“ Roteiro,” Stanley, p. 9), Magalhàes 
 changed the course in order to strike land north of the Moluccas, 
 as “ he had information that there were no provisions ” there. 
 
 170 MS. 5,650 reads: “ It is well named Pacific.” 
 
 171 MS. 5,650 adds: “which is a large fish called tiburoni.” 
 The anonymous Portuguese (Stanley, p. 31), says that the Un- 
 fortunate Islands were met before the line was reached and were 
 eight hundred miles distant from one another. One was called 
 St. Peter (in 18°) and the other the island of Tiburones (in 14°). 
 Transylvanus (vol. 1, p. 321), Herrera, and Oviedo, say that 
 the three vessels stopped two days at those islands for supplies, 
 but Albo’s journal (Navarrete, iv, p. 218) indicates that no stop 
 was made there. The “ Roteiro” (Stanley, p. 9), gives the lati- 
 tude of these islands as 18° or 19 0 and 13° or 14 0 . Albo (Na- 
 varrete, iv, p. 218) says that the first was discovered January 24 
 in 1 6° 15', and was called San Pablo, because that was the date 
 of St. Paul’s conversion; and the island of Tiburones was dis- 
 covered February 4, in io° 40', at a distance of 9 0 (sic) from the 
 former. Eden (p. 253) says that the second island lay in 5 0 . 
 These two islands were probably Puka-puka (the Honden Eyland 
 of the Dutch atlases) of the Tuamotu group, located in latitude 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 45 
 
 14 0 45' south, and longitude 138° 48' west; and Flint Island of 
 the Manihiki group, located in latitude n° 20' south and longi- 
 tude 15 1° 48' west. The latter is still uninhabited, but the 
 former contains a population of over four hundred. See ante , note 
 163. See Guillemard, p. 220, and Mosto, p. 65, note 6. 
 
 172 MS. 5,650 reads: “now at the stern, now at the wind- 
 ward side, or otherwise.” Amoretti changes this passage com- 
 pletely, reading: “According to our measurement of the distance 
 that we made with the chain astern, we ran from sixty to seventy 
 leagues daily.” Many basing themselves on this passage of Amo- 
 retti, have believed that the log was in use at the time of the first 
 circumnavigation. Dr. Breusing ( Die Catena a poppa bei Piga- 
 fetta und die Logge , in “ Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erd- 
 kunde zu Berlin,” 1869, iv, pp. 1 07-1 15) believes that the “stern 
 chain ( eatena poppa) is not the log properly so-called, but an 
 instrument for determining the angle of the ship’s leeway, an 
 opinion accepted also by Gelcich in his La scoperta d'America e 
 Cristoforo Colombo nella letteratura moderna (Gorizia, 1890). 
 L’Vzielle ( Studi bibliogr. e biogr. sulla storia della geogr. in 
 Italia , Roma, 1875, part ii, introduction, pp. 294-296), combats 
 that opinion, as well as the idea that the log is meant. The dif- 
 ficulty of the passage, he says, hinges on the word ho and whether 
 it is interpreted as a verb or a conjunction. If it be a conjunction 
 then the passage means “ estimating by sight, the rate of the ship 
 from the ‘ bow catena,’ or ‘ at the stern ’ (‘ catena ’ being a beam 
 perpendicular to the ship’s axis at the point near the bow where 
 it begins to curve inward; that is, at such a point that from that 
 place to the stern, the direction of the apparent way is parallel 
 to the longitudinal axis of the ship) his ship made fifty, sixty, or 
 seventy leagues.” One might suppose, if ho be regarded as a 
 verb, that Pigafetta called catena a cross beam of the stern (the 
 passage reading “ the catena that was at the stern ”) ; or that the 
 disjunctive ho, “ or ” is used in place of e , “ and,” and that Piga- 
 fetta, dividing the distance between the stern and the bow catena 
 by the time necessary for a fixed point of the sea to pass from 
 the elevation of the bow to that of the stern, thus deduced the 
 ship’s rate. See Mosto, p. 66, note, 1. L’Vzielli’s opinion is 
 the most probable, for although the log is mentioned by Purchas 
 as early as 1607, its use did not become general until 1620. An 
 instrument used to measure the rates of vessels is mentioned as 
 early as 1577, but it was very deficient. 
 
 173 The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 6) says that this cape, which 
 he calls “cape of the virgins” was discovered on October 21, 
 1520, and lay in latitude about 52° south. Barros says that it 
 was discovered on October 20; and Transylvanus and Oviedo, 
 on November 27. See Mosto, p. 61, note 1. 
 
246 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 174 Regarding the reckonings Eden says: “In fo much that 
 it was nece//arie to helpe the needle with the lode /tone (com- 
 monly cauled the adamant) before they could / aile therwith, 
 bycau/e it moued not as it doothe when it is in th e/e owre partes.” 
 Eden also gives a cut of the “ / tarres abowt the pole Antartike.” 
 The same author also (pp. 277-280) compiles from Amerigo Ves- 
 pucci and Andreas de Corsali a treatise entitled “ Of the Pole 
 Antartike and the stars abowt the same and of the qualitie of 
 the regions and disposition of the Elementes abowt the Equi- 
 noctiall line. Al/o certeyne /e creates touching the arte of / ay- 
 lynge.” The former says: “The pole Antartike hath nother 
 the great beare nor the lyttle as is fee ne abowte owre pole. But 
 hath foure /tarres whiche compa ffe it abowt in forme of a quad- 
 rangle. When these are hydden, there is fee ne on the lefte /yde 
 a bryght Canopus of three / tarres of notable greatn e//e, whiche 
 beinge in the mydde/t of heauen, repre/enteth this figure.” The 
 latter says: “ Here we /awe a marueylous order of /tarres, fo 
 that in the parte of heauen contrary to owre northe pole, to 
 knowe in what place and degree the / outh pole was, we tooke the 
 day with the / oonne, and ob/erued the nyght with the a/trolabie, 
 and /aw manife/tly twoo clowdes of rea/onable bygne//e mouynge 
 abowt the place of the pole continually nowe ry/ynge and nowe 
 faulynge, fo keepynge theyr continuali cour/e in circular mouynge, 
 with a / tarre euer in the mydde/t which is turned abowt with them 
 abowte. xi. degrees frome the pole. Aboue th e/e appeareth a 
 marueylous ero ffe in the mydde/t of fyue notable / tarres which 
 compa//e it abowt. . . . This ero ffe is so fayre and bewtiful, 
 
 that none other heuenly gne may be compared to it. . . . ” 
 
 These are the Magallanic clouds (Nuebecula major and Nubecula 
 minor) and the constellation of the Southern Cross or Crux. The 
 Magellanic clouds resemble portions of the milky way, Nubecula 
 major being visible to the naked eye in strong moonlight and 
 covering about two hundred times the moon’s surface, while the 
 Nubecula minor, although visible to the naked eye, disappears in 
 full moonlight, and covers an area only one-fourth that of the 
 former. They were first observed by the Arabians. The Portu- 
 guese pilots probably called them at first “ clouds of the cape.” 
 (Mosto, p. 66, note 2). The Southern Cross, which resembles 
 a lute rather than a cross, was first erected into a constellation 
 by Royer in 1679, although often spoken of before as a cross. 
 Only one of its five principal stars belongs to the first magnitude. 
 The cross is only 6° in extent north and south and less than that 
 east and west. 
 
 The second chart of the plate at p. 88 represents the Ladrones 
 Islands and occurs in the Italian MS. at this point (folio 16b). 
 This chart is found on folio 25b in MS. 5,650, and is preceded 
 by the inscription : “ The island of the robbers and the style of 
 their boats.” 
 
One] NOTES 247 
 
 175 MS. 5,650 reads: “ During that time of two months and 
 twelve days.” 
 
 176 Amoretti reads: “three degrees east of Capo Verde.” If 
 the cape is meant, the correction is proper, but if the islands, the 
 MS. is correct. See Mosto, p. 67, note 4. 
 
 177 Cipangu is Japan, while Sumbdit Pradit may be the island 
 of Antilia, called “ Septe citade ” on Martin Behaim’s globe 
 (Mosto, p. 67, note 5). The locations given by Pigafetta prove 
 that they did not see them, but that he writes only from vague 
 reports. Europe first learned of Japan, near the end of the thir- 
 teenth century, through Marco Polo, who had been told in China 
 fabulous tales of the wealth of Zipangu. This word is derived 
 by Marco Polo from the Chinese Dschi-pen-Kue or Dschi-pon, 
 which the Japanese have transformed into Nippon or Nihon. See 
 Travels of Marco Polo , book iii, ch. ii; and Rein’s Japan, 'p. 4. 
 
 178 See vol. 1, pp. 208, 209, 210, 312, 336. 
 
 179 MS. 5,650 reads: “sixty.” Transylvanus (vol. i, p. 322) 
 names two islands of the Ladrones Inuagana and Acacan, but 
 says that both were uninhabited. Guillemard (ut supra , p. 223) 
 conjectures these names to be identical with Agana in Guam and 
 Sosan in Rota. Hugues (Mosto, p. 67, note 7) believes the first 
 island visited to have been Guam, and his conjecture is undoubt- 
 edly correct. 
 
 180 MS. 5,650 adds: “ called skiff.” 
 
 181 MS. 5,650 adds: “of the said island.” 
 
 182 MS. 5,650 has a new unnumbered chapter heading before 
 the following paragraph. 
 
 183 This phrase is omitted in MS. 5,650, as is also all the fol- 
 lowing sentence; but that MS. adds: “We left the said island 
 immediately afterward, and continued our course.” This was 
 on March 9, on which day the only Englishman in the fleet, 
 “Master Andrew” of Bristol, died (Guillemard, ut supra, p. 
 226). 
 
 184 Eden (p. 254) says: “two hundreth of theyr boates.” 
 
 185 MS. 5,650 has a new chapter at this point, although the 
 chapter is unnumbered. 
 
 When Loaisa’s expedition reached the Ladrones, they found 
 still alive a Galician, one of three deserters from Espinosa’s ship 
 (see vol. 11, pp. 30, 34, 35, no). See the reception accorded 
 Legazpi, and a description of one of those islands in 1565, vol. ii, 
 pp. 109-113. The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 9) says that the expe- 
 dition reached the Ladrones, March 6, 1521 (with which Albo, 
 Navarrete, iv, p. 219 agrees) ; and that after the theft of the 
 
248 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 skiff, Magellan landed with fifty or sixty men, burned the whole 
 village, killed seven or eight persons, both men and women; and 
 that supplies were taken aboard. The anonymous Portuguese 
 (Stanley, p. 31) says that the Ladrones (which lay in io°-i2° 
 north latitude, were 2,046 miles by the course traveled from the 
 equator. Brito (Navarrete, iv, p. 308) says: “Thence [i.e., 
 the Unfortunate Islands] they laid their course westward, and 
 after sailing 500 leguas came to certain islands where they found 
 a considerable number of savages. So many of the latter boarded 
 the vessels that when the men tried to restore order in them, they 
 were unable to get rid of the savages except by lance-thrusts. They 
 killed many savages, who laughed as if it were a cause for rejoic- 
 ing.” 
 
 186 MS. 55650 adds: “ or superior.” 
 
 187 MS. 5,650 reads: “cloth.” 
 
 188 At this point, MS. 5,650 begins a new sentence, thus: 
 “ There are found in that place.” 
 
 189 MS. 5,650 reads: “Those women.” 
 
 190 MS. 5,650 makes use of the Italian word store for stuoje 
 or stoje meaning “mats,” and explains by adding: “which we 
 call mats.” 
 
 191 They also (according to Herrera) received the name Las 
 Velas , “ the sails ” from the lateen-rigged vessels that the natives 
 used (Mosto, p. 67, note 7). See also vol. xvi, pp. 200-202. 
 
 192 In MS. 5,650 this sentence reads as follows: “The pas- 
 time of the men and women of the said place and their sport, is 
 to go in their boats to catch those flying fish with fishhooks made 
 of fishbone.” 
 
 193 Mosto (p. 68, note 5) says that these boats were the fisolere , 
 which were small and very swift oared-vessels, used in winter on 
 the Venetian lakes by the Venetian nobles for hunting with bows 
 and arrows and guns. Amoretti conjectures that Pigafetta means 
 the fusiniere , boats named after Fusine whence people are ferried 
 to Venice. 
 
 194 MS. 5,650 reads: “The said boats have no difference be- 
 
 tween stern and bow.” Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 219), in speak- 
 ing of the boats of the Chamorros, uses almost identically the 
 same expression : “ They went both ways, for they could make 
 
 the stern, bow, and the bow, stern, whenever they wished.” The 
 apparatus described by Pigafetta as belonging to these boats is 
 the outrigger, common to many of the boats of the eastern 
 islands. 
 
 195 In the Italian MS., the chart of Aguada ly boni segnaly 
 (“Watering-place of good signs”), Zzamal (Samar), Abarien, 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 249 
 
 Humunu, Hyunagan, Zuluam, Cenalo, and Ybusson ( q.v ., p. 98) 
 follows at this point. It is found on folio 29b of MS. 5,650 and 
 is preceded by the following: “Here is shown the island of 
 Good Signs, and the four islands, Cenalo, Humanghar, Ibusson, 
 and Abarien, and several others.” 
 
 las « The tent h of March ” in Eden, and the distance of Zamal 
 from the Ladrones is given as “ xxx. leagues.” Albo (Navarrete, 
 iv, p. 220) says that the first land seen was called Yunagan, 
 “which extended north and had many bays;” and that going 
 south from there they anchored at a small island called Suluan. 
 At the former “ we saw some canoes, and went thither, but they 
 fled. That island lies in g° 40' north latitude.” The “Robeiro ” 
 (Stanley, p. 10) says that the first land seen was in “ barely 
 eleven degrees,” and that the fleet “ went to touch at another 
 further on, which appeared first.” Two praus approached a boat 
 sent ashore, whereupon the latter was ordered back, and the 
 praus fled. Thereupon the fleet went to another nearby island 
 “ which lies in ten degrees, to which they gave the name of the 
 ‘ Island of Good Signs,’ because they found some gold in it.” 
 
 197 This word is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 198 MS. 5,650 reads: “ more than one foot long.” 
 
 199 Since rice is an important staple among all the eastern 
 islands, it is natural that there are different and distinctive names 
 for that grain in the various languages and dialects for all stages 
 of its growth and all its modes of preparation. Thus the Tagàlog 
 has words for “ green rice,” “ rice with small heads,” “ dirty 
 and partly rotten rice,” “ early rice,” “ late rice,” “ cooked rice,” 
 and many others. See also U. S. Philippine Gazetteer , pp. 70, 71. 
 
 200 MS. 5,650 reads: “In order to explain what manner of 
 fruit is that above named, one must know that what is called 
 1 cochi ’ is the fruit borne by the palm-tree. Just as we have 
 bread, wine, oil, and vinegar, which are obtained from different 
 things, so those people get the above named substances from those 
 palm-trees alone.” See Delgado’s Historia , pp. 634-659, for 
 description of the useful cocoa palm; also, U. S. Philippine Ga- 
 zetteer, pp. 72, 73, 75. 
 
 201 MS. 5,650 reads: “along the tree.” Practically the 
 method used today to gather the cocoanut wine. See U. S. Philip- 
 pine Gazetteer , p. 75. 
 
 202 In describing the cocoanut palm and fruit, Eden (p. 254) 
 reads: “ Vnder this rynde, there is a thicke /hell whiche they 
 burne and make pouder thereof and v/e it as a remedie for cer- 
 teyne di/ea/es.” He says lower, that the cocoanut milk on con- 
 gealing “ lyeth within the /hell lyke an egge.” 
 
2 5 ° 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 203 MS. 5,650 reads: “ By so doing they last a century.” 
 
 204 Called “ Suluan ” by Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 220). It is a 
 small island southeast of Samar. See ante, note 196. Dr. David 
 P. Barrows ( Census of the Philippines , Washington, 1905, i, 
 p. 413), says that the men from Suluan “ were perhaps not typical 
 of the rest of the population which Magellan found sparsely 
 scattered about the coasts of the central islands, but . . . 
 were almost certainly of the same stock from which the present 
 Visayan people are in the main descended.” These natives had 
 probably come, he says, “ in successively extending settlements, up 
 the west coast of Mindanao from the Sulu archipelago. ‘ Suluan ’ 
 itself means ‘ Where there are Suluges,’ that is, men of Sulu or 
 Joló.” 
 
 205 MS. adds: “ seeing that they were thus well dispositioned.” 
 
 206 MS. 5,650 adds: “ into the sea.” 
 
 207 Albo calls it (Navarrete, iv, p. 220) the island of Gada 
 (i.e.j Aguada , “watering-place”) “where we took on water and 
 wood, that island being very free of shoals ” (see ante , note 196). 
 This island is now called Homonhón, Jomonjol, or Malhón. Its 
 greatest dimensions are ten miles from northwest to southeast, and 
 five miles from northeast to southwest. It is eleven miles south- 
 west from the nearest point in Samar. It is called “ Buenas 
 Senas ” on Murillo Velarde’s map. 
 
 208 The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 11) says that the archipelago 
 was also called “ Vail Sem Periguo,” or “ Valley without Peril.” 
 The name “ Filipinas ” was not applied to them until 1542 by 
 Villalobos (see vol. ii, p. 48). 
 
 209 Probably the jungle-fowl ( Gallus bankiva) which is caught 
 and tamed in large numbers by the natives of the Philippines and 
 still used for crossing with the domestic fowl. See Guillemard 
 {ut supra, p. 228, note 1). 
 
 210 This sentence is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 211 MS. 5,650 reads: “ In his ears he wore pendants of gold 
 jewels, which they call ‘ schione.’ ” 
 
 212 MS. adds: “whom he had put ashore on that island that 
 they might recruit their strength.” 
 
 213 MS. 5,650 reads: “ There is another island near the above 
 island, inhabited by people.” Mosto says (p. 70, note 6) that 
 picheti is from the Spanish piquete, “ a small hole made with a 
 sharp pointed instrument.” This custom of piercing the ears is 
 quite general among savage, barbarous, and semi-barbarous peo- 
 ples. 
 
One] NOTES 251 
 
 214 Eden (p. 254) reads: “ caphranita that is gentyles.” See 
 VOL. Ill, p. 93, note 29. 
 
 215 This word is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 216 Our transcript reads farine, and MS. 5,650 fascine , both of 
 which translate “ fascines.” Mosto reads forine, which is 
 amended by Amoretti to foscine. This latter is probably the 
 same word as fiocina, a “ harpoon ” or “ eel-spear,” and hence here 
 a “ dart.” 
 
 217 Stanley failed to decipher this word in MS. 5,650, which 
 
 is the same as the word in the Italian MS. Mosto, citing Boerio 
 ( Dizion . veneziano), says of rizali : “ Rizzagio or rizzagno , 
 
 1 sweepnet ’ a fine thickly woven net, which when thrown into 
 rivers by the fisherman, opens, and when near the bottom, closes, 
 and covers and encloses the fish. Rizzagio is also called that 
 contrivance or net, made in the manner of an inverted cone, with a 
 barrel hoop attached to the circumference as a selvage. It has a 
 hole underneath, through which if the eels in the ponds slyly 
 enter the net, there is no danger of their escape.” 
 
 Fish are caught in the Philippines by various devices - in favor- 
 able situations by traps, weirs, corrals of bamboo set along the 
 shore in shallow waters. Various kinds of nets and seines, the 
 hook and line, and also the spear, are also used. See Census of 
 the Philippine Islands (Washington, 1905), iv, p. 533. 
 
 218 MS. 5,650 reads: “ Hiunanghar.” Stanley has mistran- 
 scribed “ Huinanghar.” It is difficult to identify the four islands 
 of Cenalo, Hiunanghan, Ibusson, and Abarien with certainty. 
 Mosto (p. 71, notes) suggests that they may be Dinagat, Cabugan, 
 Gibuson, and Cabalariàn. The first three are evidently correct, 
 as those islands would naturally be sighted in the course followed. 
 The last island is shown in Pigafetta’s chart to be north of 
 Malhón, and the probability is that he names and locates it 
 merely from hearsay, and that they did not see it. Its position 
 seems to indicate Manicani rather than Cabalariàn. 
 
 After this paragraph in the Italian MS. (folio 21a) follows 
 the chart of the islands of Pozzon, Ticobon, Polon, Baibai and 
 Ceilon (together forming the island of Leyte), Gatighan, Bohol, 
 and Mazzana {sic) ( q.v ., p. 108). This chart in MS. 5,650 
 (on folio 36a) is preceded by: “Below is shown the cape of 
 Gatighan and many other islands surrounding it.” 
 
 219 .Albo (Navarrete, iv, p. 220) says: “We departed thence 
 from Malhón] and went toward the west in order to strike 
 a large island called Seilani \_i.e., Leyte] which is inhabited and 
 has gold in it. We coasted along it and took our course to the 
 west southwest in order to strike a small island, which is in- 
 habited and called Mazava. The people there are very friendly. 
 
252 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 We erected a cross on a mountain in that island. Three islands 
 lying to the west southwest were pointed out to us from that 
 island, which are said to possess gold in abundance. They showed 
 us how it was obtained. They found pieces as large as chick- 
 peas and beans. Masava lies in latitude 9 and two-thirds de- 
 grees north.” The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 11) says: “They 
 ran on to another island twenty leagues from that from which 
 they sailed \i.e., Malhón], and came to anchor at another island, 
 which is named Macangor [i.e., Masaua], which is nine de- 
 grees; and in this island they were very well received, and they 
 placed a cross in it.” See also VOL. I, pp. 322, 323. 
 
 220 MS. 5*650 reads: “But they moved off immediately and 
 would not enter the ship through distrust of us.” The slave who 
 acted as interpreter is the Henrique de Malaca of Navarrete’s list. 
 
 221 Bara: the Spanish word barra. 
 
 222 MS. 5,650 reads: “ to ask him to give him some food for 
 his ships in exchange for his money.” 
 
 223 MS. 5,650 reads: “The king hearing that came with 
 seven or eight men.” 
 
 224 For dorade , i.e., the dorado. MS. 5,650 adds: “ which are 
 very large fish of the kind abovesaid.” 
 
 225 The ceremony of blood brotherhood. Casicasi means “ inti- 
 mate friends.” See Trumbull’s Blood Covenant (Philadelphia, 
 1898), which shows how widespread was the covenant or friend- 
 ship typified by blood. 
 
 226 MS. 5,650 reads: “ After that the said captain had one of 
 his men-at-arms armed in offensive armor.” Stanley has trans- 
 lated harnois blanc literally as “ white armor.” 
 
 227 This passage may be translated: “Thereby was the king 
 rendered almost speechless, and told the captain, through the slave, 
 that one of those armed men was worth a hundred of his own 
 men. The captain answered that that was a fact, and that he had 
 brought two hundred men in each ship, who were armed in that 
 manner.” Eden so understood it, and reads: “whereat the 
 Kynge marualed greatly, and f ayde to th[e] interpretoure (who 
 was a /laue borne in Malacha) that one of tho/e armed men 
 was able to encounter with a hundreth of his men.” MS. 5,650 
 agrees with the translation of the text. 
 
 228 Instead of this last phrase MS. 5,650 has: “and he made 
 two of his men engage in sword-play before the king.” 
 
 229 MS. 5,650 says only: “ Then he showed the king the sea- 
 chart, and the navigation compass.” Eden says (p. 348) that the 
 first to use the compass was one “ Flauius of Malpha, a citie in 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 53 
 
 the kingdom of Naples. . . . Next vnto Flauius, the chiefe 
 
 commendation is dew to the Spanyardes and Portugales by who fe 
 daylye experience, the /ame is brought to further perfection, and 
 the v/e thereof better knowen ; althowghe hytherto no man 
 knoweth the cau/e why the iren touched with the lode /tone, 
 turneth euer towarde the north /tarre, as playnely appeareth in 
 euery common dyall.” He also says: “As touchynge the needle 
 of the compa //e, I haue redde in the Portugales nauigations that 
 /aylynge as farre /outh as Cap. de Bona Speranza, the poynt of 
 the needle /tyll re/pected the northe as it dyd on this fy de the 
 Equinoctiall, /auynge that it /umwhat trembeled and declyned a 
 lyttle, whereby the force fee med /umwhat to be diminished, / o 
 that they were fayne to helpe it with the lode /tone. ,, (See ante, 
 p. 89). The compass was known in a rough form to the Chinese 
 as early as 2634 B.C., and first applied to navigation in the third 
 or fourth century A.D., or perhaps earlier. It was probably in- 
 troduced into Europe through the Arabs who learned of it from 
 the Chinese. It is first referred to in European literature by 
 Alexander Neckam in the twelfth century in De Utensilibus. 
 The variations from the true north were observed as early as 
 1269. 
 
 230 Stanley says that the Amoretti edition represents the king 
 as making this request and Magalhàes as assenting thereto; but 
 the Italian MS. reads as distinctly as MS. 5,650, that Magalhàes 
 made the request. 
 
 231 MS. 5,650 omits the remainder of this sentence. 
 
 232 MS. 5,650 adds: “ that is, a boat.” 
 
 233 The following passage relating to the meal reads thus in 
 MS. 5,650: “ Then the king had a plate of pork and some wine 
 brought in. Their fashion of drinking is as follows. First they 
 lift their hands toward the sky, and then take with the right hand 
 the vessel from which they drink, while extending the fist of the 
 left hand toward the people. The king did that to me, and ex- 
 tended his fist toward me, so that I thought that he was going to 
 strike me. But I did the same to him, and in such wise did we 
 banquet and afterwards sup with him using that ceremony and 
 others.” See Spencer’s Ceremonial Institutions , especially 
 chapter I. 
 
 234 Eden reads (p. 255): “When the kynge / awe Antonie 
 Pigafetta write the names of many thinges, and afterwarde re- 
 hear/e them ageyne, he marualed yet more, makynge /ygnes that 
 / uche men de/cended from heauen.” Continuing he confuses the 
 eldest son of the first king with the latter’s brother, the second 
 king. 
 
 236 A tolerably good description of the native houses of the 
 
2 54 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 present day in the Philippines. Cf. Morga’s description, vol. xvi, 
 pp. 117-119. 
 
 236 MS. 5,650 begins a new unnumbered chapter at this point. 
 
 237 This sentence to this point in MS. 5,650, is wrongly made 
 to refer to the house of the king. The passage there reads: “ All 
 the dishes with which he is served, and also a part of his house, 
 which was well furnished according to the custom of the country, 
 were of gold.” 
 
 238 MS. 5,650 omits this sentence. 
 
 239 Butuan and Caraga in the northeastern part of Mindanao. 
 
 240 This name is variously rendered: Mosto, Stain ; MS. 5,650, 
 Siaui ; Stanley, Siani; and Amoretti and Eden, Siagu. 
 
 241 MS. 5,650 reads: “the captain sent the chaplain ashore 
 to celebrate mass.” 
 
 242 MS. 5,650 says that they took only their swords; but the 
 Italian MS. says distinctly that a signal was given to the ships 
 from the shore by means of muskets, and again that the musketry 
 was fired when the kings and Magalhàes separated, both of which 
 references are omitted by MS. 5,650. Eden reads: “The Cap- 
 tarne came alande with fyftie of his men in theyr be/t apparel 
 withowte weapons or harne//e, and all the re/ydue well armed.” 
 
 243 In Eden (p. 255) : “ dama/ke water.” 
 
 244 MS. 5,650 reads: “ but they offered nothing.” 
 
 245 MS. 5,650 says: “ every one did his duties as a Christian 
 and received our Lord.” 
 
 246 MS. 5,650 adds: “ for the people.” 
 
 247 The Italian MS. reads literally and somewhat ambiguously: 
 “they made immediate reverence;” MS. 5,650 says “to which 
 these kings made reverence,” which is scarcely likely, as the latter 
 would, until told by Magalhàes, see nothing in the ceremony. 
 Rather it was the Spaniards who made the reverence. 
 
 248 MS. 5,650 reads: “ whenever any ships came from Spain.” 
 
 249 Cf. Morga, vol. xvi, p. 132. 
 
 250 MS. 5,650 reads: “ men and ships to render them obedient 
 to him.” 
 
 251 MS. 5,650 reads: “to the middle of the highest moun- 
 tain,” evidently confusing mezo di (“afternoon”) of the Italian 
 MS. with mezo ( mezzo ; “middle”); for the cross was set up 
 on the summit of the mountain. The passage in MS. 5*650 con- 
 tinues: “ Then those two kings and the captain rested, and while 
 conversing, the latter had them asked [ not “ I had them asked ” 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 55 
 
 as in Stanley, who mistranscribes jl (il) as je] where the best 
 port was for getting food. They replied that there were three, 
 namely, Ceylom, Zzubu, and Galaghan, but that Zzeubu was 
 the largest and the best trading place.” These are the islands of 
 Leyte (the Sedani of Albo, Navarrete, iv, p. 20; and the Selani 
 of Transylvanus, VOL. 1, p. 322), Cebu, and Mindanao (the 
 Caraga district). 
 
 252 MS. 5,650 reads simply: “Then we descended to the 
 place where their boats were.” 
 
 253 This account is very much shortened in MS. 5,650, where 
 it reads as follows: “ As the captain intended to leave next morn- 
 ing, he asked the king for pilots in order that they might condùct 
 him to the ports abovesaid. He promised the king to treat those 
 pilots as he would them themselves, and that he would leave one 
 of his men as a hostage. In reply the first king said that he would 
 go himself to guide the captain to those ports and that he would 
 be his pilot, but asked him to wait two days until he should gather 
 his rice, and do some other things which he had to do. He asked 
 the captain to lend him some of his men, so that he could accom- 
 plish it sooner, and the captain agreed to it.” At this point MS. 
 5,650 begins a new unnumbered chapter. 
 
 254 The billon and afterward copper coin quattrino , which was 
 struck in the mints of Venice, Rome, Florence, Reggio, the Two 
 Sicilies, etc. The quattrino of the popes was often distinguished 
 as “ quattrino Romano.” The Venetian copper quattrino was 
 first struck in the reign of Francesco Foscari (1423-57). See 
 W. C. Hazlitt’s Coinage of European Continent (London and 
 New York, 1893), p. 226. 
 
 255 Doppione: a gold coin struck by Louis XII of France dur- 
 ing his occupation of the Milanese (1500-1512). Hazlitt, 
 ut supra , p. 196. 
 
 256 Colona: possibly the name of some coin of the period. 
 
 257 This entire paragraph is omitted in MS. 5,650. That MS. 
 has another chapter division at this point. 
 
 258 Stanley mistranslates the French gentilz as “ gentle.” 
 
 259 p r obably the abacà, although it may be the cloth made from 
 the palm. See Morga’s description of the Visayans, vol. xvi, 
 p. 1 12. 
 
 260 Cf. Morga’s Sucesos , vol. xvi, pp. 80, 81. 
 
 261 MS. 5,650 greatly abridges this account, reading as fol- 
 lows: “They cut that fruit into four parts, and after they have 
 chewed it a long time, they spit it out and throw it away.” Cf. 
 the account in Morga’s Sueesos , vol. xvi, pp. 97-99. 
 
256 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 262 MS. 5,650 omits this product. Cf. Morga’s Sucesos , vol. 
 xvi, pp. 84-97. 
 
 263 In MS. 5,650, “Mazzaua;” in Eden, “Me//ana;” in 
 Mosto, “ Mazana,” while in the chart it appears as “ Mazzana; ” 
 Transylvanus, “ Massana; ” and Albo, “ Masava.” It is now 
 called the island of Limasaua, and has an area of about ten and 
 one-half square miles. 
 
 264 Mosto mistranscribes the Italian word for “ among ” fra 
 as prima “ first.” The error arises through the abbreviation used, 
 namely f a , Mosto mistaking it for p a i which would be prima. 
 
 265 Stanley mistranscribes “ Gatighan ” from MS. 5,650 as 
 “ Satighan.” The names of the five islands as given by Eden 
 are: “Zeilon, Bohol, Canghu, Barbai, and Catighan.” These 
 are the islands of Leite, Bohol, Canigao (west of Leyte), the 
 northern part of Leyte (today the name of a town, hamlet and 
 inlet in Leyte), and possibly Apit or Himuquitan, or one of the 
 other nearby islands on the west coast of Leyte. See chart of 
 these islands on p. 108. 
 
 Albo (Navarrete, iv, pp. 220, 221) says: “We left Mazava 
 and went north toward the island of Seilani, after which we ran 
 along the said island to the northwest as far as 10 degrees. There 
 we saw three rocky islands, and turned our course west for about 
 10 leguas where we came upon two islets. We stayed there that 
 night and in the morning went toward the south southwest for 
 about 12 leguas, as far as 10 and one-third degrees. At that point 
 we entered a channel between two islands, one of which is called 
 Matan and the other Subu. Subu, as well as the islands of 
 Mazava and Suluan extend north by east and south by west. 
 Between Subu and Seilani we spied a very lofty land lying to 
 the north, which is called Baibai. It is said to contain consid- 
 erable gold and to be well stocked with food, and so great an 
 extent of land that its limits are unknown. From Mazava, 
 Seilani, and Subu, on the course followed toward the south, look 
 out for the many shoals, which are very bad. On that account a 
 canoe which was guiding us along that course, refused to go 
 ahead. From the beginning of the channel of Subu and Matan, 
 we turned west by a middle channel and reached the city of Subu. 
 There we anchored and made peace, and the people there gave 
 us rice, millet, and meat. We stayed there for a considerable time. 
 The king and queen of that place and many of the inhabitants 
 readily became Christians.” The “ Rotei ro ” (Stanley, p. 11) 
 says that the king of Macangar (Le., Mazaua) conducted the 
 Spaniards “ a matter of thirty leagues to another island named 
 Cabo [i.e., Cebu], which is in ten degrees, and in this island 
 Fernando de Magalhàes did what he pleased with the consent of 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 257 
 
 the country.” Brito says merely (Navarrete, iv, p. 308) : “ After 
 that, after passing amid many islands, they reached one called 
 Mazaba, which lies in 9 degrees. The king of Mazaba con- 
 ducted them to another large island called Zubó.” 
 
 266 MS. 5,650 reads: “only one of them.” Barbastili is a 
 Venetian word for pipistrelli. These bats are the Pteropi or “ fly- 
 ing foxes,” the large fruit-eating bats of which so many species 
 inhabit the Malay Archipelago. Bats are especially found in 
 Guimaras, Siquijor, and Cebu, and the skins of some are used as 
 fur. See Guillemard ( ut supra , p. 235). See also Delgado’s 
 Historia , pp. 842, 843 ; and U. S. Philippine Gazetteer . 
 
 267 Stanley mistranslates as “ tortoises.” The “ black birds 
 with the long tail ” are the tabón “ mound-building Megapodes , 
 gallinacious birds peculiar to the Austro-Malayan subregion ” 
 (Guillemard’s Magellan , p. 235). See also vol. v, p. 167, note 
 14, and vol. xvi, page 198, note 43; also vol. xvi, p. 81, note 84. 
 
 268 These are the Camotes, which lie west of Leyte, and their 
 names are Poro, Pasijan, and Pansón. See Pigafetta’s chart show- 
 ing these islands on p. 108. 
 
 269 Following this point in the Italian MS. (folio 26a) is the 
 chart of the islands of Bohol, Mattam, and Zzubu ( q.v ., p. 132). 
 
 MS. 5,650 presents this chart on folio 51a, preceded by the 
 words: “Below are shown the islands of Zzubu, Mattan, and 
 Bohól.” 
 
 270 MS. 5,650 reads: “ But the interpreter reassured them by 
 telling them.” 
 
 271 MS. 5,650 reads: “and he was going, by the orders of 
 the said sovereign, to discover the islands of Mallucque.” 
 
 272 MS. 5,650 reads: “Thereupon the abovesaid merchant 
 said to the king in their language,” etc., without giving the original 
 Malay words. Eden gives the phrase as catacaia chita. 
 
 273 Calicut, properly Kalikot (said to be derived from two 
 words meaning cock-crow, because the territory granted to the 
 first king of Kalikot was limited to the extent over which a cock 
 could be heard to crow; or from Kali, one of the names of the 
 goddess Gauri) is the name of a district and city on the Malabar 
 coast. The king of all the Malabar coast from Goa to Cape 
 Comorin, Samari Perymal, having adopted the Mahometan faith 
 divided his kingdom into the kingdoms of Calicut, Cochin, 
 Cananor, and Coulào, and gave them to his friends, on condition 
 that the king of Calicut be termed “ Zamorim ” or “ Samorim,” 
 i.e., “Supreme emperor and God upon earth” (although the 
 proper form is said to be “ Tamurin ” which is conjectured by 
 some to be a modification of the Sanskrit “ Samunri,” “ seaking.” 
 
258 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 The city of Kalikot, a noted emporium of trade, was built per- 
 haps as early as 805 a.d., although the date 1300 a.d. is also given 
 as that of its founding; and is described by Ibn Batuta in 1342 
 as one of the finest ports in the world. It was visited by Covilham 
 in i486, and Vasco da Gama’s ships were freighted there in 1498. 
 The latter attacked the city in 1503 and 1510, and the Portuguese 
 built a fortified factory there in 1513 which was destroyed by 
 the governor in 1525 to avoid its falling into the enemy’s hands. 
 The English established a factory in the city in 1616, which was 
 captured in 1766 by Haidar Ali; but after a further series of 
 capture and recapture, the city and district was permanently 
 turned over to the British (1792). See Stanley’s Vasco da Gama 
 (Hakluyt Society publications, London, 1869) ; Birch’s Alboquer- 
 que (Hakluyt Society publications, London, 1875-1884) ; Jones 
 and Badger’s Ludovico di V arthema (Hakluyt Society publica- 
 tions, London, 1863), pp. 1 35-1 77 ; also Grey’s Travels of Pietro 
 della Valle (Hakluyt Society publications, London, 1892), pp. 
 344, 345, note. 
 
 Malacca, or more correctly Màlaka is the name of an ancient 
 territory and city, which was probably first settled by Javanese, 
 and is possibly derived from “ Malayu ” meaning in Javanese “ to 
 run ” or “ fugitive.” At an early period Malacca fell under the 
 sway of the Siamese. The city, located on both sides of the 
 Malacca River, and only one hundred and thirty miles northwest 
 of Singapore (which has usurped the great volume of trade once 
 centering at Malacca) was founded about 1250 a.d. The first 
 European to visit the city was Varthema, about the year 1505. 
 It was captured by the Portuguese under Albuquerque in 15 11, 
 and they held it (1580-1640 under Spanish control) until 1641 
 when it was captured by the Dutch, who had unsuccessfully be- 
 sieged it, with the aid of the king of Jahor, in 1606. The English 
 obtained possession of it in 1795, and still hold it, although the 
 Dutch possessed it from 1818-1825. For descriptions and history 
 of Malacca, see the following Hakluyt Society publications: Stan- 
 ley’s East Africa and Malabar (London, 1866), pp. 190- 195; 
 Birch’s Alboquerque , iii, pp. 71-90 (and other citations) ; Burnell 
 and Tide’s Linschoten (London, 1885), i, pp. 104-106; Gray’s 
 Voyage of Francois Pyrard (London, 1888), part i, p. ii. Also 
 see Crawfurd’s Dictionary , pp. 238-249. 
 
 The terms India Major (Greater India) and India Minor 
 (Lesser India) are differently applied by different authors. 
 Schiltbergen applied the term Lesser India to the northern portion 
 of the peninsula on this side of the Ganges, while the southern 
 portion of the peninsula was termed Greater India. Marco Polo’s 
 Lesser India extended from Makran to and including the Coro- 
 mandel coast, and his Greater India extended from the Coro- 
 mandel coast to Cochin China, while Middle India was Abyssinia. 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 259 
 
 Mosto wrongly identifies India Major with the present Indian 
 empire. See Telfer’s Johann Schiltberger (Hakluyt Society publi- 
 cations, 1879). Friar Jordanus ( Wonders of the East , Hakluyt 
 Society edition, London, 1863), describes (pp. n-45) India the 
 Less, India the Greater, and India Tertia. Yule points out that 
 Jordanus’s Lesser India embraces Sindh, and probably Mekran, 
 and India along the coast as far as some point immediately north 
 of Malabar. Greater India extends from Malabar very indefinite- 
 ly to the eastward, for he makes it include Champa. India Tertia 
 is the east of Africa below Abyssinia. Thus Jordanus just re- 
 verses the Lesser and Greater Indias of Marco Polo. Ramusio 
 who gives the Summary of Kingdoms of an old Portuguese geog- 
 rapher, ends First India at Mangalore, and Second India at the 
 Ganges. Benjamin of Tudela speaks of “Middle India which is 
 called Aden.” Conti divides India into three parts: the first ex- 
 tending from Persia to the Indus, the second from the Indus to the 
 Ganges, and the third all the land beyond. Pliny discusses 
 whether Mekran and other lands belonged to India or Ariana. 
 
 274 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and treat his subjects well.” 
 
 275 This phrase is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 276 MS. 5,650 adds: “ who was in the captain’s ship.” 
 
 277 MS. 5,650 reads: “ Thereupon the king told them that he 
 was willing, and that as a greater token of his love, he would 
 send the captain a drop of his blood from his right arm, and 
 [asked] the captain to do the same.” 
 
 278 MS. 5,650 reads: “Consequently they should ask their 
 captain whether he intended to observe the custom.” 
 
 279 MS. 5,650 reads: “he should commence by giving a 
 present, whereupon the captain would do his duty.” This MS. 
 begins another chapter at this point. 
 
 280 MS. 5,650 reads: “so do our arms destroy the enemies 
 of our faith.” 
 
 281 MS. 5,650 adds: “ of the ships.” 
 
 282 MS. 5,650 reads: “ and whether that prince who had come 
 with them, was empowered to make peace.” 
 
 283 MS. 5,650 omits these last two clauses. 
 
 284 This phrase is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 285 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and for love toward God.” 
 
 286 MS. 5,650: “he would leave them the arms that the 
 Christians use.” 
 
 287 These last two clauses are omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
2ÓO 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 288 MS. 5,650 adds: “ of Sainct Jacques [i.e., Santiago].” 
 
 289 This sentence is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 290 Called “ drynking gla//es of Venice woorke ” in Eden (p. 
 257 )* 
 
 291 MS. 5,650 reads: “ He had his face painted with fire in 
 various designs.” Eden reads: “ and had the residue of his body 
 paynted with dyuers coloures whereof /urn were lyke vnto flam- 
 ynge fyre.” 
 
 292 MS. 5,650 reads: “he had four jars full of palm-wine, 
 which he was drinking through reed pipes.” 
 
 293 MS. 5,650 reads: “We made the due reverence to him 
 while presenting to him the present sent him by the captain, and 
 told him through the mouth of the interpreter that it was not 
 to be regarded as a recompense for his present which he had made 
 to the captain, but for the love which the captain bore him.” 
 This MS. omits the following three sentences. 
 
 294 The “ Sinus Magnus ” of Ptolemy, today the Chinese Gulf 
 (Mosto, p. 76, note 3). 
 
 295 This passage is considerably abbreviated in MS. 5,650, 
 where it reads as follows: “The prince, the king’s nephew, 
 took us to his house, where he showed us four girls who were 
 playing on four very strange and very sweet instruments, and 
 their manner of playing was somewhat musical. Afterward he 
 had us dance with them. Those girls were naked except that 
 they wore a garment made of the said palm-tree cloth before their 
 privies and which hung from the waist to the knee, although some 
 were quite naked. We were given refreshments there, and then 
 we returned to the ships.” These gongs are used in many parts of 
 the Orient. 
 
 296 MS. 5,650 adds: “ by the captain’s order.” 
 
 297 MS. 5,650 reads: “ we told him of the death of our man, 
 and that our captain requested that he might be buried.” 
 
 298 MS. 5,650 adds: “according to our manner.” 
 
 299 MS. 5,650 reads: “The king took it under his charge, 
 and promised that no trickery or wrong would be done the king. 
 Four of our men were chosen to despatch and to sell the said 
 merchandise.” 
 
 300 MS. 5,650 reads: “They have wooden balances like those 
 of Pardeca to weigh their merchandise.” Pardeca, as Stanley 
 points out, is for par de qa de Loire which is equivalent to Langue 
 d J oil, and denotes the region in France north of the Loire. Par 
 de la meant Languedoc. This passage was adapted to the French 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2ÓI 
 
 understanding by the person who translated and adapted the Ital- 
 ian manuscript. 
 
 301 This sentence is omitted in MS. 5,650. As Mosto points 
 out the measure here mentioned would be one of capacity, and 
 must have been the common measure for rice, perhaps the ganta. 
 
 302 Lagan is a shellfish found in the Philippines which has a 
 shell resembling that of the Nautilus pompilius that is used for 
 holding incense or as a drinking vessel. This shell is very white 
 inside, while the exterior is spotted a pale yellow color. It re- 
 sembles mother-of-pearl, and is very common. Delgado says that 
 most of the shellfish are indigestible but highly esteemed. See 
 Delgado’s Historia , p. 928. 
 
 303 MS. 5,650 adds: “Which was of various strange kinds.” 
 
 304 Eden says: “ xvi. poundes weyght of iren.” 
 
 305 MS. 5,650 reads: “The captain-general did not wish to 
 take too great a quantity of gold, so that the sailors might not 
 sell their share in the merchandise too cheaply, because of their 
 lust for gold, and so that on that account he should not be con- 
 strained to do the same with his merchandise, for he wished to 
 sell it at as high a price as possible.” 
 
 306 MS. 5,650 adds: “or any other balls.” 
 
 307 MS. 5,650 makes the two armed men follow instead of 
 precede the royal banner. 
 
 308 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and the natives of the country for their 
 fear of it, fled hither and thither,” which is in place of the follow- 
 ing sentence. 
 
 309 This sentence is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 310 MS. 5,650 reads: “One covered with red and the other 
 with velvet.” 
 
 311 MS. 5,650 adds: “ in the manner of the country.” 
 
 312 The account of the baptism of the king is considerably 
 abridged in MS. 5,650 where it reads as follows: “Then the 
 captain began to address the king through the interpreter, in 
 order that he might incite him to the faith of Jesus Christ. He 
 told him that if he wished to become a good Christian (as he had 
 signified on the preceding day), that he must have all the idols 
 of his country burned and set up a cross in their place, which 
 they were all to adore daily on both knees, with hands clasped 
 and raised toward the heaven. The captain showed the king 
 how he was to make the sign of the cross daily. In reply the king 
 and all his men said that they would obey the captain’s command- 
 ment, and do all that he told them. The captain took the king 
 
2Ó2 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 by the hand, and they walked to the platform. At his baptism 
 the captain told the king that he would call him Dom Charles, 
 after the emperor his sovereign. He named the prince Dom 
 Fernand, after the brother of the said emperor, and the king of 
 Mazzaua, Jehan. He gave the name of Christofle to the Moro, 
 while he called each of the others by names according to his 
 fancy. Thus before the mass fifty men [fic: but an error of the 
 French adapter for five hundred] were baptized. At the con- 
 clusion of mass, the captain invited the king and the others of his 
 chief men to dine with him, but he would not accept. However, 
 he accompanied the captain to the shore, where, at his arrival, the 
 ships discharged all the artillery. Then embracing they took leave 
 of one another.” Eden gives the number baptized as five hun- 
 dred men. 
 
 313 MS. 5,650 reads: “On seeing that, she expressed the 
 greatest desire to become a Christian, and asking for baptism, she 
 was baptized and given the name of Jehanne, after the emperor’s 
 mother.” 
 
 314 There are many cases of this wholesale baptism in the his- 
 tory of the Catholic missions in various countries, and it cannot 
 be condemned entirely and regarded as devoid of good effects, for 
 many instances reveal the contrary. See Jesuit Relations (Cleve- 
 land reissue). 
 
 315 Those last six words are omitted in MS. 5,650. Mosto 
 conjectures that solana means solecchio or solicchio signifying an 
 apparatus to protect one from the sun. Pigafetta may have mis- 
 applied the Spanish word solana , which signifies a place bathed 
 by the noontide sun or a place in which to take the sun. 
 
 316 This last clause is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 317 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and we gave it to her.” This was the 
 image found by one of Legazpi’s soldiers in Cebu in 1565 (see 
 vol. 11, pp. 120, 121, 128, 216, 217; and vol. v, p. 41). En- 
 carnación (Die. bisaya-espahol , Manila, 1851), says: “The 
 Cebuan Indians, both past and present, give the name of Bathala 
 [God] to the image of the Holy Child, which is supposed to have 
 been left by the celebrated Magallanes.” 
 
 318 MS. 5,650 reads: “evening.” 
 
 319 MS. 5,650 mentions only the artillery. The “ tromb ” or 
 “ trunk ” was a kind of hand rocket-tube made of wood and 
 hooped with iron, and was used for discharging wild-fire or Greek- 
 fire (see Corbett’s Spanish War , 1585-87 [London], 1898, p. 
 335). At this point Stanley discontinues the narrative of MS. 
 5,650, and translates from Amoretti’s version of the Italian MS. 
 
 320 MS. 5,650 reads: “to better instruct and confirm him in 
 the faith.” 
 
One] NOTES 263 
 
 321 Eden says the queen was preceded by “ three younge damo- 
 /e lies and three men with theyr cappes in theyr handes.” 
 
 322 MS. 5,650 adds: “and presentation.” 
 
 323 MS. 5,650 reads simply for this last clause: “and sev- 
 eral others,” omitting all the names. 
 
 324 MS. 5,650 reads: “ and they all so swore.” 
 
 326 MS. 5,650 reads from this point: “ Then they swore, and 
 thus the captain caused the king to swear by that image, by the 
 life of the emperor his sovereign, and by his habit, to ever re- 
 main faithful and subject to the emperor,” thus ascribing this 
 oath to the king instead of to Magalhàes. The words “ by his 
 habit ” can refer only to Magalhàes, who wore that of Santiago, 
 and not to any habit worn by the barbaric ruler of Cebu. 
 
 326 MS. 5,650 adds: “and hang.” 
 
 327 ]VTS. 5,650 adds: “ and deck.” 
 
 328 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and demolished.” 
 
 329 MS. 5,650 adds: “and overthrew.” 
 
 330 There is a strange difference between the Italian MS. and 
 MS. 5,650 in regard to these names. The latter reads to this 
 point: “There are a number of villages in that island, whose 
 names and those of their chiefs are as follows: Cinghapola, Cila- 
 ton, Ciguibucan, Cimaningha, Cimaticat, and Cicambul; another, 
 Mandaui, and its chief and seignior, Lambuzzan; another Cot- 
 cot, and its chief, Acibagalen; another, Puzzo, and its chief, 
 Apanoan ; another, Lalan, and its chief, Theteu ; another, Lulutan, 
 and its chief, Tapan [Amoretti, followed by Stanley, says Japau, 
 and Mosto, Iapan] ; another Cilumay; and also Lubucun.” Amo- 
 retti, who places this list after the disastrous battle and conse- 
 quent treachery of the Cebuans, and Stanley, have “ Lubucin : 
 its chief is Cilumai.” Mandaui is Mandaue; Lalan may be 
 Liloan ; Cot-cot is on the east coast ; Lubucun may be Lubu, but 
 Mosto (p. 78, note 3) conjectures it to be Lambusan. An ex- 
 amination of the Nancy MS. may reveal the source of this dif- 
 ference. 
 
 331 MS. 5,650 adds after the word borchies : “instruments so 
 called.” 
 
 332 Probably cotton cloth. See Stanley’s East African and 
 
 Malabar Coasts , p. 65 : “ They make there [i.e., in Cambay] 
 
 many cloths of white cotton, fine and coarse, and other woven and 
 colored fabrics, of all kinds and colours.” 
 
 333 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and closed.” 
 
 334 MS. 5,650 reads: “She who has killed the hog, puts a 
 
264 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 lighted torch in her mouth, which she extinguishes, and which 
 she holds constantly alight with her teeth during that ceremony.” 
 
 335 Cf. the ceremonies of the baylanes described by Loarca, 
 vol. v, pp. 1 3 1, 133, and by Chirino, vol. xii, p. 270. 
 
 336 Otorno : Mosto, p. 79, mistranscribes otoro , and queries 
 Attorno in a note. 
 
 337 MS. 5,650 omits the description of this custom, giving only 
 the first and last sentence to this point. Stanley omits the trans- 
 lation to this point. See vol. v, p. 117, and vol. xvi, p. 130, 
 where Loarca and Morga describe this custom. 
 
 338 V alzi : Mosto queries vasi, “ jars,” which appears probable. 
 
 339 MS. 5,650 adds: “made in the manner abovesaid;” but 
 this was crossed out, showing that the writer or adapter of that 
 MS. had at first intended to narrate the custom that is given in 
 the Italian MS. 
 
 340 This word is omitted in MS. 5,650. 
 
 341 MS. 5,650 reads: “The other women sit about the dead 
 chamber sadly and in tears.” 
 
 342 Pigafetta uses the present and imperfect tenses rather indis- 
 criminately throughout this narration, but we have translated 
 uniformly in the present. Cf. Loarca’s description of burial and 
 mourning customs among the Visayans, vol. v, pp. 129, 135, 137- 
 141 ; Plasencia’s description among the Tagàlogs, vol. vii, pp. 194, 
 195; and Morga, vol. xvi, p. 133. 
 
 343 MS. 5,650 reads: “five or six hours.” 
 
 344 Eden in describing the island of Matan confuses the Piga- 
 fetta narrative. He says: “ Not farre from this Ilande of 
 Zubut, is the Hand of Mathan, who /e inhabitauntes v/e maruelous 
 ceremonies in theyr /acrifices to the /bone and burying the deade. 
 They were rynges of gold abowt theyr priuie members.” In the 
 description of the battle in Matan, Eden says that each of the 
 three divisions of the islanders contained “ two thou/and and 
 fiftie men armed with bowes, arrowes, dartes and iauelins hard- 
 ened at the poyntes with fyer.” 
 
 345 To this point the Italian MS. and MS. 5,650 agree approxi- 
 mately. The story of the battle in the latter MS., however, is 
 much abridged and much less graphic. It is as follows: “They 
 replied that they had bamboo spears and stakes burned and hard- 
 ened in the fire, and that we could attack them when we wished. 
 At daybreak, forty-nine of us leaped into the water, in the place 
 whither we had thus gone, at a distance of more than three [«V] 
 crossbow flights before we could reach shore, for the boats could 
 
OneJ 
 
 NOTES 
 
 265 
 
 not approach nearer because of the rocks and reefs which were 
 in the water. Thus we reached land, and attacked them. They 
 were arranged in three divisions, of more than one thousand five 
 hundred persons. We shot many arrows at them from a distance, 
 but it was in vain, for they received them on their shields. They 
 leaped hither and thither in such a way that scarce could we 
 wound one of them. On the other hand, our artillery in the 
 boats was so far away from us that it could not aid us. Those 
 people seeing that, and that the captain had had some of their 
 houses burned in order to inspire them with terror, and having 
 become more enraged, threw so many iron pointed spears at us, 
 and shot so many arrows even at the captain himself that we 
 could defend ourselves with difficulty. Finally, having been 
 driven by them quite down to the shore, and while our captain was 
 fighting bravely although wounded in the leg with an arrow, one 
 of those Indians hurled a poisoned bamboo lance into his face 
 which laid him stiff and dead. Then they pressed upon us so 
 closely that we were forced to retire to our boats and to leave 
 the dead body of the captain-general, with our other killed.” The 
 eulogy on the dead commander is approximately the same in both 
 MSS., except at the end, where MS. 5,650 reads: “Eight of 
 our men died there with him, and four Indians, who had become 
 Christians. Of the enemy fifteen were killed by the artillery of 
 the ships, which had at last come to our aid, while many of us 
 were wounded.” 
 
 Brito (Navarrete, iv, p. 308) says of the stay at Cebu and the 
 death of Magalhaes: “They stayed there about one month, and 
 the majority of the people and the king became Christians. The 
 king of Zubó ordered the kings of the other islands to come to 
 him, but inasmuch as two of them refused to come, Magallanes, 
 as soon as he learned it, resolved to go to fight with them, and 
 went to an island called Mathà. He set fire to a village, and not 
 content with that, set out for a large settlement, where he, his 
 servant, and five Castilians were killed in combat with the sav- 
 ages. The others, seeing their captain dead, went back to their 
 boats.” 
 
 346 Terciado\ a Spanish word. 
 
 347 Carteava : a Spanish word. 
 
 348 The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 12) dates the battle April 28. 
 The account of the battle is as follows: “ Fernan de Magalhaes 
 desired that the other kings, neighbours to this one, should be- 
 come subject to this who had become Christian: and these did not 
 choose to yield such obedience. Fernan de Magalhaes seeing that, 
 got ready one night with his boats, and burned the villages of 
 those who would not yield the said obedience; and a matter of 
 ten or twelve days after this was done, he sent to a village about 
 
206 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 half a league from that which he had burned, which is named 
 Matam, and which is also an island, and ordered them to send 
 him at once three goats, three pigs, three loads of rice, and three 
 loads of millet for provisions for the ships; they replied that for 
 each article which he sent to ask them three of, they would send 
 to him by twos, and if he was satisfied with this they would at 
 once comply, if not, it might be as he pleased, but that they would 
 not give it. Because they did not choose to grant what he de- 
 manded of them, Fernan de Magalhàes ordered three boats to be 
 equipped with a matter of fifty or sixty men, and went against 
 the said place, which was on the 28th day of April, in the morn- 
 ing; there they found many people, who might well be as many 
 as three thousand or four thousand men, who fought with such 
 a good will that the said Fernan de Magalhàes was killed there, 
 with six of his men, in the year 1521.” 
 
 349 Navarrete (iv, pp. 65, 66) gives the names of the men 
 killed with Magalhàes on April 27 as follows: Christóbal Rabelo, 
 then captain of the “Victoria;” Francisco Espinosa, a sailor; 
 Anton Gallego, a common seaman; Juan de Torres, sobresaliente 
 and soldier; Rodrigo Nieto, servant of Juan de Cartagena; Pedro 
 Gomez, servant of Gonzalo Espinosa; and Anton de Escovar, 
 sobresaliente, wounded but died April 29. 
 
 350 See vol. 1, pp. 325, 326, note 215*. 
 
 351 MS. 5,650 gives this name as Duart Bobase, although 
 
 lower it is spelled Barbase. Duarte or Odoardo Barbosa, the son 
 of Diogo Barbosa, who after serving in Portugal, became alcaide 
 
 of the Sevilla arsenal, was born at Lisbon at the end of the 
 
 fifteenth century. He spent the years 1501-1516 in the Orient, 
 
 the result of that stay being his Livro emque dà relagào do que 
 
 viu e ouviu no Oriente, which was first published at Lisbon in 
 1813 in voi. vii of Collecgao de noticias para a historia et geographia 
 das nagoes ultramarinas , and its translation by Stanley, A descrip- 
 tion of the coasts of East Africa and Malabar (Hakluyt Society 
 publications, London, 1866). He became a clerk in the Portu- 
 guese factory at Cananor under his uncle Gil Fernandez Barbosa, 
 and became so expert in the Malabar language that he was said 
 to speak it even better than the natives. On account of his facility 
 in the language he had been appointed commissioner by Nuno da 
 Cunha to negotiate peace with the Zamorin. He was commis- 
 sioned in 1515 to oversee the construction of some galleys by 
 Alboquerque. While at Sevilla, Magalhàes lived in the house- 
 hold of Diogo Barbosa, where he married Duarte’s sister Beatriz. 
 Duarte embarked on the “ Trinidad ” as a sobresaliente, and it 
 was he who captured the “ Victoria ” from the mutineers at Port 
 St. Julian, after which he became captain of that vessel. Failing 
 to recover Magalhàes’s body from the natives of Mactàn, he was 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 267 
 
 himself slain at Cebu at the fatal banquet May 1, 1521. Be- 
 sides the above book, which is a most valuable contribution to 
 early Oriental affairs, there is extant in the Torre do Tombo a 
 letter written by him from Cananor, January 12, 1513, complain- 
 ing of the Portuguese excesses. See Guillemard’s Magellan ; Stan- 
 ley’s Vasco da Gama ; Birch’s Alboquerque ; and Hoefer’s Nouvelle 
 Biographie Generale (Paris, 1855). 
 
 352 See ante , note 147. 
 
 353 Magalhàes married Beatriz Barbosa, daughter of Diogo 
 Barbosa in Sevilla, probably in the year 1517. One son Rodrigo 
 was born of the union, who was about six months old at the time 
 of the departure. Rodrigo died in September, 1521, and in the 
 March following Beatriz died. See Guillemard, ut supra , pp. 
 89-91, 322 . 
 
 354 MS. 5,650 adds: “ and to advise the Christian king.” 
 
 355 Mosto transcribes this word wrongly as facente , “ busy.” 
 MS. 5,650 reads: “wiser and more affectionate than before.” 
 
 356 MS. 5,650 adds: “and presents.” 
 
 357 The constable was Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, who was 
 left behind with the “ Trinidad ” and was one of the four sur- 
 vivors of that ill-fated vessel, returning to Spain long after. 
 
 358 This sentence is confused in MS. 5,650, reading: jehan 
 Caruaie auecques le barifel fen retourneret qui nous dirent com- 
 ment jlz auoyent veu mener celluy quy fut guery par miracle et 
 le preftre a fa maifon et que pour cela jlz fen eftoyent partiz eulx 
 doubtans de quelque male aduanture. By dropping the first et 
 this becomes equivalent to the text. 
 
 359 MS. 5,650 reads: “ for we would kill him.” 
 
 360 MS. 5,650 reads: “But Jehan Carvaie, his comrade, and 
 others refused, for fear lest they would not remain masters there 
 if the boat went ashore.” 
 
 In regard to Joào Serrào’s death, Brito (Navarrete, iv, p. 309) 
 says : “ As soon as the men in the ships saw that slaughter, they 
 hoisted their anchors, and tried to set sail in order to return to 
 Burneo. At that juncture, the savages brought Juan Serrano, one 
 of those whom they wished to ransom, and asked two guns and 
 two bahars of copper for him, besides some Brittanias or linens 
 such as they carried in the ships as merchandise of trade and 
 barter. Serrano told them to take him to the ship and he would 
 give them what they asked, but they, on the contrary, insisted 
 that those things be taken ashore. But [the men in the ships] 
 fearing another act of treachery like the past, set sail, and aban- 
 doned that man there, and nothing more was heard of him.” 
 
268 
 
 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 361 The “ Roteiro ” (Stanley, p. 13) says nothing about the 
 banquet, but says that the men, twenty-eight in number, counting 
 the two captains, went ashore to ask pilots to Borneo, whereupon 
 the natives, who had determined upon their course of action at- 
 tacked and killed them. Peter Martyr (Mosto, p. 81, note 5) 
 asserts that the violation of the women by the sailors was the 
 cause of the massacre. Concerning the number killed, Brito (Na- 
 varrete, iv, p. 309) says that thirty-five or thirty-six men went 
 ashore, and Castanheda and Gomara say thirty, the last asserting 
 that a like number were made slaves, of whom eight were sold in 
 China. Peter Martyr places the number of the slain at twelve. 
 Navarrete (iv, pp. 66, 67) gives the names of those massacred as 
 follows : 
 
 Duarte Barbosa .... 
 
 Juan Serrano 
 
 Luis Alfonso de Gois . . 
 
 Andres de S. Martin . . 
 
 Sancho de Heredia . . . 
 
 Leon de Ezpeleta . . . 
 
 Pedro de Valderrama . . 
 
 Francisco Martin . . . 
 
 Simon de la Rochela . . 
 
 Cristobal Rodriguez . . 
 
 Francisco de Madrid . . 
 
 Hernando de Aguilar . . 
 
 Guillermo Fenesi or Tanagui 
 Anton Rodriguez . . . 
 
 Juan Sigura 
 
 Francisco Picora .... 
 Francisco Martin . . . 
 
 Anton de Goa .... 
 Rodrigo de Hurrira . . . 
 
 Pedro Herrero .... 
 
 Hartiga 
 
 Juan de Silva, Portuguese . 
 
 Nuno 
 
 Henrique, from Màlaca . 
 
 Peti Juan, French . . . 
 
 Francisco de la Mezquita . 
 Francisco 
 
 All of these names are to 
 ante , note 26. 
 
 • captain of the “ Trinidad ” 
 captain of the “ Concepcion ” 
 captain of the “ Victoria ” 
 pilot of his Majesty 
 notary 
 notary 
 priest 
 cooper 
 calker 
 steward 
 
 sobresaliente and soldier 
 servant of Luis de Mendoza 
 
 . gunner of the “ Trinidad ” 
 sailor 
 sailor 
 sailor 
 sailor 
 
 common seaman 
 common seaman 
 sobresaliente 
 sobresaliente 
 sobresaliente 
 servant of Magallanes 
 servant of Magallanes and inter- 
 preter 
 
 servant of Magallanes 
 servant of Magallanes 
 son-in-law of Juan Serrano 
 
 be found in Navarrete’s list. See 
 
 362 Chiacare : the nangca; see voi. ii, p. 149, where Pigafetta de- 
 scribes and names this fruit. Mosto confuses it with the durio 
 zibethenuSy which is abundant in the western islands of the Indian 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 269 
 
 archipelagoes, Mindanao being the only one of the Philippines 
 where it is found (Crawfurd, Dictionary ) ; but it is the Artocarpus 
 integrifolia (see vol. xvi, p. 88, note 72). MS. 5,650 makes this 
 “ capers.” 
 
 363 MS. 5,650 omits mention of the panicum, sorgo, garlic, and 
 nangcas. 
 
 364 MS. 5,650 reads: “ one to the east northeast, and the other 
 to the west southwest.” 
 
 365 MS. 5,650 adds: “and eleven minutes.” 
 
 366 Stanley says wrongly 154°. 
 
 367 This word ends a page in the original Italian MS. On the 
 following page is a repetition of the title: V ocabili deli populi 
 gentilli , that is “ Words of those heathen peoples.” MS. 5,650 
 does not contain this list, and it is also omitted by Stanley. 
 
 368 See ante , note 160. 
 
 369 Bassag bassag does not correspond to “shin,” but to “ basket 
 for holding clothes, etc.,” or “ cartilage of the nose ; ” or possibly 
 to basac basac i “ the sound made by falling water.” 
 
 370 The equivalent of Pigafetta’s dana is daoa or daua , “millet.” 
 Mais , probably the equivalent of humas is the word for “ pani- 
 cum.” 
 
 371 Tahil is found in the Tagàlog dictionaries, and is the name 
 of a specific weight, not weight in general. It is the Chinese 
 weight called “ tael,” which was introduced by the Chinese into 
 the East Indies, whence it spread throughout the various archi- 
 pelagoes. See Crawfurd’s Dictionary ; and VOLS. Ill, p. 192, note 
 57 ; iv, p. 100, note 11 ; and vn, p. 88. 
 
 372 See Note 582, post. 
 
 373 Tinapay (used also by the Bicols to denote any kind of 
 bread) denotes a kind of cake or loaf made with flour and baked 
 about the size of a chocolate-cup saucer. Two of these are put 
 together before baking with some sugar between. The word is 
 extended also to wheat bread and to the hosts. See Encarnación’s 
 Die donano. 
 
 374 Amoretti’s conjectured reading of sonaglio (“hawk’s-bell”) 
 for conaglio (see Mosto, p. 83), proves correct from the Visayan 
 dictionaries. 
 
 375 Baloto signifies a canoe dug out of a single log. One of 
 twenty varas in length is termed bilis , while the hull alone is 
 called dalamas. 
 
 376 Most of the words of Pigafetta’s Visayan vocabulary can 
 be distinguished in the dictionaries of that language, although 
 
270 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD [Voi. 
 
 it is necessary to make allowance at times for Pigafetta’s Italian 
 phonetic rendering. Following is a list of the words that can 
 be distinguished from Diccionario bisaya-espanol y espanol- 
 bisaya (Manila, 1885), by Juan Félix de la Encarnación, O.S.A. 
 (Recollect) ; and Diccionario Hispano-bisaya y bisaya-espanol 
 (Manila, 1895) by Antonio Sanchez de la Rosa, O.S.F. See 
 also Pocket dictionary of the English, Spanish and Vis ay an lan- 
 guages (Cebu, 1900) by H. M. Cohen; and Mallat’s Les Philip- 
 pines (Paris, 1846), ii, pp. 175-238. The words queried in the 
 following list are simply offered as conjectural equivalents. 
 
 English 
 
 
 Vis ay an 
 
 
 man 
 
 woman (mar- 
 
 (Pigafetta) 
 
 lac 
 
 (. Encarnación ) 
 
 ( Sanchez ) 
 
 lalaqui (?) 
 
 ried) 
 
 babay 
 
 babaye 
 
 babaye 
 
 hair 
 
 face 
 
 boho 
 
 guay 
 
 bohóc 
 
 bohoc 
 
 bayhon ( ?) 
 
 eyebrows 
 
 chilei 
 
 quilay 
 
 qui ray 
 
 eye 
 
 matta 
 
 matà 
 
 mata 
 
 nose 
 
 ilon 
 
 ilong 
 
 irong 
 
 jaw 
 
 apin 
 
 aping 
 
 aping 
 
 mouth 
 
 baba 
 
 ba-ba 
 
 babà 
 
 teeth 
 
 nipin 
 
 ngipon 
 
 ngipon 
 
 gums 
 
 leghex 
 
 lagos 
 
 lagus 
 
 tongue 
 
 dilla 
 
 dila 
 
 dila 
 
 ear 
 
 throat 
 
 delenghan 
 
 liogh 
 
 dalonggan 
 
 liog 
 
 doronggan 
 
 chin 
 
 queilan 
 
 solang (?) 
 
 sulang (?) 
 
 beard 
 
 bonghot 
 
 bongot 
 
 bongot 
 
 shoulder 
 spine [back- 
 
 bagha 
 
 abaga 
 
 abaga 
 
 bone] 
 
 licud 
 
 licod 
 
 licod 
 
 breast 
 
 dughan 
 
 doghan 
 
 dughan 
 
 body 
 
 tiam 
 
 tian 
 
 tian 
 
 armpit 
 
 ilot 
 
 iloc 
 
 iroc 
 
 arm 
 
 botchen 
 
 bocton ; 
 botcon 
 
 butcon 
 
 elbow 
 
 sico 
 
 sico 
 
 sico 
 
 hand 
 
 camat 
 
 camot 
 
 camut 
 
 palm of hand palan 
 
 palad [sa 
 camot] 
 
 palad [sa 
 camut] 
 
 finger 
 
 dudlo 
 
 todlo 
 
 tudlo 
 
 fingernail 
 
 coco 
 
 coco 
 
 coco; colo 
 
 navel 
 
 pusut 
 
 posad 
 
 posud 
 
 penis 
 
 utin 
 
 otin 
 
 otin 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 271 
 
 English 
 
 testicles 
 
 vagina 
 
 buttocks 
 
 thigh 
 
 knee 
 
 calf of leg 
 
 ankle 
 
 heel 
 
 sole of foot 
 
 gold 
 
 silver 
 
 brass 
 
 iron 
 
 sugarcane 
 
 honey 
 
 wax 
 
 salt 
 
 wine 
 
 to eat 
 
 hog 
 
 goat 
 
 chicken 
 
 pepper 
 
 cloves 
 
 cinnamon 
 
 ginger 
 
 garlic 
 
 egg 
 
 cocoanut 
 
 vinegar 
 
 water 
 
 fire 
 
 smoke 
 
 balances 
 
 pearl 
 
 mother-of- 
 
 pearl 
 
 pipe 
 
 rice cakes 
 
 good 
 
 knife 
 
 scissors 
 
 to shave 
 
 linen 
 
 Vis ay an 
 
 (Pigafetta) 
 
 ( Encarnación ) 
 
 (Sanchez) 
 
 boto 
 
 boto 
 
 boto 
 
 billat 
 
 bilat 
 
 bilat 
 
 samput 
 
 paha 
 
 sampot 
 
 paa 
 
 paa 
 
 tuhud 
 
 tohod 
 
 tohud 
 
 bitis 
 
 bitiis 
 
 biti-is 
 
 bolbol 
 
 bool bool 
 
 boco boco 
 
 tiochid 
 
 ticód 
 
 ticud 
 
 lapa lapa 
 balaoan 
 
 lapa lapa 
 bulàoan 
 
 bulauan 
 
 pilla 
 
 concach 
 
 butan 
 
 pilàc 
 
 calonggaqui 
 
 pothao 
 
 puthao 
 
 tube 
 
 tobó 
 
 tubo 
 
 deghex 
 
 dogos 
 
 dugos 
 
 talho 
 
 talo 
 
 talo 
 
 acin 
 
 asm 
 
 asin 
 
 tuba nia nipa 
 
 toba nga nipa 
 
 tuba nga nipa 
 
 macan 
 
 pagcaon (?) 
 
 pagcaon (?) 
 
 babui 
 
 baboy 
 
 babuy 
 
 candin 
 
 canding 
 
 canding 
 
 monoch 
 
 manóc 
 
 manuc 
 
 manissa 
 
 chianche 
 
 malisa 
 
 sangqui 
 
 sangqui 
 
 mana 
 
 mana 
 
 mana 
 
 luia 
 
 loy-a 
 
 luy-a 
 
 laxuna 
 
 lasona 
 
 lasona 
 
 silong 
 
 itlog 
 
 itlug 
 
 lubi 
 
 lobi 
 
 lubi 
 
 zlucha 
 
 suca 
 
 suca 
 
 tubin 
 
 tobig; tubig 
 
 tubig 
 
 clayo 
 
 calayo 
 
 calayo 
 
 assu 
 
 aso 
 
 aso 
 
 tinban 
 
 timbangan 
 
 timbang; tim- 
 
 mutiara 
 
 mutia 
 
 bangan 
 
 mutia 
 
 tipay 
 
 tipay 
 
 tipay 
 
 subin 
 
 sobing 
 
 subing 
 
 tinapai 
 
 tinapay 
 
 tinapay 
 
 main 
 
 maayo 
 
 maopay 
 
 capol; sundan 
 
 sipol; sondang 
 
 sipol; sundang 
 
 catle 
 
 catli 
 
 catli 
 
 chunthinch 
 
 balandan 
 
 gunting 
 
 balantan 
 
 
272 FIRST VOYAGE AROUND THE WORLD 
 
 [Voi. 
 
 English 
 
 
 Vis ay an 
 
 
 their cloth 
 
 ( Pigafetta ) 
 
 (Encarnación) 
 
 (Sanchez) 
 
 [i.e., hemp] abaca 
 
 abacà 
 
 abacà 
 
 hawk’s bell 
 
 coloncolon 
 
 colongcolong 
 
 goronggorong 
 
 comb 
 
 shirt 
 
 cutlei 
 
 sabun 
 
 surlay 
 
 sodlay 
 sabong (?) 
 [i.e., orna- 
 ment] 
 
 sewing-needle daghu 
 
 dagom 
 
 dagum 
 
 dog 
 
 aian; ydo 
 
 ; iro 
 
 ayam; 
 
 scarf [veil] 
 
 gapas 
 
 gapas [i.e., 
 cotton] 
 
 
 house 
 
 ilaga; baiai 
 
 ; balay 
 
 ; balay 
 
 timber 
 
 tatamue 
 
 tatha (?) 
 
 [i.e., to 
 split] or 
 pata (?) 
 
 [i.e., a piece 
 of wood or 
 bamboo] 
 
 tahamis (?) 
 
 mat 
 
 tagichan 
 
 tagicàn 
 
 taguican 
 
 palm-mat 
 
 bani 
 
 banig 
 
 banag 
 
 cushion 
 
 wooden plat- 
 
 uliman 
 
 olnan, and al- 
 lied forms 
 (?) 
 
 olonan (?) 
 
 ters 
 
 dulan 
 
 dolong 
 
 dulang 
 
 sun 
 
 adlo 
 
 arlao 
 
 adlao 
 
 star 
 
 bunthun 
 
 bitoon (?) 
 
 bitoon (?) 
 
 morning 
 
 uema 
 
 ogma; 
 odma (?) 
 
 
 cup 
 
 tagha 
 
 tagay 
 
 tagay 
 
 bow 
 
 bossugh 
 
 bosog 
 
 bosog 
 
 arrow 
 
 oghun 
 
 odyong 
 
 odiong 
 
 shield 
 
 calassan 
 
 calasag 
 
 calasag 
 
 quilted armor 
 
 baluti 
 
 baloti 
 
 
 dagger 
 
 calix ; baladao 
 
 calis; baladao 
 
 caris ; baladao 
 
 cutlass 
 
 campilan 
 
 campilan 
 
 campilang 
 
 spear 
 
 like 
 
 bancan 
 
 tuan 
 
 bangcao 
 
 bangcao 
 
 to-ang 
 
 banana 
 
 gourd 
 
 saghin 
 
 baghin 
 
 saguing 
 
 bagong 
 
 saguing 
 
 net 
 
 pucat; laia 
 
 ; laya 
 
 raya 
 
 small boat 
 
 sampan 
 
 sampan 
 
 sampan 
 
 large canes 
 
 cauaghan 
 
 caoayan 
 
 cauayan 
 
 small canes 
 
 bonbon 
 
 bongbong 
 
 bongbong 
 
One] 
 
 NOTES 
 
 2 73 
 
 English 
 
 
 Visayan 
 
 
 
 ( Pigafetta ) 
 
 {Encarnación) 
 
 ( Sanchez ;) 
 
 large boats 
 
 balanghai 
 
 balangay 
 
 barangay 
 
 small boats 
 
 boloto 
 
 baloto 
 
 baloto 
 
 crabs 
 
 cuban 
 
 coboa 
 
 
 fish 
 
 icam; yssida 
 
 ; isda 
 
 ; isda 
 
 a colored fish 
 
 panapsapan 
 
 panapsapan 
 
 panapsapan 
 
 a red fish 
 
 timuan 
 
 
 tiao (?) 
 
 another fish 
 
 pilax 
 
 
 pilas 
 
 ship 
 
 benaoa 
 
 bàngca 
 
 
 king 
 
 raia 
 
 hari 
 
 hadi 
 
 one 
 
 uzza 
 
 usa 
 
 usa 
 
 two 
 
 dua 
 
 doha 
 
 duha 
 
 three 
 
 tolo 
 
 toló 
 
 tolo 
 
 four 
 
 upat 
 
 opàt 
 
 upat 
 
 five 
 
 lima 
 
 lima 
 
 lima 
 
 six 
 
 onom 
 
 onóm 
 
 unum 
 
 seven 
 
 pitto 
 
 pitó 
 
 pito 
 
 eight 
 
 gualu 
 
 oaló 
 
 ualo 
 
 nine 
 
 ciam 
 
 siàm 
 
 si am 
 
 ten 
 
 polo 
 
 napoló 
 
 napolo 
 
 Some of the words present difficulties however, due probably 
 to error on Pigafetta’s part and the obstacles in the method of 
 communication between peoples the genius of whose respective 
 languages is entirely distinct. The general Visayan word for 
 “ man ” is tao or tauo , although Mallat gives a form dala , which 
 may correspond to the lac of Pigafetta (but see vol. v, p. 123, 
 where the origin of the words lalac , “ man,” and babaye , 
 '‘woman,” are given by Loarca). Babaye ( babae ) is the general 
 word for “woman” or “married woman;” while binibini is 
 given by Mallat as the Tagàlog equivalent of “girl,” and by 
 Santos in his V 0 cabalano de la lengua tagala (Manila, 1835) as 
 the equivalent of “ influential woman.” Liog is used for both 
 “ throat ” and “ neck.” Tian is properly “ belly,” and the mis- 
 take would arise naturally in Pigafetta pointing to himself when 
 desiring the word for “ body,” which would be construed by the 
 natives to that particular part toward which he happened to 
 point. Boto is used for both the male and female generative 
 organs, especially the latter, as well as for the testicles. Britiis 
 corresponds to both “ shin ” and “ calf of the leg.” Iro denotes 
 also the civet cat. Bulan the equivalent of Pigafetta’s bolon is 
 the word for “ moon ” instead of “ star.” The occurrence of 
 what are today Tagàlog forms in Pigafetta’s list shows how the 
 various dialects shade into one another and how the one has re- 
 tained words that have sunk into disuse in the other.